Commit Graph

4274 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Toby Gray
45d8501555 Fix out of bounds memory access when removing vendor elements
Commit 86bd36f0d5 ("Add generic
mechanism for adding vendor elements into frames") has a minor bug
where it miscalculates the length of memory to move using
os_memmove. If multiple vendor elements are specified then this can
lead to out of bounds memory accesses.

This patch fixes this by calculating the correct length of remaining
data to shift down in the information element.

Signed-off-by: Toby Gray <toby.gray@realvnc.com>
2014-10-07 00:43:47 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
dc152f32b4 wpa_supplicant: Enable HT for IBSS
Enable HT20 for IBSS when HT is supported by the driver.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-10-04 18:54:22 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
4ec68377ef wpa_supplicant: Use hostapd_freq_params in assoc_params
Use hostapd_freq_params instead of simple frequency parameter for driver
commands. This is preparation for IBSS configuration to allow use of
HT/VHT in IBSS.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-10-04 18:43:42 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
1274ec2329 dbus: Add an interface configuration entry to set the WPS methods
It is thus possible to restrain WPS methods to prefered ones, like PBC
only, etc.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-10-04 18:29:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f1a613118e P2P: Use only the -m config for P2P management device
Previously, the case of non-netdev P2P management device ended up
pulling in both the main interface (e.g., wlan0) and P2P Device
interface (from command line -m argument) as configuration. Similarly,
the main interface ended up included both configuration files. This is
not really helpful for various use cases, e.g., when permanent P2P group
information is stored in the P2P Devince interface, but it gets
duplicated in the main station interface configuration.

Clean this up by changing the -m<file> argument to replace, not
concatenate, configuration information. In other words, the main station
interface will not read this configuration and the P2P Device interface
(non-netdev) does not read parameters from the station interface
configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-03 22:50:21 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
08d7665c6b TDLS: Use WMM IE for propagating peer WMM capability
Relying on qos qosinfo is not enough, as it can be 0 for WMM enabled
peers that don't support U-APSD. Further, some peers don't even contain
this IE (Google Nexus 5), but do contain the WMM IE during setup.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2014-10-03 11:52:56 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
984dadc23a TDLS: Set the initiator during tdls_mgmt operations
Some drivers need to know the initiator of a TDLS connection in order
to generate a correct TDLS mgmt packet. It is used to determine
the link identifier IE. Pass this information to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2014-10-03 11:52:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a313d17de9 Extend random MAC address support to allow OUI to be kept
mac_addr=2 and preassoc_mac_addr=2 parameters can now be used to
configure random MAC address to be generated by maintaining the OUI part
of the permanent MAC address (but with locally administered bit set to
1). Other than that, these values result in similar behavior with
mac_addr=1 and preassoc_mac_addr=1, respectively.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-30 00:40:23 +03:00
Ahmad Masri
1595eb93ae P2P: Add support for 60 GHz social channel
Support 60 GHz band in P2P module by selecting random social channel
from all supported social channels in 2.4 GHz and 60 GHz bands.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-29 12:01:46 +03:00
Bojan Prtvar
b6ebdfbedd Extend STATUS command with frequency information
This makes 'wpa_cli status' command more versatile.

Signed-off-by: Bojan Prtvar <bojan.prtvar@rt-rk.com>
2014-09-28 20:47:06 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
6a60488745 dbus: Add a global property to set or unset WFD IEs
This permits to set or unset the WiFi Display subelements from DBus, by
providing the full WFD specific IE frame.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-09-28 20:47:06 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
4bd7e1614f wifi_display: Add a utility function to set WFD subelements from IEs
This will be useful to update the WFD subelements from DBus.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-09-28 20:46:49 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
d4177443d4 wifi_display: Add a utility function to get the sub-elements as IEs
This will be useful for DBus API to expose current WFD configuration.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-09-28 19:22:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6e252b0db3 WPS: Fix WPS-in-search check when STA_AUTOCONNECT is disabled
If "STA_AUTOCONNECT 0" has been used to disable automatic connection on
disconnection event and the driver indicates multiple disconnection
events for the disconnection from the current AP when WPS is started, it
could have been possible to hit a case where wpa_s->disconnected was set
to 1 during WPS processing and the following scan result processing
would stop the operation.

wpa_s->key_mgmt == WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPS check was trying to avoid to skip
autoconnect when WPS was in use, but that does not seem to work anymore.
Fix this by checking through wpas_wps_searching() as well to avoid
setting wpa_s->disconnect = 1 when there is an ongoing WPS operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-28 11:03:48 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
e5fdc05dce P2P: Remove unecessary sanity check for global p2p
This check is already being done on wpas_p2p_deinit_iface.
Of course, it is assumed wpa_s is not deinit when reaches
that point as a matter of fact.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-09-28 11:03:48 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
ee285df457 P2P: Flush services based on global p2p init and not p2p ifaces
As P2P service are not necessarily attached to a iface, when
added, proceed with same approach on p2p global deinit. Such
approach solves memory leaks ocurring upon wpa_supplicant
termination, when p2p services were registered previously.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-09-28 11:03:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c267753ba2 Add support for using random local MAC address
This adds experimental support for wpa_supplicant to assign random local
MAC addresses for both pre-association cases (scan, GAS/ANQP) and for
connections. MAC address policy for each part can be controlled
separately and the connection part can be set per network block.

This requires support from the driver to allow local MAC address to be
changed if random address policy is enabled. It should also be noted
that number of drivers would not support concurrent operations (e.g.,
P2P and station association) with random addresses in use for one or
both.

This functionality can be controlled with the global configuration
parameters mac_addr and preassoc_mac_addr which set the default MAC
address policies for connections and pre-association operations (scan
and GAS/ANQP while not connected). The global rand_addr_lifetime
parameter can be used to set the lifetime of a random MAC address in
seconds (default: 60 seconds). This is used to avoid unnecessarily
frequent MAC address changes since those are likely to result in driver
clearing most of its state. It should be noted that the random MAC
address does not expire during an ESS connection, i.e., this lifetime is
only for the case where the device is disconnected.

The mac_addr parameter can also be set in the network blocks to define
different behavior per network. For example, the global mac_addr=1 and
preassoc_mac_addr=1 settings and mac_addr=0 in a home network profile
would result in behavior where all scanning is performed using a random
MAC address while connections to new networks (e.g.,
Interworking/Hotspot 2.0) would use random address and connections to
the home network would use the permanent MAC address.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-27 20:07:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fee354c74d nl80211: Add command for changing local MAC address
This can be used to allow wpa_supplicant to control local MAC address
for connections.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-27 19:11:24 +03:00
Ahmad Kholaif
79e2b1cc54 Add PMKSA_FLUSH ctrl_iface command
"PMKSA_FLUSH" can now be used to flush PMKSA cache entries over the
control interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-27 10:44:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
55c2bfa9eb wpa_cli: Support action scripts with global ctrl_iface
This extends "wpa_cli -a<action script>" functionality to work with the
global wpa_supplicant control interface. The IFNAME=<ifname> prefix is
removed from the event messages and converted to the control interface
name when present. Previously, action scripts could only be used with
the per-interface control interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-26 15:45:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
063f85043d wpa_cli: Increase event buffer size to 4096 bytes
Number of other buffers were already increased to this size, but the
buffer used for receiving unsolicited event messages from wpa_supplicant
(e.g., for wpa_cli action scripts) was still at the older 256 byte size.
This could result in some events getting truncated. Avoid this by using
the same 4096 byte buffer size here as in the other places receiving
messages from wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-26 15:45:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fa0e91767d wpa_cli: Fix PING in interactive mode with ifname_prefix
The ifname_prefix string could change during line editing and the
periodic PING command running in the background ended up getting the
latest snapshot of the command line due to the pointer being left to
point to the edit buffer. This resulted in unexpected prefix strings
getting used with the periodic PING command. Fix this by temporarily
clearing the ifname_prefix whenever running such a periodic PING.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-26 15:45:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
068e38771e STA: Update scan results for ap_scan=1 skip-selection case also
The commit 5cd4740580 has rearranged the
update scan results code and hence the IEs were not getting updated
properly for ap_scan=1 case. This can result in a 4-way handshake
failure in the roaming case (IE mismatch in 3/4 EAPOL). Fix this by
updating the scan results even if ap_scan=1 is used and network does not
need to get reselected based on association information.

Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-13 17:31:58 +03:00
Dan Williams
7a4a93b959 dbus: Add SignalPoll() method to report current signal properties
Analogous to the control interface's SIGNAL_POLL request.

Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2014-09-13 17:21:54 +03:00
vandwalle
a6ab82d7b4 Android: Add NO_EVENTS parameter to status command
It also allows to use the STATUS command with default behavior,
say for debug, i.e., don't generate a "fake" CONNECTION and
SUPPLICANT_STATE_CHANGE events with the new STATUS-NO_EVENTS case.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-09-13 17:03:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
df2508d7a8 P2P: Check os_get_random() return value more consistently
In theory, this call could fail, so check the return value before using
the received data. These specific cases would not really care much about
the failures, but this keeps the code more consistent and keeps static
analyzer warnings more useful. (CID 72678, CID 72679, CID 72680,
CID 72683, CID 72689, CID 72698, CID 72703)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-13 16:27:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0ef023e478 Add support for driver command to update roaming policy
The network block bssid parameter can be used to force a specific BSS to
be used for a connection. It is also possible to modify this parameter
during an association. Previously, that did not result in any
notification to the driver which was somewhat problematic with drivers
that take care of BSS selection. Add a new mechanism to allow
wpa_supplicant to provide a driver update if the bssid parameter change
for the current connection modifies roaming policy (roaming
allowed/disallowed within ESS).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-11 15:59:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
76db5b6b12 Work around broken AP PMKSA caching implementation
An interoperability issue with a deployed AP has been identified where
the connection fails due to that AP failing to operate correctly if
PMKID is included in the Association Request frame. To work around this,
allow EAPOL-Start packet to be transmitted on startWhen reaching 0 even
when trying to use PMKSA caching. In practice, this allows fallback to
full EAP authentication if the AP/Authenticator takes more than 1-2
seconds to initiate 4-way handshake for PMKSA caching or full EAP
authentication if there was no PMKSA cache match.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-08 17:18:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b08d5fa793 WPS: Set EAPOL workarounds dynamically based on association
Previously, the shorter startWhen value was used based on build
parameters (i.e., if WPS was enabled). This is not really ideal and the
knowledge of WPS use can be provided to the EAPOL state machine to allow
this (and similar WPS workarounds) to be done only when the association
is for the purpose of WPS.

Reduce the default startWhen value from 3 to 2 seconds for non-WPS case
since WPS builds have likely received most testing for the past years
with the 1 second value and there is no strong justification for forcing
the longer 3 second wait should a frame be lost or something else
require the EAPOL-Start to initiate operation after a connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-08 17:16:04 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
abc05534aa Remove WPA_EVENT_SCAN_STARTED message from MSG_INFO log
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-09-07 19:54:39 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
c45dabb855 P2P: Deauth p2p client just after dbus notify
Currently to signal PropertiesChanged upon group client
removal (group property), wpa_supplicant dbus uses wpa_s
members like go_dev_addr and current_ssid, for instance.
Thus, deferring p2p client deauth to after dbus notify,
but keeping the same order as before, solves the issue,
as wpa_s is not yet completely deinitialized.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-09-07 19:50:32 +03:00
Dan Williams
3bd3257a0a dbus: add BSS Age property to indicate last-seen time
"Age" is the age in seconds since the BSS was last seen, and is
emitted as a PropertyChanged signal whenever the BSS is updated
from a scan result. It also returns the correct age when queried
directly.

This property can be used to resolve issues where, if no other
properties of the BSS changed from scan results (for example,
if the BSS always had 100% signal) no D-Bus signals would be
emitted to indicate that the BSS had just been seen in the scan.

Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2014-09-07 19:18:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cb5ef952c8 SME: Verify that os_get_random() succeeds for SA Query
Be more consistent on checking os_get_random() return value (CID 72706).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-07 18:27:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5e62cfdf75 P2P: Verify that os_get_random() succeeds
Be more consistent with os_get_random() use (CID 72710).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-07 18:05:53 +03:00
Edhar, Mahesh Kumar
1c2aa04c96 P2P: Do not add P2P IEs on P2P disabled interface
While building Association Request frame IEs we should consider adding
P2P IEs only on interface where P2P functionality is enabled. Consider
per interface p2p_disabled parameter before adding P2P IEs to complete
the checks for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-02 11:04:26 +03:00
Hu Wang
e5a4b85b2f WPS: Merge mixed-WPA/WPA2 credentials if received in same session
Some deployed APs send two credentials when in mixed-WPA/WPA2
configuration; one for the WPA-Personal/TKIP and the other for
WPA2-Personal/CCMP. Previously, this would result in two network blocks
getting added for the single AP. This can be somewhat confusing and
unnecessary, so merge such credentials into a single one that allows
both WPA and WPA2 to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-08-29 20:25:18 +03:00
Chandrasekaran, Manishekar
4e5367516b P2P: Overwrite pending interface only after verifying BSS entry
Previously, the P2P Interface Address of the peer gets updated in the
peer table every time based on the scan results.

For example, in a two port concurrency scenario, where the peer device
has two interfaces with unique P2P Interface Addresses and with same P2P
Device Address, based on the Probe Response/Beacon frames from these two
interfaces, their peer table gets updated, but each of these updates
happens in the peer table only based on the P2P Device Address. So, the
same peer's P2P Interface address is updated every time and hence, at
any instant, only one P2P Device Address to P2P Interface Address
mapping entry exist in the peer table for the peer which has two
interfaces.

When we try to join a group operated by the peer, lookup happens in the
peer table and when an interface entry is not available, the pending
interface address gets overwritten with the P2P Device Address and hence
the P2P connection can fail. Since the BSS table is the one that is
up-to-date, this fix will ensure that the interface overwriting will
happen only when there is no BSS entry for the pending P2P Interface
Address as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-08-26 18:58:54 +03:00
Bojan Prtvar
1cc0d6a0eb wpa_supplicant: Use freq_list scan filtar in sched_scan
Global freq_list scan filtar was taken into account only by
req_scan and not by req_sched_scan. We want to allow the user
to limit the channels that wpa_supplicant will scan in req_sched_scan
requests as well.

Signed-off-by: Bojan Prtvar <bojan.prtvar@rt-rk.com>
2014-08-12 16:44:04 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
4aa9c156e5 dbus: Close dbus dict just after appending data
Before fixing this issue, calling wpas_dbus_getter_p2p_device_config
was causing early termination of dbus connection, due to writing
values to an already closed dict.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-08-10 11:29:49 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
af65bc36bb P2P: Use ssid instead of wpa_ssid to find GO iface
In order to find a GO interface, there has to be a
comparison among two SSIDs, instead of a wpa_ssid and
a ssid.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-08-10 11:04:08 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
4a0693a4d5 dbus: Declare and implement GroupFinished as for GroupStarted
First for better concistancy but also to tell about the group_object
that is getting removed, thus the client will know about it and will be
able to act accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-07-31 17:20:56 +03:00
Jithu Jance
2fa980f0f1 P2P: Cancel pending action TX radio work on p2p_cancel
When p2p_cancel is invoked while the GO Negotiation Action TX was
pending, the p2p_send_action_work was not getting cleared.

Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2014-07-31 17:13:46 +03:00
Philippe Nunes
8b627b7c47 Fix writing of the wowlan_triggers parameter
The parameter wowlan_triggers is a global string and is not recognised
if it is embraced with double-quotes.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Nunes <philippe.nunes@linux.intel.com>
2014-07-31 17:03:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8b65fefeed Interworking: Remove unnecessary placeholder for PAME-BI
The PAME-BI bit in the Advertisement Protocol element is reserved for
non-AP STA, so this function will never set that bit to one and as such,
there is not much point in maintaining the placeholder dead code for
this either. (CID 68107)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-26 20:28:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
52f4abfd06 P2P: Remove PSK/passphrase from P2P-GROUP-STARTED debug log entry
The PSK/passphrase are needed for the control interface events since the
upper layer UI component is required by the specification to be able to
make this available for manual configuration. However, this is not
needed in the INFO verbosity level debug entry, so split the event
generation into two parts.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-26 13:26:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f8723e1e9f P2P: Use a helper function for P2P_EVENT_GROUP_STARTED events
This makes it easier to change the event message message for indication
when P2P group has stated and removes some duplicated code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-26 13:25:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
71a0e395b9 P2P: Make unrecognized vendor elements available in P2P_PEER
This allows external programs to use vendor specific information from
P2P peers without wpa_supplicant having to be able to parse and
understand all such vendor specific elements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-08 15:57:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86bd36f0d5 Add generic mechanism for adding vendor elements into frames
This adds following new control interface commands to allow arbitrary
vendor elements to be added into number of frames:

VENDOR_ELEM_ADD <frame id> <hexdump of elem(s)>
VENDOR_ELEM_GET <frame id>
VENDOR_ELEM_REMOVE <frame id> <hexdump of elem(s)>
VENDOR_ELEM_REMOVE <frame id> *

The following frames are supported in this commit (additional frames can
be added in the future):

0 = Probe Request frame in P2P device discovery
1 = Probe Response frame from P2P Device role
2 = Probe Response frame from P2P GO
3 = Beacon frame from P2P GO
4 = PD Req
5 = PD Resp
6 = GO Neg Req
7 = GO Neg Resp
8 = GO Neg Conf
9 = Invitation Request
10 = Invitation Response
11 = P2P Association Request
12 = P2P Association Response

One or more vendor element can be added/removed with the commands. The
hexdump of the element(s) needs to contain the full element (id, len,
payload) and the buffer needs to pass IE parsing requirements to be
accepted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-07 12:25:09 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
4ed3492206 PNO: Send Probe Request frames only for hidden SSIDs
Previously, offloaded scanning (PNO) on Android was including SSIDs from
all enabled networks regardless of the scan_ssid parameter which
resulted in different behavior for the offloaded case when comparing to
wpa_supplicant initiated scans.

Use the sched_scan match filter to allow broadcast SSID to be used for
scan_ssid=1 networks also with PNO to avoid running active scans for
SSIDs that have not been explicitly marked as requiring an SSID-specific
scan. This reduces exposure of configured network names on the device
when running offloaded scans while the host device is in sleep.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-07-03 16:44:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8931a36ca4 P2P: Add explicit check for ssid->p2p_client_list != NULL
This would not really be needed since these functions check the pointer
above. However, this seems to be too difficult for some static analyzer,
so add the extra check to avoid false reports.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-03 00:53:13 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
e376290c66 HS 2.0R2: Add update_identifier field to network
This can be used to configure a Hotspot 2.0 Release 2 network externally
for a case where wpa_supplicant-based Interworking network selection is
not used and the update_identifier cannot be copied directly from a
cred.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-07-02 14:01:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5bc285716e Fix some sparse warnings about u16 vs. le16
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-02 13:34:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
42619d68a6 Fix CTRL-EVENT-REGDOM-CHANGE event init= value
Incorrect field was used to determine the init=<value> in the regulatory
domain changed control interface event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-02 13:09:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a520bf4aeb Mark function static
This function is not used outside this file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-02 13:08:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0cb79d355a dbus: Fix indentation level to match code logic
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-02 13:03:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8f03ac9007 Mark functions static
These functions are not used outside this file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-02 13:03:22 +03:00
Li Jianyun
6891f0e6f4 Allow SCAN command to specify scan_ssid=1 SSIDs
The new "scan_id=<comma separated list of network ids>" parameter can
now be used to specify a list of network ids that have scan_ssid=1 to
indicate active scanning of the SSID. This adds the listed SSIDs to the
scan command to allow manual scan requests to perform active scans for
hidden SSIDs. For example, "SCAN scan_id=1,7,11" would run a scan with
the SSID fetched from the configured network blocks 1, 7, and 11
(assuming those are set with scan_ssid=1). The SSIDs will be included
even from network blocks that are currently disabled.

The maximum number of SSIDs added to the request is limited by the
driver support. If more than supported values are specified, the command
will fail (returns "FAIL").

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-02 12:52:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
19c48da06b Clear wpa_supplicant configuration keys explicitly
Use an explicit memset call to clear any wpa_supplicant configuration
parameter that contains private information like keys or identity. This
brings in an additional layer of protection by reducing the length of
time this type of private data is kept in memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5dbbf36916 Interworking: Remove unnecessary dead increment
build_root_nai() will not be extended to write something after the
domain, so there is no need to update the pos pointer after the final
os_snprintf() call in the function. Remove this to make a static
analyzer happier.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a1e46f320d Check for no key_mgmt/proto/auth_alg entries in config writer
This is not really necessary check, but it keeps a static analyzer
happier by avoiding dead increment. Doing it this way rather than
removing the increment is less likely to cause problems when new entries
are added here in the future (the "dead" increment would be very much
needed in those cases).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
290ea6a76e Remove unnecessary tracking of first entry
The pointer to the current position is enough to figure out whether the
proto string is the first one in the buffer. Removing the separate
tracking variable cleans up a static analyzer warning on dead
assignment.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d3fa2bbb02 WFD: Explicit limit for subelement length (CID 68127)
This adds an explicit limit for the maximum Wi-Fi Display subelement
length for ASCII hexdump. This would not really be needed since the
buffer is already limited by maximum frame length. Anyway, since this
can make static analyzers happier and the subelement used with this
function is short, we may as well include an explicit check.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
745ef18478 HS 2.0: Verify assoc_req_ie buffer size for indication elements
While the buffer is expected to be large enough for all the IEs, it is
better to check for this explicitly when adding the HS 2.0 Indication
element. (CID 68601)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
010fc5f507 dbus: Clean up array-array-type property getter
The previously used design was a bit too complex for static analyzers
(e.g., CID 68131, CID 68133) to understand which resulted in false
warnings about uninitialized memory. Avoid this by explicitly
initializing the pointer array to NULL and also skipping any invalid
NULL entry in the helper function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-29 18:20:13 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
ea18024d78 dbus: Add PropertiesChanged signal to Peer object
This signal will be thrown when a Peer joins or leaves a group.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-06-29 17:28:14 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
bf035663c9 dbus: Remove GroupMember object type and use Peer instead
GroupMember is unusable in itself and all the necessary informations are
stored in Peer objects, thus replace the use of GroupMember by Peer.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-06-29 17:19:12 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
17a37d7110 dbus: Add a Groups property to a Peer object on which it belongs
If only the Peer is part of one or more group, this property will tell
those via listing their object paths.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-06-29 17:09:32 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
6f04642fe3 P2P: Add utility functions to get GO/client interface
This will be useful for a peer to know if it is part of a group either
as a client of our local GO or as the peer GO.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-06-29 17:00:55 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
1de809e152 eapol_test: Fix -R option to not replace -s option value
Commit e9852462d5 ('eapol_test: Add PC/SC
reader and PIN command line arguments') did not add break to the switch
statement for the new -R command line option.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-06-28 10:51:29 +03:00
Johannes Berg
57a8f8af38 nl80211: Use low-priority scan for OBSS scan
Some drivers may support low-priority scans, if they do then
use that for OBSS scanning.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-22 00:47:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1b928f96b6 P2P: Allow passphrase length to be configured
Previously, eight character random passphrase was generated
automatically for P2P GO. The new p2p_passphrase_len parameter can be
used to increase this length to generate a stronger passphrase for cases
where practicality of manual configuration of legacy devices is not a
concern.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-22 00:15:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e9852462d5 eapol_test: Add PC/SC reader and PIN command line arguments
The new command line arguments -R<reader> and -P<PIN> can now be used to
specify which PC/SC reader (prefix match) and PIN are to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-21 22:46:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a620604f8 Use pcsc_reader configuration in one for scard_init() call
This allows PC/SC reader to be identified with the pcsc_reader
configuration parameter.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-21 22:45:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3302b7c29f Rate limit SA Query procedure initiation on unprotected disconnect
There is no need to trigger new SA Query procedure to check the state of
the connection immediately after having performed such a check. Limit
the impact of burst of unprotected Deauth/Disassoc frames by starting a
new SA Query procedure only once at least 10 seconds has passed from the
previous SA Query that was triggered by reception of an unprotected
disconnection. The first SA Query procedure for each association does
not follow this rule to avoid issues with test cases that expect to see
an SA Query every time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-06-19 20:56:32 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
38ddccae8f TDLS: Add ctrl_iface option for flushing all TDLS peers
"TDLS_TEARDOWN *" can now be used to tear down the direct links to all
TDLS peers. This is useful for debugging purposes.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2014-06-16 23:43:46 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
947f900fb8 TDLS: Handle unreachable link teardown for external setup
If a link is unreachable, the specification mandates we should send a
teardown packet via the AP with a specific teardown reason. Force this
by first disabling the link and only then sending the teardown packet
for the LOW_ACK event.

Rename the TDLS LOW_ACK event handler to better reflect its purpose.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2014-06-16 23:34:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fa21e6c35b Fix CONFIG_MODULE_TESTS=y build without CONFIG_P2P=y
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-15 19:35:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bd10d93891 P2P: Clean up by moving ifdef CONFIG_P2P to p2p_suppplicant.h
This removes number of unnecessary #ifdef CONFIG_P2P blocks from generic
code by hiding the conditional build into p2p_supplicant.h with empty
inline functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-15 19:31:53 +03:00
Ilan Peer
e3bd6e9dc0 P2P: Use another interface operating channel as listen channel
Performing a P2P Device flow such as p2p_listen or
p2p_find, can degrade the performance of an active interface
connection, if the listen frequency is different than the
frequency used by that interface.

To reduce the effect of P2P Device flows on other interfaces,
try changing the listen channel of the P2P Device to match the
operating channel of one of the other active interfaces. This change
will be possible only in case that the listen channel is not forced
externally, and will be delayed to a point where the P2P Device
state machine is idle.

The optimization can be configured in the configuration file and
is disabled by default.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-06-15 00:46:11 +03:00
Ilan Peer
28812a8983 P2P: Try using one of the social channels for GO
In case there is no preference for the GO operating channel,
try using one of 1, 6, 11 (randomly), and only if the random
selection is not suitable traverse all the channels 1..11.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-06-15 00:33:52 +03:00
Avraham Stern
0a816e8cbf P2P: Remove duplicated code from get_shared_radio_freqs_data()
Remove the seperation between getting the local interface frequency and
other interfaces frequencies since going over all the radio interfaces
includes the local interface.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2014-06-15 00:21:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
504df28a1d Remove unused dump_freq_array()
This function is not used anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-15 00:21:41 +03:00
Ilan Peer
a0c90bb073 P2P: Collect and use extended data on used frequencies
When the number of frequencies supported by the kernel is bigger than
one, and there is a need to pick a frequency for a new flow such as P2P
GO Negotiation or P2P Invitation, the flow should be able to pick the
best frequency among all the frequencies currently used by the device.

In order to prioritize between the currently used frequencies, add
the ability to collect additional data about each used frequency
(if the frequency is used by a station interface or P2P Client)
and when needed select the best frequency, where:

1. Infrastructure interfaces have highest priority
2. P2P Client interfaces have higher priority over AP/GO
   interfaces.

The rational is that the frequency of an AP/GO can change while
that of a station interface cannot.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-06-15 00:21:40 +03:00
Avraham Stern
b278f323ed P2P: Remove unused code from get_shared_radio_freqs_data()
Remove the check for get_radio_name support from
get_shared_radio_freqs_data() since get_radio_name is no longer in use
in this function.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2014-06-15 00:21:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
25be28a375 dbus: Check return value more consistently (CID 62841)
Most of these calls are checked to return success and there is no reason
why these wouldn't, so be more consistent. This addresses CID 62841,
CID 62840, CID 62839, CID 62838, CID 62837, CID 62836.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-14 12:32:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f62415df8a Note chmod() failure in debug log even in ignore case (CID 62843)
If this chmod() call fails, the global control interface is allowed to
be used since there was no change to its group. Anyway, it can be
helpful to note the error case in debug log instead of silently ignoring
it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-14 12:32:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
49d13df63c P2P: Fix wfd_dev_info parsing for P2P-DEVICE-FOUND (CID 68127)
Commit b125c48fce ('P2P: Add wfd_dev_info=
field for device found event') added Wi-Fi Display device info to the
P2P-DEVICE-FOUND events. However, it did not include proper bounds
checking in wifi_display_subelem_hex() and could accept subelements with
invalid length field values. This could result in buffer read overflow
of up to 64 kB and inclusion of heap memory in the local control
interface event and/or process crash due to invalid memory access. Fix
this by checking the validity of the length field before writing a
hexdump of the data.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 15:25:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1851e17a64 dbus: Clean up P2P group vendor ext getter
The vendor_ext[i] = NULL setting did not make any sense since
num_vendor_ext should have been used to index the vendor_ext array. The
old code did not do any harm since i >= num_vendor_ext and none of the
already set entries could have been cleared. Anyway, better clean this
by making it skip the setting to NULL similarly to what was already done
in the P2P peer vendor ext getter.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:48:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
137ff332fd HS 2.0R2: Fix OSEN IE parsing for in cipher setup (CID 68132)
The OSEN code path hardcodes number of struct wpa_ie_data items.
However, it did not clear the full structure and some uninitialized
fields could have been used (e.g., ie.mgmt_group_cipher for a debug
print and ie.capabilities for checking MFPC). Fix this by clearing the
ie data before filling in the hardcoded OSEN values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:36:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2703fb4ad9 WNM: Use cleaner way of generating pointer to a field (CID 68100)
The Action code field is in a fixed location, so the IEEE80211_HDRLEN
can be used here to clean up bounds checking to avoid false reports from
static analyzer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fb5d417178 P2P: Use cleaner way of generating pointer to a field (CID 68096)
The Action code field is in a fixed location, so the IEEE80211_HDRLEN
can be used here to clean up bounds checking to avoid false reports from
static analyzer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
35c03184df P2P: Use cleaner way of generating pointer to a field (CID 68095)
The Action code field is in a fixed location, so the IEEE80211_HDRLEN
can be used here to clean up bounds checking to avoid false reports from
static analyzer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e987c70c85 dbus: Add explicit break statements to switch-default
There were couple of missing breaks in switch-default (before/after).
While these did not have any noticeable issues due to falling over to
the next step that just exited from the switch statement, it is cleaner
and more robust to have each case use an explicit break.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6446420b24 dbus: Initialize temporary entry properly (CID 62877)
The tmpentry variable was not initialized and
_wpa_dbus_dict_entry_get_byte_array() does not set tmpentry.type, so it
would have been possible for the error path to end up trying to free
unexpected type of an entry or not free the memory at all.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
70d9537361 Use clearer way of getting pointer to a frame (CID 62835)
This avoids an incorrect ARRAY_VS_SINGLETON report for a case where a
pointer is taken to the specified field in a frame and not to a single
octet. Bounds checking was already handled separately.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e87e798b5 Fix HS20_GET_NAI_HOME_REALM_LIST hex length check (CID 68108)
Due to an incorrect operation (MOD vs. AND), the code that was supposed
to return an error if the hex string has odd length was not really
reporting any failures. Instead of reporting an error, the invalid
control interface command would have been truncated. This is not an
issue in practice, but better fix the implementation anyway.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-12 19:45:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
beb9e1171e dbus: Avoid theoretical memory leaks with duplicated dict entries
If a dict would include duplicated items, the parsing code here would
have leaked memory by overwriting old os_strdup() result with the new
one. Fix this by explicitly freeing the previous entry. This addresses
CID 62852, CID 62851, CID 62850, CID 62849, CID 62847, CID 62846.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-12 19:45:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ceb4cd89c9 dbus: Fix a potential double-free in on error path (CID 62880)
It would have been at least theoretically possible to hit the first
error in the loop and end up jumping to error handling which would call
os_free(value) without the value having been cleared after the os_free()
call at the end of the previous loop iteration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-12 19:45:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5519241676 GAS: Limit TX wait time based on driver maximum value
The GAS query TX operation used a fixed wait time of 1000 ms for the
reply. However, it would be possible for the driver to not support this
long remain-on-channel maximum. Limit this wait time based on driver
support, if needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-06-12 10:56:06 +03:00
Nirav Shah
d3b204694a P2P: Make the default p2p_find delay value configurable
This makes the p2p_find default delay value configurable as
p2p_search_delay parameter through the configuration file (and through
control interface "SET p2p_search_delay <value>" on the P2P management
interface.

This parameter controls the number milliseconds of extra delay that is
added between search iterations when there is a concurrent operation in
progress. This can be used, e.g., p2p_search_delay=100 to make p2p_find
friendlier to concurrent operations by avoiding it from taking 100% of
the radio resources. The default value is the previous default, i.e.,
500 ms. Smaller values can be used to find peers more quickly at the
cost of larger effect to concurrent operations while a larger value
leaves more time for the concurrent operations at the cost of making
device discovery take longer time.

The optional p2p_find delay argument can still be used to override the
search delay for each search operation.

Since the P2P_CONCURRENT_SEARCH_DELAY macro is not used anymore, the
driver specific build parameter for bcmdhd from Android.mk is also
removed. Similar configuration can now be achieved with
p2p_search_delay=0 in the p2p0 interface configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-06-09 19:43:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a01acc50d5 Check for EVENT_ASSOC data to be present for AP mode operation
wpa_supplicant_event() is required to include the event data for AP mode
events. In theory, a non-AP mode event could be sent here from the
driver wrapper, so reject such event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-07 19:15:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0bbaa9b93f Validate driver extended capabilities length against buffer length
Prepare for new extended capabilities bits by checking that the local
buffer is large enough to contain all the bits the driver requests. The
existing buffers are large enough to include anything defined until now,
but it would be possible to add more definitions in the future, so
increase them a bit as well to make this more future proof.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-07 16:35:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9c6c5589e0 Interworking: Reject EAP configuration with unsupported inner method
Instead of allowing the connection attempt to occur with an unsupported
inner method, check for that explicitly at the time the network block is
added and drop the network if the identified inner method is not
supported.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-07 16:18:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f2ca0e9770 Check eap_get_name() return against NULL to silence static analyzer
This cannot really be NULL in practice since cred->eap_method would
point to a valid EAP method. Anyway, to avoid false positive from
analyzers, check the pointer explicitly before printing it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-07 15:42:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fb958ea76e Check current_ssid on unexpected association event
This is mainly to keep static analyzers silent since it does not look
like this code path can be reached in practice due to the way
association events are handled and current_ssid is either set before
resched here or the association is rejected. Anyway, if this could be
reached, the wpa_supplicant_set_wpa_none_key() call would end up
dereferencing a NULL pointer, so add an explicit check to make sure that
does not happen.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-07 13:32:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6a98f67369 ChangeLog entries for v2.2
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-06-04 16:08:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d4b951f31b Fix offchannel TX not to retransmit pending frame on callback
If the offchannel TX frame command was offloaded to the driver in
offchannel_send_action(), we must not send another copy of the frame if
a remain-on-channel event happens to be delivered between this TX
command and the matching TX status event. It was possible for the
duplicated frame to cause problems, e.g., with P2P invitation exchange
if the same Invitation Request frame got sent twice and only the first
one getting accepted by the peer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-06-04 16:07:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
df48efc5ab Fix external radio work stopping to not read freed memory
The dynamically allocated struct wpa_external_work contains the name of
the radio work in the type field and this is used in a debug print
within radio_work_done(). Re-order radio_work_done() and os_free() calls
on couple of paths where the memory was freed before that final user of
the buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-31 22:58:51 +03:00
Amit Khatri
9a17b36e55 tests: Makefile change avoiding compiler error for module test
wpa_supplicant was giving below error when "CONFIG_MODULE_TESTS=y" and
"CONFIG_P2P=y" are in .config file:
"wpas_module_tests.c:84: undefined reference to `wps_module_tests'"

This error is coming because "CONFIG_WPS=y" is commented out in .config
file but CONFIG_WPS is getting enabled by CONFIG_P2P in Makefile.

Signed-off-by: Amit Khatri <amit.khatri@samsung.com>
2014-05-31 13:36:59 +03:00
Mikael Kanstrup
b77aeae732 Interworking: Re-trigger scan if no connect attempt is done
For one specific case when running with Interworking enabled the
re-initialisation of the scan timer is missing. This makes auto connect
to a configured network fail.

The case is:
- Interworking credentials available, but do not match
- Auto interworking is enabled (auto_interworking=1)
- Interworking auto select is disabled (i.e., this is from
  auto_interworking=1, not from INTERWORKING_SELECT auto)
- No configured (enabled and non blacklisted) networks are present
  in scan results list with full match
- Interworking finds matching networks (it does not do full security
  policy match)

This patch covers the case and re-initialises the scan timer to allow
search for a suitable network to continue.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2014-05-31 13:23:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2d2dd488be tests: Add module tests for src/common
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-28 00:56:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
829a1b3296 P2P: Clear p2p_auth_invite after each persistent group invitation
This makes the operations more consistent when going through multiple
persistent group re-invocation sequences in a row. Each invitation needs
to be accepted separately if persistent reconnect is not enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-27 12:09:25 +03:00
Boris Sorochkin
e403ba859e Parse DMG capabilities when reporting to external interfaces
This adds [DMG] and [PBSS] flags for scan results and BSS table entries
using the IEEE Std 802.11ad-2012 updated definition of the Capability
field.

Signed-off-by: Boris Sorochkin <qca_bsoroc@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-26 23:35:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8860e0f47c tests: Add printf encoding/decoding module tests
This replaces tests/test-printf.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-26 17:21:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7bb70909a2 Add DRIVER_EVENT AVOID_FREQUENCIES for testing
This can be used to simulate driver events indicating frequencies to
avoid.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-26 17:21:44 +03:00
Masashi Honma
f0356ec85c eloop: Add epoll option for better performance
This patch adds epoll option for the eloop implementation. This can be
selected with the CONFIG_ELOOP_EPOLL=y build option.

[merit]
See Table1.

Table1. comparison table
+--------+--------+-----------+------------+-------------+
|        | add fd | remove fd | prepare fd | dispatch fd |
+--------+--------+-----------+------------+-------------+
| select | O(1)   | O(1)      | O(N)       | O(N)        |
+--------+--------+-----------+------------+-------------+
| poll   | O(1)   | O(1)      | O(N)       | O(N)        |
+--------+--------+-----------+------------+-------------+
| epoll  | O(1)   | O(1)      | 0          | O(M)        |
+--------+--------+-----------+------------+-------------+
"add fd" is addition of fd by eloop_sock_table_add_sock().
"remove fd" is removal of fd by eloop_sock_table_remove_sock().
"prepare fd" is preparation of fds before wait in eloop_run().
"dispatch fd" is dispatchment of fds by eloop_sock_table_dispatch().
"N" is all watching fds.
"M" is fds which could be dispatched after waiting.

As shown in Table1, epoll option has better performance on "prepare fd" column.
Because select/poll option requires setting fds before every select()/poll().
But epoll_wait() doesn't need it.

And epoll option has also better performance on "dispatch fd" column.
Because select/poll option needs to check all registered fds to find out
dispatchable fds. But epoll option doesn't require checking all registered fds.
Because epoll_wait() returns dispatchable fd set.

So epoll option is effective for GO/AP functionality.

[demerit]
The epoll option requires additional heap memory. In case of P2P GO, it is
about 8K bytes.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-05-16 18:25:51 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
68d270069f dbus: No need to recompute group object path on GroupStarted signal
The group object is already registered on DBus at that point, thus wpa_s
structure holds its path already.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-05-16 18:20:17 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
f3734e2377 dbus: Provide the P2P Device Address from the relevant structure
Fixes a minor mistake: the p2p_info structure should be used here
instead of the peer_handler_args one.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-05-16 18:19:37 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
e956b830fc dbus: Fix interface DeviceFound signal specification
DeviceFound does not provide any properties, just the peer object path.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-05-16 18:19:10 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
fc591a771c dbus: Declare GONegotiation signals properly
These signals delivers an array of key/value pairs, thus declaring those
as it should.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-05-16 18:18:39 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
b19c098e75 Send authentication failure reason in wpas_auth_failed()
"WRONG_KEY"   - possibly wrong psk
"AUTH_FAILED" - authentication failure
"CONN_FAILED" - continiuos connection failure

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-05-16 18:08:39 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
5516ed32c5 WPS: Deinit before wpas_p2p_disconnect()
When there is a pending WPS negotiation for P2P and signal interrupt is
triggered, invalid read occurs in wpas_wps_terminate_pending() if
wpas_p2p_disconnect() removed the interface. Inverting deinit order
solves the issue.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-05-16 01:03:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e9eb648e0e P2P: Reject P2P_FIND and P2P_LISTEN on disabled interface
This makes the P2P operations behave more consistently with the SCAN
command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-15 21:34:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c71c241674 P2P: Clear P2P state if active interface is disabled
The radio works for the interface get removed if interface is disabled.
This could have left P2P module in invalid state if the interface got
disabled during a p2p_find or p2p_listen operation. Clear the state in
such a case to avoid blocking following operations due to P2P module
assuming it is still in progress of doing something.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-15 21:32:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ad12f2f422 Add DRIVER_EVENT ctrl_iface command for testing purposes
This new command can be used to simulate driver events without having to
go through the driver wrapper or kernel code for this. This enables more
testing coverage with hwsim.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-15 21:09:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3e66f78914 P2P: Make sure GO start does not miss connect_without_scan
It looks like there was a possible sequence for wpa_s->scan_req to be
MANUAL_SCAN_REQ at the moment a GO is to be started. This could result
in the "Request scan (that will be skipped) to start GO" to actually not
skip the scan and end up stuck waiting for something external to trigger
a scan before the GO could be started. Fix this by clearing
wpa_s->scan_req when deciding to start the GO.

This issue could be hit at least by first enabling autoscan and then
issuing P2P_GROUP_ADD. Other sequences that set wpa_s->scan_req to
MANUAL_SCAN_REQ without going through wpa_supplicant_scan() to clear it
immediately could also have similar effect (and there is even a small
window for the wpa_supplicant_scan() call to happen only after the
P2P_GROUP_ADD command is processed, so this could potentially have
happened even with SCAN + P2P_GROUP_ADD).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-15 16:56:49 +03:00
Rashmi Ramanna
28fa4eb2b2 P2P: Fix scan optimization for GO during persistent group invocation
Commit 41d5ce9e0b was intended to scan for
GO on the negotiated channel for few iterations, but it did not work
correctly due to incorrect operator being used. Fix this by requiring
both conditions to be met for the single channel scan.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-13 15:49:06 +03:00
Edhar, Mahesh Kumar
7b42862ac8 P2P: Validate GO operating channel on channel list changes
On receiving CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED event from driver, verify that local
GO (if any) is operating in valid frequency. If not, we should remove
the group and reform on valid frequency. Indicate this similarly to the
avoid-frequency notification (i.e., a control interface message for
upper layers to react to this for now; potentially CSA later).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-12 19:43:59 +03:00
Alexandru Costache
fb2ac53df1 Remove leftover timeouts on cleanup
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Costache <alexandru.costache.100@gmail.com>
2014-05-12 19:43:59 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
1c330a2fdc Add 'dup_network <id_s> <id_d> <name>' command
This command allows to copy network variable from one network to
another, e.g., to clone the psk field without having to extract it from
wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-05-12 19:43:56 +03:00
Hannu Mallat
316f92cd33 dbus: Reorder deauthentication and cleanup calls when removing a network
Valgrind indicates reference to already freed memory if function
wpa_config_remove_network() is called prior to calling
wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate(), and this can lead to a crash.
Inverting the call order fixes the problem.

Signed-off-by: Hannu Mallat <hannu.mallat@jollamobile.com>
2014-05-12 18:05:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cfdb32e88f eapol_test: Check EAP-Key-Name
The new command line argument -e can be used to request the server to
send EAP-Key-Name in Access-Accept. If both the local EAP peer
implementation and server provide the EAP Session-Id, compare those
values and indicate in debug log whether a match was seen.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-11 21:22:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
270c9a43e6 Interworking: Allow FT to be used for connection
This extends Interworking network selection to enable FT-EAP as an
optional key_mgmt value to allow FT to be used instead of hardcoding
WPA2-Enterprise without FT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-10 16:15:20 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
81ed4991ae Remove duplicated ibss_rsn_deinit() call
No need to call ibss_rsn_deinit() again since it is already being called
by wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc().

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-05-10 13:48:34 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
0f1034e388 P2P: Refrain from performing extended listen during P2P connection
Do not perform extended listen period operations when either a P2P
connection is in progress. This makes the connection more robust should
an extended listen timer trigger during such an operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-09 20:42:44 +03:00
Hu Wang
dd10abccc8 MACsec: wpa_supplicant integration
Add MACsec to the wpa_supplicant build system and configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-09 20:42:44 +03:00
Hu Wang
7baec808ef MACsec: Add driver_ops
This defines new driver_ops to be used with MACsec.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-09 20:05:28 +03:00
Hu Wang
0836c04b30 MACsec: Allow EAPOL version 3 to be configured
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-09 20:05:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2cebdee66d Fix MinGW build
No need to use ENOBUFS within core wpa_supplicant, so just replace it
with -1 to work arounds MinGW build issues.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-29 18:59:12 +03:00
Eliad Peller
e4fa8b120b wpa_supplicant: Add Wake-on-WLAN configuration support
Add a new wowlan_triggers option to wpa_supplicant.conf. The triggers in
this key will be used to configure the kernel wowlan configuration.

For now, support only simple flags. More complex triggers can be added
later on.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2014-04-29 18:59:12 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
959214b260 Android: Use extended P2P functionality (ANDROID_P2P) for all vendors
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-04-29 18:59:12 +03:00
Sreenath Sharma
fa258a3df6 HS 2.0 R2: Fix writing of domain_suffix_match cred parameter
This was supposed to end with a newline character so that parameters are
aligned in configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Sreenath Sharma <sreenats@broadcom.com>
2014-04-29 17:25:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0bceb8d6f4 Make dl_list_first() and dl_list_last() uses easier for static analyzers
The previous check for dl_list_len() or having an entry from the list is
sufficient, but some static analyzers cannot figure out that
dl_list_first() and dl_list_last() will return non-NULL in this type of
cases. Avoid invalid reports by explicitly checking for NULL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-29 12:52:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ece88f7697 Make last_scan_res update easier for static analyzers
The check based on last_scan_res_used is sufficient for making sure that
last_scan_res is allocated. However, it is a bit too complex for static
analyzers to notice, so add an explicit check to avoid bogus reports.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-29 12:52:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b7a6702fd4 Indicate disconnection event on interface disabled
It is possible for the disconnection event from the driver to not get
delivered when interface is disabled. To maintain consistent ctrl_iface
event behavior, indicate CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED in such a case if we
were in connected state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-28 16:54:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b89962b4b9 Fix wpa_config_read() with existing config block
If two config files are merged together, the ssid and cred blocks may
not have been processed correctly since the tail pointers were not
updated to the last entry from the first configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-28 16:54:09 +03:00
Ilan Peer
d0df643735 wpa_supplicant: Call frequency conflict handling during auth
Previously, the frequency conflict was handled only during the
association flow. However, some drivers, e.g., mac80211 based
drivers, will fail an authentication request in case that there
are no available channels for use (as they might be used by
other interfaces), and thus the frequency conflict resolution
is never called.

Fix this by calling frequency conflict resolution during
authentication (SME-in-wpa_supplicant) as well.

In addition, get the shared radio frequency from the wpa_s context in
both the SME-in-driver and SME-in-wpa_supplicant cases and not from the
driver.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-04-24 12:15:32 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
0cf24fdaed scan: Reset normal scan counter when a connection succeeds
The normal scan counter is used to trigger a few normal scans before a
scheduled scan is issued. The reason for doing this is that we get
results faster and some drivers support more SSIDs per normal scan
than during sched scan. After 2 normal scans, we start using
sched_scan. But the problem is that when a connection succeeds, we do
not reset this counter, so we will keep using sched scans.

To fix this, now we reset the counter when we switch to WPA_COMPLETED
state.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2014-04-24 12:15:32 +03:00
Greg Hackmann
9176ec066e Android: Disable unused parameter warnings
This avoids large number of undesired compiler warnings since Android
build system is added -Wextra.

Signed-off-by: Greg Hackmann <ghackmann@google.com>
2014-04-24 12:15:32 +03:00
Naresh Jayaram
13f6a07efc Add SIM identifier to the network profile and cred block
This allows the specific SIM to be identified for authentication
purposes in multi-SIM devices. This SIM number represents the index of
the SIM slot. This SIM number shall be used for the authentication using
the respective SIM for the Wi-Fi connection to the corresponding
network.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-24 12:15:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d41cc8ccf6 Allow HT 40 MHz intolerant flag to be set for association
This extends HT overrides to allow HT 40 MHz intolerant flag to be set
with ht40_intolerant=1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-17 17:11:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f777fd127f Fix writing of provisioning_sp cred parameter
This was supposed to be within quotation marks in the configuration
file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-16 01:41:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a7ca6dac44 Fix P2P redirection of global ctrl_iface SET command
The previous version prevented all use of wpas_global_ctrl_iface_set().
That's not desirable since there may be more global parameters added in
the future. Instead, try to use the global version first and redirect to
P2P interface only if the global version returns an error.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-15 13:27:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d6b818efe5 Remove SAVE_CONFIG redirect from global control interface
The P2P redirection for SAVE_CONFIG issued on the global control
interface was preventing wpas_global_ctrl_iface_save_config() from being
reached. The global version of SAVE_CONFIG was supposed to try to save
configuration files for all interface rather than just the P2P
management interface, so fix this by removing the unneeded and undesired
redirection.

Modify the global SAVE_CONFIG handler to return FAIL if no configuration
files were saved. This makes the behavior match with the per-interface
SAVE_CONFIG.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-15 13:26:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
128cc37558 eap_proxy: Use unique Makefile names for Android and non-Android
Rename the eap_proxy_*.mk file to eap_proxy_*.mak for non-Android builds
so that the same eap_proxy implementation can be more easily included in
the same directory for both cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-15 13:02:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e83e15ee77 P2P: Fix interface remove to terminate all P2P groups
Previously, it was possible to remove the main interface and leave
behind dynamic P2P group interfaces. This would eventually result in
references freed memory, so it is not really suitable behavior. Instesd,
remove all the dynamic P2P group interfaces that were created through an
interface that is now removed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-15 00:20:17 +03:00
quiche@chromium.org
e9b32dae1a Propagate scan failures over D-Bus
If we receive a scan request via D-Bus and wpa_supplicant_scan_trigger
fails, return the failure to the caller over D-Bus.

Signed-hostap: mukesh agrawal <quiche@chromium.org>
2014-04-13 23:43:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
142817b2f9 Add a wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface event for regdom changes
CTRL-EVENT-REGDOM-CHANGE event provides an external notification of
regulatory domain (and any driver channel list) changes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 16:32:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
150fd0b2b5 WPS: Split eapol_cb reconnect to a separate code path
Use eloop timeout to run the reconnect command after eapol_cb has
returned. This reduces stack use and can simplify the driver
command/event sequence by allowing the disconnection events from the
provisioning step to be processed before starting the actual data
connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 11:47:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ded4f944df WPS: Close p2p_group and temporary parameters to all network blocks
If a P2P GO issues multiple credentials for some reason, clone the
p2p_group and temporary parameters to all those based on the initial
network block that gets used for the first credential.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 11:44:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e74dd0e55b Add forgotten ampdu_factor into wpa_supplicant.conf
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 10:26:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
759ff2f075 Re-enable use of wildcard SSID with passphrase
This used to work, but it looks like the disabled-PSK-network check
ended up rejecting confiurations that configured a wildcard SSID with a
passphrase (instead of PSK).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 10:26:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
023b466da4 Fix a debug print to have a space between words
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 10:26:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0cd860284c Add CTRL-EVENT-SIGNAL-CHANGE for bgscan signal update events
This allows external programs to monitor driver signal change events
through wpa_supplicant when bgscan is used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 10:26:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bd8838a387 Fix ctrl_iface BLACKLIST return value
Adding a new entry was returning FAIL on success due to incorrect
assumption of wpa_blacklist_add() returning 0 on success (it returns the
positive blacklist count).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 10:26:51 +03:00
Andres Morales
f3ff948753 P2P: Add NFC_HANDOVER commands to p2p_redir list
These commands can be executed on the P2P interface thus should be
redirected to it when issued to the global control interface.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-04-11 19:22:00 +03:00
Fionn Cleary
481e66b1f8 Fix reassociate dbus method
- Reassociate was only working when there was already a connect in
  place, which is not how the REASSOCIATE command from the ctrl
  interface works.

Signed-off-by: Fionn Cleary <fionn.cleary@streamunlimited.com>
2014-04-11 19:22:00 +03:00
Daichi Ueura
2150c33337 wpa_cli: Fix wrong comparison in wpa_cli_cmd_interface
Signed-off-by: Daichi Ueura <daichi.ueura@gmail.com>
2014-04-11 19:22:00 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
8235f89f3f P2P: Mark the scan in p2p_in_invitation as p2p_probe
Mark the scan performed by the P2P Client in search of the GO
during the persistant reinvocation as a p2p_probe to avoid
unnecessary use of 802.11b rates.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-10 19:54:36 +03:00
Amarnath Hullur Subramanyam
38ce8e2709 Android: Add qca-vendor.h to be exported
Add qca-vendor.h along with wpa_ctrl.h to be exported to
common staged location.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-10 16:34:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
897a5ccee8 WNM: Remove unnecessary present flag
The structures are all allocated, so the pointer can be compared to NULL
to determine whether the subelement was present.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-08 01:34:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f6ce70dc0d WNM: Fix neighbor report subelement formats
Number of of subelements were using incorrect format definition.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-08 01:32:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e9cb7b9275 WNM: Fix neighbor report subelement parser to not leak memory
If a subelement is unexpectedly included multiple times, the parser must
not re-allocate memory for the entry without first freeing the old
allocation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-08 01:20:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1aa6f953bb WNM: Fix neighbor report subelement parser
Only the Neighbor Report element should be included here, so verify that
the element id matches. In addition, verify that each subelement has
valid length before using the data.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-08 01:01:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f8b10c1770 Fix CONFIG_AP=y build without CONFIG_P2P=y
Commit ca9bc5b566 used P2P functionality
from ap.c without proper ifdef CONFIG_P2P.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-07 13:40:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f05cee9714 P2P: Clear p2p_in_invitation on cancel
Commit 41d5ce9e0b added scan optimizations
for P2P invitation cases. However, it left a path where the invitation
state was not cleared and as such, introduced potential issues for
following scans that ended up getting incorrectly optimized for a single
channel regardless of parameters. Fix this by clearing p2p_in_invitation
more carefully, especially on p2p_cancel command.

p2p_cancel is now also run from the FLUSH command to avoid issues with
hwsim test cases (e.g., persistent_group_per_sta_psk followed by
ap_open_tdls resulted in an error due to p2p_in_invitation remaining set
after FLUSH).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-07 13:40:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ec331d09a2 WNM: Fix deinit path to clean neighbor report count
wnm_deallocate_memory() left wnm_num_neighbor_report set while freeing
the allocated buffer of neighbor reports. If this function was called
twice in a row without having went through new neighbor report parsing,
invalid pointers could have been freed resulted in segfault.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-07 13:40:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
679f2e7c5f WPS NFC: Remove NFC_RX_HANDOVER_SEL
The newer NFC_REPORT_HANDOVER command is more general version that
handles the cases where NFC_RX_HANDOVER_SEL could potentially have been
used. In addition, with the new WPS NFC design, it is important to
receive the handover request message that was used in the handover in
addition to the select message, so the NFC_RX_HANDOVER_SEL command on
its own would not be sufficient for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-07 00:56:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dc39004318 WPS: Remove unused WEP related functionality
Now that WPS 2.0 support is enabled unconditionally, WEP and Shared auth
type are not allowed. This made some of the older code unused and that
can now be removed to clean up the implementation. There is still one
place where WEP is allowed for testing purposes: wpa_supplicant as
Registrar trying to configure an AP to use WEP. That is now only allowed
in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds, though.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-06 12:31:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9ff4de6de4 Move DROP_SA command to be within ifdef CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS
This is a test command and has no use in production builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-05 23:59:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9a147ba18d WNM: Fix regression in Sleep Mode exit key data parsing
Commit dbfb8e82ff changed the Action frame
RX payload pointer design to point to a different field. WNM Sleep Mode
Response handler updated one of the uses to accommodate this change, but
that commit missed another use for key data length. This resulted in GTK
and IGTK being ignored in many cases when waking up from WNM Sleep Mode
with PMF enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-05 20:42:13 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
204c9ac4ee Extend select_network command with freq= to reduce scan time
This allows a subset of channels to be specified for the scan used to
find the network when the SELECT_NETWORK ctrl_iface command is issued.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-04-04 23:07:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
75aea3e704 Interworking: Add writing of forgotten cred parameters into config file
req_conn_capab and required_roaming_consortium parameters were not
written into the cred block when requesting wpa_supplicant to write the
configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-04 22:57:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c880ab87ee Interworking: Add GET_CRED ctrl_iface command
"GET_CRED <id> <field>" can now be used to fetch credential parameters
over the control interface. This does not allow passwords etc. private
material to be retrieved ("*" is returned for those if the value is set
regardless of the value). FAIL is returned if the requested parameter
has not been set. For cred parameters that can have multiple values,
newline separated list of values is returned.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-04 20:13:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1619e9d512 Interworking: Add ctrl_iface events on cred block modifications
Following events are now sent to ctrl_iface monitors to indicate if
credential blocks have been added, modified, or removed:

CRED-ADDED <id>
CRED-MODIFIED <id> <field>
CRED-REMOVE <id>

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-04 19:10:47 +03:00
Pawel Kulakowski
39a5800f7c wpa_supplicant: Allow disabling LDPC
Allows user to disable LDPC coding.
This possibility is useful for testing purpose.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Kulakowski <pawel.kulakowski@tieto.com>
2014-04-01 11:20:48 +03:00
Jean Trivelly
72300408d4 Interworking: Read IMSI if not read at supplicant start
It is required to read IMSI from SIM if it has not already been done
when comparing HS 2.0 AP 3GPP information with the local credentials.

Signed-off-by: Jean Trivelly <jean.trivelly@intel.com>
2014-03-31 23:44:59 +03:00
Jean Trivelly
62f736dd04 Interworking: Init scard when a credential requires SIM access
When an ANQP fetch is triggered and ANQP_3GPP_CELLULAR_NETWORK info is
required, initialize scard to be ready when comparing ANQP and
credentials.

Signed-off-by: Jean Trivelly <jean.trivelly@intel.com>
2014-03-31 23:35:08 +03:00
Jean Trivelly
729897a388 Interworking: Fix incorrect compile PCSC flag
CONFIG_PCSC is used instead of PCSC_FUNCS.

Signed-off-by: Jean Trivelly <jean.trivelly@intel.com>
2014-03-31 23:29:37 +03:00
Avraham Stern
ace0fbdb69 P2P: Fix segfault when PBC overlap is detected
If a separate P2P group interface is used, PBC overlap during group
formation causes the group interface to be removed, which ends up with
the interface context becoming invalid. Fix this by scheduling a timeout
to process the PBC overlap and interface removal instead of removing the
interface directly before the connection operation has returned.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2014-03-28 19:31:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cf15b15cc1 Add writing of network block ocsp parameter
This was forgotten from the per-network ocsp parameter addition. The new
parameter needs to be stored to the configuration file similarly to the
other EAP parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-28 16:56:41 +02:00
Ilan Peer
f1c4dbf5cd wpa_supplicant: Remove pending sme-connect radio work
If a new connection is attempted while there is a pending sme-connection
radio work, cancel the pending radio work and continue with the new
connection attempt. This is preferable over rejecting the new work and
continuing with the pending one, as it is possible that the previous
work is no longer valid.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-03-27 16:45:25 +02:00
Eliad Peller
4f560cdee3 wpa_supplicant: Override HT A-MPDU size if VHT A-MPDU was overridden
According to the standard, if the max A-MPDU VHT cap is <= 3, we
have to adjust the max A-MPDU HT cap to the same value. Otherwise
it should be set to 3.

Take care of it when the max VHT A-MPDU value is overridden.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2014-03-27 16:45:21 +02:00
Ilan Peer
782e2f785e P2P: Do not initiate scan on P2P Device when enabled
Do not start a scan on a P2P Device interface when processing an
interface enabled event.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-03-27 15:25:12 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
96ecea5eb1 Pass TDLS peer capability information in tdls_mgmt
While framing the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame, the driver needs to
know if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable and thus shall construct the
VHT/HT operation / WMM parameter elements accordingly. Supplicant
determines if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable based on the presence
of the respective IEs in the received TDLS Setup Response frame.

The host driver should not need to parse the received TDLS Response
frame and thus, should be able to rely on the supplicant to indicate
the capability of the peer through additional flags while transmitting
the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame through tdls_mgmt operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-27 15:18:48 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
cf28c66bcb HS 2.0: Extend ANQP_GET to accept Hotspot 2.0 subtypes
This allows a single ANQP query to be used to fetch both IEEE 802.11
defined ANQP elements and Hotspot 2.0 vendor specific elements.

ANQP_GET <addr> <info id>[,<info id>]...
[,hs20:<subtype>][...,hs20:<subtype>]

For example:
ANQP_GET 00:11:22:33:44:55:66 258,268,hs20:3,hs20:4

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-03-25 18:33:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
163f801ef2 nl80211: Indicate HS 2.0 OSEN AKM in connect/associate command
This allows drivers that build the WPA/RSN IEs internally to use similar
design for building the OSEN IE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-25 18:33:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c201f93a9e WPS: Enable WSC 2.0 support unconditionally
There is not much point in building devices with WPS 1.0 only supported
nowadays. As such, there is not sufficient justification for maintaining
extra complexity for the CONFIG_WPS2 build option either. Remove this by
enabling WSC 2.0 support unconditionally.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-25 18:33:21 +02:00
Sunil Dutt Undekari
91364b7f10 P2P: Set a timeout for a persistent reinvoke on a P2P Client
Use P2P group formation timeout to wait for the 4-way handshake to
complete on a persistent reinvocation on a P2P Client.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-25 15:38:33 +02:00
Rashmi Ramanna
41d5ce9e0b P2P: Optimize scan for GO during persistent group invocation
Scan for GO on the negotiated operating channel for few iterations
before searching on all the supported channels during persistent group
reinvocation. In addition, use the already known SSID of the group in
the scans. These optimizations reduce group formation time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-25 15:38:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
31ded52e70 SME: Add more debug prints for OBSS scans and 20/40 MHz co-ex report
This makes it easier to debug wpa_supplicant behavior when reporting
20/40 MHz co-ex information based on OBSS scans.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-23 23:56:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7f8eb34dee SME: Fix OBSS scan result processing for 20/40 MHz co-ex report
The 40 MHz intolerant bit needs to be checked before skipping the BSS
based on the channel already being in the lost (which could have
happened due to another BSS that does not indicate 40 MHz intolerant).
This fixed the 20/40 MHz co-ex report to indicate 20 MHz request
properly if there are both 40 MHz tolerant and intolerant BSSes on the
same channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-23 23:54:50 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
d3c9c35f32 Add freq= parameter to 'set pno' command
This allows channels-to-be-scanned to be specified for PNO similarly to
the scan command.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-03-21 23:56:46 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
b998236543 dbus: Implement P2P Peers info IEs buffer getter
Since it declares providing such property, let's expose it relevantly.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-03-21 23:49:47 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
c6f356f85b dbus: Export the peer's device address as a property
This could be useful in some cases.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-03-21 23:44:09 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
442adfde3d dbus: Declare properly ServiceDiscoveryRequest method
It does return something: the reference of the request, as an integer,
which can be used then with ServiceDiscoveryCancelRequest to get
canceled.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-03-21 23:36:50 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
890374118f dbus: Cancelling a service request always reply by an error
p2p_sd_cancel_request returns -1 in case of error, so does
wpas_p2p_sd_cancel_request.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-03-21 23:36:49 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
13494c4478 dbus: Remove duplicate signal declaration
ServiceDiscoveryExternal is uselessly declared twice.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-03-21 23:36:49 +02:00
Eduardo Abinader
5eae87a7d6 P2P: Fix GO failed interface init
Whenever an ongoing GO Neg has failed, due to interface init, the P2P
Device should cancel timeouts and issue wpas_p2p_group_formation_failed,
so the other peer detects faster group formation has failed.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-03-21 23:26:16 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
c46235aaf0 wpa_supplicant: Fix radio_remove_interface
Remove pending radio works when an interface is removed from a radio.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2014-03-21 22:21:37 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
2ce7e4fd74 Android: Enable CONFIG_EAP_AKA_PRIME option
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-03-21 22:21:26 +02:00
Prameela Rani Garnepudi
95bf699f76 Add get_radio_name() driver wrapper for wpa_supplicant
Signed-off-by: Prameela Rani Garnepudi <prameela.g@samsung.com>
2014-03-21 22:20:38 +02:00
Guoqiang Liu
d06ecab344 D-Bus: Make p2p_no_group_iface configurable
Some old device need to set p2p_no_group_iface=1 to set up a P2P
connection, so add a D-Bus interface to configure it.

Signed-off-by: Guoqiang Liu <guoqiang.liu@archermind.com>
2014-03-21 22:17:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1120e45232 Allow config blobs to be set through ctrl_iface
"SET blob <name> <hexdump>" can now be used to set a configuration blob
through the wpa_supplicant control interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-15 23:51:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6829da39e6 Fix external radio_work deinit path
The radio_work type was stored within the dynamically allocated
wpa_radio_work buffer and that buffer ended up getting freed before the
final use of the type string within radio_work_done(). This resulted in
freed memory being used for a debug print. Avoid this by freeing the
wpa_external_work instance after having completed radio_work_done() for
the related work.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-14 21:58:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8dd9f9cdde Allow management group cipher to be configured
This allows hostapd to set a different management group cipher than the
previously hardcoded default BIP (AES-128-CMAC). The new configuration
file parameter group_mgmt_cipher can be set to BIP-GMAC-128,
BIP-GMAC-256, or BIP-CMAC-256 to select one of the ciphers defined in
IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-14 21:58:45 +02:00
Manish Bansal
67d39cfb32 P2P: Do not create another group interface on NFC Token enable
If a group interface is present and the command was issued on the group
interface, enable the token for that interface instead of creating a new
one.

Signed-off-by: Manish <manish.bansal@broadcom.com>
2014-03-14 21:58:45 +02:00
Paul Stewart
6aa1cd4e06 wpa_supplicant: Apply VHT_OVERRIDES to wpas_start_assoc_cb()
A previous patch "Support VHT capability overrides" missed one
place where HT overrides were being applied and where it would
also be useful to apply VHT overrides.

Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2014-03-14 21:50:58 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
6e9375e4e1 TDLS: Add get_capability tdls command
Command returns info in format: UNSUPPORTED/INTERNAL/EXTERNAL

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-03-14 21:40:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9a1a538fa5 wpa_supplicant AP: Allow PMF to be enabled with ieee80211w
The ieee80211w parameter was not previously copied to the hostapd BSS
structure from wpa_supplicant configuration, so PMF was practically
disabled. Allow it to be configured through the wpa_supplicant network
configuration block.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-13 18:22:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
daa70bdf68 Fix CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING=y build
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-12 22:39:11 +02:00
Peter Qiu
0f44ec8eba Add a reattach command for fast reassociate-back-to-same-BSS
Add "reattach" command to perform single-channel single-ssid scan
instead of full scan when trying to reconnect to the currently
"connected" network (assuming old scan results are not current enough to
skip the scan completely). This allows the scan result to come back in
much faster time. In ath9k, the scan took around 12 seconds with full
background scan, and only 0.1 second with the single-channel single-ssid
scan. Thus, take much less time for the client to re-establish
connection with the currently "connected" network.

Signed-hostap: Peter Qiu <zqiu@chromium.org>
2014-03-11 19:38:01 +02:00
Ben Greear
5d0d72a3e5 wpa_supplicant: Put upper bound on initial scan time delay
This makes stations associate much faster when using lots of stations.
In addition, this avoids delaying the initial scan continuously for
dynamic interface removal/addition cases.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2014-03-11 19:23:17 +02:00
Alexander Bondar
5e3ddf4d23 PNO: Change sched_scan_stopped event to handle pending PNO properly
When a sched_scan_stopped event is received and there is a pending PNO,
it used regular scheduled scan parameters instead of PNO specific
parameters. Change it by calling wpas_start_pno().

Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-03-11 19:15:48 +02:00
Alexander Bondar
737e7a08b0 PNO: Move and rename pno_start()/pno_stop()
Move pno_start() and pno_stop() to scan.c as a more relevant location
and rename them to wpas_start_pno()/wpas_stop_pno().

Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-03-11 19:12:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
09eef142ea Use internal FIPS 186-2 PRF if needed
Previously, EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' did not work with number of crypto
libraries (GnuTLS, CryptoAPI, NSS) since the required FIPS 186-2 PRF
function was not implemented. This resulted in somewhat confusing error
messages since the placeholder functions were silently returning an
error. Fix this by using the internal implementation of FIP 186-2 PRF
(including internal SHA-1 implementation) with crypto libraries that do
not implement this in case EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' is included in the build.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-11 16:44:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
60b893dfb3 wpa_supplicant: Allow external management frame processing for testing
This enables more convenient protocol testing of AP and P2P
functionality in various error cases and unexpected sequences without
having to implement each test scenario within wpa_supplicant.
ext_mgmt_frame_handle parameter can be set to 1 to move all management
frame processing into an external program through control interface
events (MGMT-RX and MGMT-TX-STATUS) and command (MGMT_TX). This is
similar to the test interface that was added to hostapd previously, but
allows more control on offchannel operations and more direct integration
with the internal P2P module.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-08 20:21:21 +02:00
Ilan Peer
c16a7590cf wpa_supplicant: Add a configuration file for the P2P_DEVICE parameters
Add an option to specify a configuration file that can be used to hold
the P2P_DEVICE configuration parameters. If this option is not used, the
P2P_DEVICE configuration parameters will be read from interface
configuration file.

Note that it is advised to use this option in some cases such as:

If a P2P_DEVICE is supported by the driver, the wpa_supplicant creates a
dedicated P2P Device interface, where the configuration file used for
the main interface is used. As a consequence, if the configuration file
includes network definition etc., the wpa_supplicant will try to perform
station specific flows on the P2P Device interface which will fail.

If a P2P_DEVICE is supported by the driver and update_config is used,
the P2P Device configuration data will override the main interface
configuration data.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-03-07 00:11:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8f05577d11 Configure beacon interval for IBSS command
wpa_supplicant already allowed beacon interval to be configured for AP
mode operations, but this was not passed to the driver for IBSS even
though the same parameter can used for that case. Add this for the
nl80211 driver interface to allow beacon interval to be controlled for
IBSS as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-06 23:09:20 +02:00
Moshe Benji
354c903f8e AP/GO interface teardown optimization
This commit adds an option to optimize AP teardown by leaving the
deletion of keys (including group keys) and stations to the driver.

This optimization option should be used if the driver supports stations
and keys removal when stopping an AP.

For example, the optimization option will always be used for cfg80211
drivers since cfg80211 shall always remove stations and keys when
stopping an AP (in order to support cases where the AP is disabled
without the knowledge of wpa_supplicant/hostapd).

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
2014-03-05 23:57:02 +02:00
Eliad Peller
3a94adbf42 P2P: Do not start scan for P2P Device interfaces at driver init
wpa_supplicant started delayed sched scan also on P2P Device interfaces,
resulting in erroneous scans and connection attempts. Skip that on
driver init when the interface is dedicated only for P2P management
purposes.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2014-03-04 22:34:00 +02:00
David Spinadel
aa10983004 P2P: Do not initialize bgscan on P2P interfaces
As a P2P group has a unique SSID and one security domain, it does
not make sense to enable background scanning for roaming purposes.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2014-03-04 22:32:24 +02:00
Alexander Bondar
54ac5aa271 config: Add bgscan option when saving global configuration
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
2014-03-04 22:27:39 +02:00
David Spinadel
268043d55f bgscan: Do not initialize bgscan if disabled by user
Do not initialize bgscan if the user explicitly set bgscan to an empty
string. Without this patch wpa_supplicant tries to initialize bgscan to
the first option if the string is empty.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2014-03-04 22:26:19 +02:00
Beni Lev
adef89480d nl80211: Add vendor command support
Add a callback to the driver interface that allows vendor specific
commands to be sent. In addition, a control interface command is added
to expose this new interface outside wpa_supplicant:

Vendor command's format:
VENDOR <vendor id> <sub command id> [<hex formatted data>]

The 3rd argument will be converted to binary data and then passed as
argument to the sub command.

This interface is driver independent, but for now, this is only
implemented for the nl80211 driver interface using the cfg80211 vendor
commands.

Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
2014-03-04 22:24:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
508e24c20b dbus: Clean up error reporting for TDLS peer address parsing
Passing a pointer to an error reply message is not very robust since
memory allocation could fail even for that error message. Instead, use a
separate error value as the return value from get_peer_hwaddr_helper()
and return a pointer to the error message through a pointer-to-pointer
so that the error case will always be clear.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a7c37d92d2 dbus: Remove duplicated variable assignment
This gets rid of a static analyzer warning.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea3b8c1d2d Do not use a separate variable for tracking first entry in a list
The pos pointer can be compared to the start of the buffer pointer to
determine whether the entry is the first one in the list. This gets rid
of some static analyzer warnings about unused variable writes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ed626df40 Remove unused gid_str pointer update
The group name is not used on these paths, so just remove it from the
directory name without updating gid_str to point to the unused group
name.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
67adcd266c WNM: Check wpa_s->current_bss more consistently
The scan result comparison routine would not make much sense without
current BSS level known, so return from the function without going
through the iteration that could have dereferenced the pointer if
wpa_s->current_bss == NULL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2af4d87fc3 GAS: Fix additional comeback delay with status code 95
The special case of non-zero status code used in a GAS Comeback Response
frame to indicate that additional delay is needed before the response is
available was not working properly. This case needs to allow the status
code check to be bypassed for the comeback case prior to having received
any response data.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-01 17:06:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
07d462c7b7 Interworking: Remove unused password setting for SIM credential
The simulated SIM/USIM case uses a separate milenage cred parameter, so
this cred password parameter was unused for this credential type.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-01 17:06:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3141b82c16 Add OSEN to proto config field writer
This was forgotten from the OSEN addition where it was parsed, but not
written to a network block.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-01 10:49:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
06c7b7f0b5 HS 2.0R2: Fix temporary network disabling in Deauth Req case
Commits 7ef6947993 and
533536d82a added this temporarily
disabling case, but those commits were merged in without having been
converted to the new os_reltime design used for ssid->disabled_until.
Consequently, they ended up disabling the network for 44 years or so too
long time (depending on what values the relative timestamp had
accummulated so far). Fix this by using relative timestamps
consistently.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-28 00:29:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b7fb98f072 Interworking: Fix already-connected check to verify network priority
Commit d28f4e44f1 optimized Interworking
network selection in a case where the operation is run while already
connected to the selected network by skipping the reconnection. However,
this did not take into account that a higher priority network may have
shown up in the new scan results.

Fix this by checking whether network selection based on the latest scan
results (the ones from the interworking_select operation) would result
in a network with higher priority being selected. If so, skip the
optimization and force normal network connection (which will select this
newly found higher priority network). This fixes cases where a
non-Hotspot 2.0 network with higher priority (e.g., home network) shows
up while connected to a Hotspot 2.0 network with lower priority.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-27 14:06:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7c373ac267 Interworking: Fix last-network preference to not override priority
Commit 3d910ef497 tried to make
last-network selection behave more consistently with Interworking
network selection preferences. However, it did not take into account
that other network block may have higher priority. In such cases, the
last added network from Interworking network selection should actually
not be selected for the next connection. Fix this by limiting the
last-network preference to work only within a priority class.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-27 13:47:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f54e92433e HS 2.0R2: Fix req_conn_capab example
Protocol field needs to be separated properly from te port number list.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-27 00:43:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a6739e191e HS 2.0R2: Try to scan multiple times for OSU providers
Scan operation is not that reliable, so try couple of times if no
OSU provider matches are found during fetch_osu command.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cf6d08a63f Interworking: Add OCSP parameter to the cred block
This new parameter can be used to configure credentials to mandate use
of OCSP stapling for AAA server authentication.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6402f2fe40 Interworking: Add more debug info on roaming partner preferences
This can be useful in debugging selection of roaming partner preference.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
74794891c7 Interworking: Add sp_priority cred parameter
This new priority parameter can be used to specify priorities between
credentials provisioned by the same SP. cred->priority is checked first
and if it is same and the provisioning_sp parameter matches, the new
sp_priority is used to order the credentials. It should be noted that
the order of priorities is different (higher 'priority' value indicates
higher priority of the credential, while higher 'sp_priority' indicates
lower priority of the credential).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
751ac99768 Interworking: Use a helper function to compare cred priority
This makes it easier to extend credential priority comparison beyond a
single priority variable.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aff419f56a Interworking: Remove separate credential priority tracking
There is no need to keep the separate local variable for tracking the
highest selected priority since we track a pointer to the selected
credential with that information.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
533536d82a HS 2.0R2: Disable full ESS for as a workaround for per-BSS issues
For now, disable full ESS since some drivers may not support disabling
per BSS.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8a77f1be86 HS 2.0R2: Slow down connection attempts on EAP failures
This is needed to limit the number of consecutive authentication
attempts to no more than 10 within a 10-minute interval to avoid
unnecessary load on the authentication server. In addition, use a random
component in the delay to avoid multiple stations hitting the same
timing in case of simultaneous disconnection from the network.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
76a55a8e12 HS 2.0R2: Add more debug to network selection
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8b4b9fb384 HS 2.0R2: Fix bandwidth policy BSS selection
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
28f2a7c407 HS 2.0R2: Allow excluded network to be selected based on user override
Move excluded SSID filtering step to the end of credential validation
process and return list of BSSes that would otherwise have matching
credentials, but have an excluded SSID. Automatic network selection will
not select such a network, but interworking_connect command can be used
to pick excluded networks.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
33fb8c526c HS 2.0R2: Add support for Policy/RequiredProtoPortTuple
The new credential parameter req_conn_capab can be used to specify
restrictions on roaming networks providing connectivity for a set of
protocols/ports.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a45b2dc5dc HS 2.0R2: Add support for Policy/MaximumBSSLoadValue
The new credential parameter max_bss_load can be used to specify
restrictions on BSS Load in the home network.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4cad9df15a HS 2.0R2: Add support for Policy/MinBackhaulThreshold
The new credential parameters min_{dl,ul}_bandwidth_{home,roaming} can
be used to specify restrictions on available backhaul bandwidth.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aa26ba68b4 HS 2.0R2: Add tracking of provisioning SP
The new provisioning_sp cred field can now be used to track which SP
provisioned the credential. This makes it easier to find the matching
PPS MO from the management tree (./Wi-Fi/<provisioning_sp>).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e5fdfabf6 HS 2.0R2: Add WFA server-only EAP-TLS peer method
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
df0f01d91f HS 2.0R2: Add OSEN client implementation
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a5d75636f9 HS 2.0R2: Add common OSEN definitions
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
230e373539 HS 2.0R2: Add GAS operation duration statistics into debug
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b572df8650 HS 2.0R2: Add routine for fetching OSU provider information
The new wpa_cli fetch_osu command can be used to fetch information about
all OSU providers and write that to a text file with the icons in
separate files. cancel_osu_fetch command can be used to stop ongoing OSU
provider list fetch.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d2215fc67 HS 2.0R2: Add OSU Providers list ANQP element
wpa_supplicant can now request OSU Providers list with "hs20_anqp_get
<BSSID> 8".

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
184e110caf HS 2.0R2: Add Icon Request and Icon binary File ANQP elements
wpa_supplicant can request OSU icon data with "hs20_icon_request <BSSID>
<icon filename>". This transmits an Icon Request ANQP element and
processes the response in Icon Binary File ANQP elements.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7ef6947993 HS 2.0R2: Add STA support for Deauthentication Request notification
If requested, disable the network based on the HS 2.0 deauthentication
request.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95a3ea9426 HS 2.0R2: Add WNM-Notification Request for Subscription Remediation
Subscription remediation notification WNM-Notification Request is now
shown in the following way in wpa_supplicant control interface:
<3>HS20-SUBSCRIPTION-REMEDIATION http://example.com/foo/

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f9cd147d6b HS 2.0R2: Update Indication element to Release 2
The HS 2.0 Indication element from wpa_supplicant now includes the
release number field and wpa_supplicant shows the release number of the
AP in STATUS command (hs20=1 replaced with hs20=<release>).

The new update_identifier field in the cred block can now be used to
configure the PPS MO ID so that wpa_supplicant adds it to the Indication
element in Association Request frames.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bc00053c9d Interworking: Allow roaming partner configuration
The new roaming_partner parameter within a cred block can be used to
configure priorities for roaming partners.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2c49d04cdb Do not clear global pmf setting on FLUSH
This parameter was actually used in some testing cases in a way that did
not really work well with the FLUSH command ending up disabling PMF.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eef7235da1 Only try fast reconnect if network is not disabled
Previously, it would have been possible for the network to be marked
disabled and that marking to be ignored if a recoverable disconnection
reason event were processed. Avoid this by verifying network status
before trying to reconenct back to the same BSS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-25 23:52:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3d910ef497 Interworking: Prefer last added network during network selection
Previously, any network block could be used to select the BSS to connect
to when processing scan results after Interworking network selection.
This can result in somewhat unexpected network selection in cases where
credential preferences indicated that a specific network was selected,
but another network ended up getting used for the connection. While the
older networks continue to be valid, add special processing for this
initial post-interworking-connect case to get more consistent network
selection to match with the Interworking network selection result.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-25 22:37:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
da60d9c1ca tests: Add module tests for blacklist to complete coverage
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-25 20:16:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a33687ec7 P2P: Remove unnecessary ifdef CONFIG_NO_CONFIG_WRITE
wpa_config_write() is defined as a dummy function even if actual
operation to write the configuration file are commented out from the
build. This cleans up the code a bit and removed a compiler warning on
set-only variable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-25 19:31:16 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
050d8b5cc7 Fix documentation for wpa_supplicant_global_ctrl_iface_process()
This fixes a copy-paste error in the function name in
wpa_supplicant_global_ctrl_iface_process() documentation.

Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <p.kushwaha@samsung.com>
2014-02-25 16:53:57 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
4db216fcf7 wpa_supplicant: Add support for IPv6 with UDP ctrl_iface
Add IPv6 support when using udp/udp-remote control interface using the
following new build configuration options:

CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp6
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp6-remote

This is useful for testing, while we don't need to assign IPv4 address
(static or using DHCP) and can just use auto configured IPv6 addresses
(link local, which is based on the MAC address). Also add scope id
support for link local case.

For example,
./wpa_cli
./wpa_cli -i ::1,9877
./wpa_cli -i fe80::203:7fff:fe05:69%wlan0,9877

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-02-25 16:43:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f0e30c8410 Do not start another connect work while one is pending
It was possible for the connect or sme-connect radio work to get
re-scheduled while an earlier request was still pending, e.g.,
select_network is issued at the moment a scan radio work is in progress
and the old scan results are recent enough for starting the connection.
This could result in unexpected attempt to re-associate immediately
after completing the first connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-24 15:22:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3cdcb3a4b3 tests: Add module tests for WPS attribute parsing
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-21 13:41:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea449b5bfe tests: Add a module test integration to hwsim tests
CONFIG_MODULE_TESTS=y build option can now be used to build in module
tests into hostapd and wpa_supplicant binaries. These test cases will be
used to get better testing coverage for various details that are
difficult to test otherwise through the control interface control. A
single control interface command is used to executed these tests within
the hwsim test framework. This commit adds just the new mechanism, but no
module tests are yet integrated into this mechanism.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-21 13:08:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
211d7ab3d8 P2P: Add even more debug prints for Probe Request in non-Listen state
It looks like discovery_dev_id test case can still fail and based on the
previously added debug prints, this is happening since the P2P module
believes it is not in Listen state even when a P2P_LISTEN was issued.
p2p_listen_cb() did not get called on remain-on-channel event for some
reason, so lets add more debug to find out why this can happen.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-20 16:59:29 +02:00
Roger Zanoni
848905b12a Avoid undefined references with CONFIG_WPA_TRACE_BFD=y
libdl, libiberty, and libzlib are dependencies for libbfd.

Signed-off-by: Roger Zanoni <roger.zanoni@openbossa.org>
2014-02-20 16:32:26 +02:00
Jithu Jance
f667e031c9 P2P: Address few issues seen with P2P SD
Suppose we have multiple peers and we have peers advertising SD
capability, but no services registered for advertising. In this case,
even if there are multiple broadcast queries set, we might end up
sending only the lastly added broadcast query to the same device (since
SD_INFO won't get set for the first broadcast query). Add support for
multiple wildcard queries to be tracked to enable this type of use
case.

Some times it is seen that before advancing to next device in the list,
the scan results come and update SD_SCHEDULE flag. This will result in
sending the already sent query to the same device without giving chance
to other devices. This issue again is seen with peer devices advertising
SD capability without any services registered.

Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2014-02-20 16:32:12 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
e9a6f18385 TLS: Add tls_disable_tlsv1_1 and tls_disable_tlsv1_2 phase1 params
These can be used to disable TLSv1.1 and TLSv1.2 as a workaround for AAA
servers that have issues interoperating with newer TLS versions.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-02-20 15:28:57 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
ac494fcce4 Android: Use external libnl 2.0 dynamic library
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-02-19 14:10:12 +02:00
Roger Zanoni
b7cac41254 Fix hostapd and wpa_supplicant build with binutils >= 2.24.x
Using binutils >= 2.24.x and setting
CONFIG_WPA_TRACE/CONFIG_WPA_TRACE_BDF causes both builds to fail with
"#error config.h must be included before this header" message.

Since version 2.24.x, the bfd header checks for PACKAGE and
PACKAGE_VERSION macros.

As suggested in http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=14243
projects that use bfd and don't use autotools should define a PACKAGE
macro.

Signed-off-by: Roger Zanoni <roger.zanoni@openbossa.org>
2014-02-19 14:10:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94a3df500f P2P: Enable U-APSD support on GO automatically
Since P2P specification mandates P2P GO to support WMM-PS with legacy
STAs, enable this automatically if the driver indicates support for
U-APSD in AP mode. The "P2P_SET go_apsd 0" command can still be used to
disable this if needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-17 13:15:29 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
b3253ebb73 wpa_supplicant: Complete radio works on disable event
While testing rfkill blocking of a scanning interface, it
was seen that the ongoing scan never completes. This happens
since EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS is discarded on a disabled interface.

Fix this and also other possible radio work completion issues
by removing all the radio works (including started) of the
disabled interface.

To be able to remove already started radio works, make their
callbacks be reentrant with deinit flag (when the work
is started), so each radio work should be able to handle
its own termination.

Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2014-02-16 00:06:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2dff9e87b9 Remove unused NFC_RX_HANDOVER_REQ
The more generic NFC_REPORT_HANDOVER is now used to report completed NFC
connection handover operations in either role and NFC_RX_HANDOVER_REQ
did not have any implementation within wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-15 11:22:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7ae7a84eef NFC: Workaround nfcpy message debug exception
The current nfcpy version does not support new WSC connection handover
message format and the handover server fails to process the request due
to a debug print. As a temporary workaround, override
HandoverServer::_process_request() with a version that avoids pretty()
print of the handover messages. This can be removed once nfcpy has been
updated to support the new format.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-13 16:37:43 +02:00
Max Stepanov
cbf21c7cb5 P2P: Avoid compiler warning in p2p_supplicant.c
Initialize flag variable explicitly to avoid [-Wmaybeuninitialized]
compiler warning in wpas_p2p_verify_channel().

Signed-hostap: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2014-02-13 15:46:37 +02:00
Eytan Lifshitz
5e6aa04b09 wpa_supplicant: Fix memory leak in wfd_subelems error path
Memory allocated by calling function ieee802_11_vendor_ie_concat()
was not freed on an error path int ctrl_iface BSS command.

Signed-hostap: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
2014-02-13 15:41:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
88853aedf6 Fix CONFIG_WPS_NFC=y build without CONFIG_P2P=y
Some of the control interface operations for P2P were not properly
protected with #ifdef CONFIG_P2P.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-13 15:29:09 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
7ac7fd43aa Add bssid/freq hint for driver-based BSS selection
This uses the new nl80211 attributes to allow the connect command to
provide bssid and freq hints to the driver without limiting roaming to
the specific BSS/frequency. This can be used by drivers that perform
internal BSS selection (WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION) as a candidate
for initial association.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-02-13 15:14:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d6bfaaac69 NFC: Add summary and success file options for nfcpy scripts
These can be used to get updates on NFC operation status and success for
external programs.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-12 16:44:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
25cfc6f11e P2P NFC: Add p2p-nfc.py --handover-only option
p2p-nfc.py allowed an NFC Tag to be read and reported to wpa_supplicant
even in cases where it was explicitly asked to initiate negotiated
connection handover and return after completing this operation. The new
command line argument can be used to disable NFC Tag read operations
when a negotiated connection handover is expected.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-12 12:45:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7bea076458 P2P NFC: Clean up p2p-nfc.py error handling
If wpa_supplicant reports a failure when trying to generate a handover
request, detect that before trying to decode the response as a hex
string.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-11 19:33:43 +02:00
Mahesh A Saptasagar
062a7c0d67 Fix persistent P2P connection failure in case channel list changes
P2P persistent connection may fail due to 802.11d channel change event
invalidating support of the operating frequency sent in the invitation
request, before receiving the invitation response. If the operating
frequency is invalid at the time the invitation response is processed
and there is no forced frequency provided by user, allow frequency
re-selection.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-07 15:44:41 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
0547124d47 wpa_supplicant: Add DFS indicator to get_capability freq
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-02-06 16:13:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bab6677a31 Handle Wi-Fi Display commands more carefully if P2P is disabled
If P2P was disabled (e.g., due to driver not supporting it or through
p2p_disabled=1 configuration), setting Wi-Fi Display parameters could
result in segmentation fault when the WFD IE is updated without the P2P
module being initialized. Fix this by skipping the update if P2P module
is not in use. In addition, show Wi-Fi Display as disabled in "GET
wifi_display" and refuse to enable it with "SET wifi_display 1" if P2P
is not enabled.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-06 16:03:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94ff22ea08 Remove dead code from AP setup
wpa_supplicant_create_ap() is only called for AP mode, so there is no
point in trying to address station (infra/IBSS) modes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-04 13:23:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0b5ff2ae12 WPS: Remove unused Credential AP Channel processing
Commit bd3a373767 added a mechanism to use
AP Channel attribute from within a Credential attribute to optimize
scans. However, this design is not actually used with the WPS NFC use
cases. With configuration token, the AP Channel attribute is in the same
container with the Credential attribute (and that was also handled in
the previous implementation). With connection handover, AP Channel
information is outside the Credential attribute as well.

Simplify implementation by removing the AP Channel within Credential
case. This allows wpas_wps_use_cred() to get the AP Channel from the
container instead of having to find this during credential iteration.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-04 13:23:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
44f967c729 Update ChangeLog files to match current implementation
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-04 13:23:35 +02:00
Prashanth Kumar
1b56d398a7 wpa_supplicant: Fix misplaced os_free
os_free has wfd_dev_info_hex as an argument which is defined within
CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG

Signed-hostap: Prashanth Kumar <prashanthkumar.kr@globaledgesoft.com>
2014-02-03 19:35:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d950477913 Fix authentication algorithm negotiation in SME code
Commit 6ac4b15ef8 (wpa_radio work for
connection) caused a regression for cases where multiple auth_alg values
are set in a network block and wpa_supplicant-based SME is supposed to
iterate through them. The connection radio work was not terminated when
receiving authentication failure and this resulted in the following
authentication attempt failing.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-03 19:34:33 +02:00
Eytan Lifshitz
04c366cb1d Fix memory leaks and wrong memory access
1. In wpa_config_process_bgscan() fix memory leak after
   calling wpa_config_parse_string()
2. In hostapd_config_defaults(), on failure to allocate bss->radius,
   conf->bss was not freed.
3. In p2p_deauth_nofif(), memory allocated in p2p_parse_ies() was not
   freed in case of NULL minor_reason_code.
4. In p2p_disassoc_nofif(), memory allocated in p2p_parse_ies() was
   not freed in case of NULL minor_reason_code.
5. In p2p_process_go_neg_conf(), memory allocated was not freed in
   case that the P2P Device interface was not waiting for a
   GO Negotiation Confirm.
6. In wpa_set_pkcs11_engine_and_module_path(), the wrong pointer was
   checked.

Signed-hostap: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
2014-01-30 14:01:31 +02:00
Eytan Lifshitz
fd67275b85 wpa_supplicant: Fix wrong size memory allocation
Fix memory allocation in wpa_scan_clone_params(), where the
allocation request used the size of a pointer rather than the
size of the structure.

Signed-hostap: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
2014-01-30 13:59:29 +02:00
Naresh Jayaram
4701f379f0 wpa_cli: Add tdls_external_control to tab completion for SET
This global configuration parameter was added in commit
800d58721c but the tab completion list for
the wpa_cli SET command in interactive mode was not updated.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-30 13:10:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2e98839243 P2P: Disable DNS server from dnsmasq
This avoids issues with multiple instances of dnsmasq running, e.g.,
with one on eth0 and the other one for the P2P group.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c07f2615a0 P2P NFC: Add script for connection handover with nfcpy
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
12288d848c WPS NFC: Protect nfcpy pretty print calls against exceptions
nfcpy does not yet support all the new message formats, so some of the
pretty() calls can result in exceptions.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c209dd1108 WPS NFC: nfcpy script to use new connection handover design
Fetch a carrier record from wpa_supplicant instead of full handover
request. This makes it easier for external programs to build handover
request messages with multiple alternative carriers.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6202500f6f WPS NFC: Logging level configuration to wps-nfc.py and wps-ap-nfc.py
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f1b5b31d7 WPS NFC: Clean up nfcpy script no-wait operations
This allows the scripts to terminate at proper point with --no-wait.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
79ede5a7e6 WPS NFC: Validate ctrl_iface response before decoding it
If the operation fails for any reason ("FAIL" response), it is cleaner
to return error clearly instead of hitting an exception in the hex
decoder.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ab1db08c05 WPS NFC: Use argparse in the nfcpy scripts
This cleans up command line parsing and simplifies the commands.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6f8fa6e552 WPS NFC: Update wps-nfc.py and wps-ap-nfc.py to use new nfcpy API
This moves many of the peer discovery operations into the core nfcpy.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b56f6c8869 P2P NFC: Add support for freq option in NFC ctrl_iface commands
This can be used to force an operating channel for P2P group formation
triggered by NFC operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
91a65018d8 WPS NFC: Use BSSID and AP Channel from handover select
These optional attributes, if present, can be used to speed up the
initial connection by using a single channel scan.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
91226e0d12 WPS: Add testing option to corrupt public key hash
If CONFIG_WPS_TESTING=y is enabled in build configuration, the new
wps_corrupt_pkhash parameter (similar to wps_testing_dummy_cred) can be
used to request public key hash to be corrupted in all generated OOB
Device Password attributes. This can be used for testing purposes to
validate public key hash validation steps.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
73127764fe WPS NFC: add more debug prints for connection handover report
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5cd4f66095 WPS NFC: Use AP Channel information from credential container
This allows NFC Configuration Token to indicate the current AP operating
channel, so that a single channel scan can be used to speed up the
initial connection.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5cd4740580 P2P NFC: WPA state machine config with driver-based BSS selection
wpa_s->current_bss was updated too late for the
wpa_supplicant_rsn_supp_set_config() call within
wpa_supplicant_select_config(). Re-order code so that current_bss gets
updated between current_ssid update and this call to set the WPA state
machine configuration, so that the new code that determines whether the
current GO support the new IP address assignment mechanism works.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e9f53c367 P2P NFC: Static handover with NFC Tag on client
This adds a new P2P Invitation mechanism to invite a P2P Device with an
NFC Tag to an already operating group when the GO with NFC Device reads
the NFC Tag. The P2P Device with the NFC Tag will then accept invitation
and connect to the group automatically using its OOB Device Password.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd87677115 P2P NFC: Enable own NFC Tag on GO Registrar
When "P2P_SET nfc_tag 1" is used to enable the own NFC Tag for P2P, also
enable it for any running GO interface.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
abe44e3ca2 P2P NFC: Add GO info into handover message when in client role
P2P Group ID can optionally be included in the connection handover
messages when acting as a P2P Client in a group. Add this information
and show it in the P2P-NFC-PEER-CLIENT event message.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
23318bea94 P2P NFC: Optimize join-a-group operation based on NFC information
When the NFC connection handover message received from a peer indicates
that the peer is operating as a GO on a specific channel, use that
information to avoid having to go through full scan. In addition, skip
the separate join-a-group scan since we already know the operating
channel, GO P2P Device Address, and SSID.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
86e320819c P2P NFC: Copy DH parameters to a separate group interface
The DH public and private key needs to be copied for the separate group
interface if that is used for a P2P group.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d4b4d7fe3c WPS NFC: Update DH keys for ER operations
Since wpa_s->conf->wps_nfc_dh_* parameters can be set in number of code
paths, update the wps_context copy of the DH keys even if no new keys
were generated for the request. This tries to avoid some cases where
public key hash may not have matched the public key used in the ER
operation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
59b45d1afe P2P NFC: Add processing of P2P client while NFC handover case
Instead of automatically triggering a connection, provide an indication
of one of the devices being a P2P client to upper layers to allow user
to determine what to do next.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
74df9ecd4a P2P NFC: Do not try to join peer if both devices are already GO
Send a P2P-NFC-BOTH-GO event to upper layers to determine what to
do in case both devices going through NFC connection handover are
already operating as a GO.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
201b0f5fa6 P2P: Add test option to disable IP address assignment request
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
25ef8529c1 P2P: Add support for IP address assignment in 4-way handshake
This new mechanism allows P2P Client to request an IPv4 address from the
GO as part of the 4-way handshake to avoid use of DHCP exchange after
4-way handshake. If the new mechanism is used, the assigned IP address
is shown in the P2P-GROUP-STARTED event on the client side with
following new parameters: ip_addr, ip_mask, go_ip_addr. The assigned IP
address is included in the AP-STA-CONNECTED event on the GO side as a
new ip_addr parameter. The IP address is valid for the duration of the
association.

The IP address pool for this new mechanism is configured as global
wpa_supplicant configuration file parameters ip_addr_go, ip_addr_mask,
ip_addr_star, ip_addr_end. For example:

ip_addr_go=192.168.42.1
ip_addr_mask=255.255.255.0
ip_addr_start=192.168.42.2
ip_addr_end=192.168.42.100

DHCP mechanism is expected to be enabled at the same time to support P2P
Devices that do not use the new mechanism. The easiest way of managing
the IP addresses is by splitting the IP address range into two parts and
assign a separate range for wpa_supplicant and DHCP server.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c4f87a701b P2P NFC: Add NFC tag enabling for static handover
The device with the NFC Tag can be configured to enable NFC to be used
with "P2P_SET nfc_tag 1" and "P2P_LISTEN" commands to allow static
handover to be used.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd37a93884 P2P NFC: Report handover select from tag for static handover
WPS_NFC_TAG_READ can be used to report static connection handover where
the connection handover select message was read from an NFC tag.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
db6ae69e6b P2P NFC: Report connection handover as trigger for P2P
"NFC_REPORT_HANDOVER {INIT,RESP} P2P <req> <sel>" can now be used to
report completed NFC negotiated connection handover in which the P2P
alternative carrier was selected.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9358878055 P2P NFC: Build connection handover messages
"NFC_GET_HANDOVER_{REQ,SEL} NDEF P2P-CR" can now be used to build P2P
alternative carrier record for NFC connection handover request/select
messages.

Static connection handover case can be enabled by configuring the DH
parameters (either with wps_nfc_* configuration parameters or with
WPS_NFC_TOKEN command at run time. The NFC Tag contents can be generated
with "NFC_GET_HANDOVER_SEL NDEF P2P-CR-TAG" after having configured
Listen channel (p2p_listen_reg_class/p2p_listen_channel).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ab9e34426f P2P NFC: Pass OOB Device Password ID to P2P
GO Negotiation needs to know which OOB Device Password ID is assigned
for the peer when NFC is used as the trigger.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
50d1f8901c NFC: Update WPS ER to use the new connection handover design
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d95079361b WPS NFC: Add support for wpa_supplicant AP/GO mode to use handover
New functionality is needed for this with the update NFC connection
handover design that depends on the AP side using the public key hash
from the handover request.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fa4c2988ae WPS NFC: Process new style handover select
The new WPS connection handover select includes Registrar public key
hash instead of credential. Use the new information to start
abbreviated WPS handshake instead of configuring a new network directly
from the old Credential-from-NFC design.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
41f9ffb635 WPS NFC: Build new style carrier record for connection handover request
It is more useful to be able to build a single NFC carrier record
instead of the full connection handover request message to allow
external components to decide whether to negotiate which alternative
carrier is used. This updates the carrier record contents to the new
design to include Enrollee public key hash and provides this as a
carrier record instead of full message. An external program is expected
to be used to build the full NFC connection handover message with
potentially other alternative carrier records included.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
57630e658b WPS: Preparations for allowing SSID filtering for provisioning step
If the SSID of the WPS AP is known, it should be possible to limit AP
selection based on this when searching for an active WPS AP. This commit
adds a mechanism to specify SSID for this type of uses.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f4545573f WPS NFC: Validate peer public key hash on Enrollee
Since the Enrollee can now get the public key hash from the Registrar,
there is need to validate this during the WPS protocol run.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea43ad960b P2P: Make group operating channel available
Provide local GO channel to the P2P module so that it can be used in
messages that indicate the current operating channel.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Arif Hussain
253f2e3795 P2P: Apply unsafe frequency rules to available channels
This adds a QCA vendor specific nl80211 event to allow the driver to
indicate a list of frequency ranges that should be avoided due to
interference or possible known co-existance constraints. Such
frequencies are marked as not allowed for P2P use to force groups to be
formed on different channels.

If a P2P GO is operating on a channel that the driver recommended not to
use, a notification about this is sent on the control interface and
upper layer code may decide to tear down the group and optionally
restart it on another channel. As a TODO item, this could also be changed
to use CSA to avoid removing the group.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 11:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8615bdfac9 Increase global ctrl_iface buffer to same size as per-interface
Since the global ctrl_iface can be used with IFNAME= prefix to send
commands to be processed by per-interface code, it should have the same
(well, close to same since the prefix takes some space) limits on
command length as the per-interface ctrl_iface. Increase the buffer from
256 to 4096 to achieve this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-23 16:57:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5a64e2d51 GAS client: Use Protected Dual of Public Action frames with PMF
When GAS is used with PMF negotiated, Protected Dual of Public Action
frames are expected to be used instead of Public Action frames, i.e.,
the GAS/ANQP frames are expected to be encrypted. Conver Public Action
GAS queries to use Dual of Public Action frame if PMF has been
negotiated with the AP to which the frame is being sent.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-23 11:50:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5ce00d09c0 GAS server: Add support for Protected Dual of Public Action frames
When GAS is used with PMF negotiated, Protected Dual of Public Action
frames are expected to be used instead of Public Action frames, i.e.,
the GAS/ANQP frames are expected to be encrypted. Add support for this
different category of Action frames being used for GAS. The payload
after the Category field is identical, so the only change is in using
the Category field based on what was received in the request frames. For
backwards compatibility, do not enforce protected dual to be used on the
AP side, i.e., follow what the station does.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-23 11:19:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea6e040c30 Clear more configuration parameters to default on FLUSH
This makes it more convenient for test scripts to change parameters for
a specific test case without having to separately clear them between
each test case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-23 10:21:49 +02:00
Raja Mani
cf70d2981d wpa_supplicant: Schedule PNO on completion of ongoing sched_scan
When start PNO request comes from control interface, wpa_supplicant
should wait until ongoing sched_scan (triggered by wpa_supplicant)
gets cancelled. Issuing cancel sched_scan and start PNO scan
one after another from pno_start() would lead wpa_supplicant to clear
wps->sched_scanning flag while getting sched_scan stopped event
from driver for cancel sched_scan request. In fact, PNO scan will
be in progress in driver and wpa_s->sched_scanning will not be set
in such cases.

In addition to this change, RSSI threshold limit is passed as part of
start sched_scan request. This was previously set only in pno_start(),
but the same parameter should be available for generic sched_scan calls
as well and this can now be reached through the new PNO start sequence.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-22 19:41:45 +02:00
Max Stepanov
a6cff8bfa8 wpa_supplicant: Fix seg fault in wpas_ctrl_radio_work_flush() in error case
Verify wpa_s->radio pointer before accessing it. If interface addition
fails, this could get called before wpa_s->radio has been set.

The segmentation fault details:

Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault.
0x00000000004b9591 in wpas_ctrl_radio_work_flush (wpa_s=0x77fff0) at ctrl_iface.c:5754
5754		dl_list_for_each_safe(work, tmp, &wpa_s->radio->work,

Call stack:
0  wpas_ctrl_radio_work_flush (wpa_s=0x77fff0) at ctrl_iface.c:5754
1  wpa_supplicant_deinit_iface (wpa_s=0x77fff0, notify=0, terminate=0) at wpa_supplicant.c:3619
2  wpa_supplicant_add_iface (global=0x75db10, iface=0x7fffffffe270) at wpa_supplicant.c:3691
3  wpas_p2p_add_p2pdev_interface (wpa_s=0x75dd20) at p2p_supplicant.c:3700
4  main (argc=<optimized out>, argv=<optimized out>) at main.c:317

Function:
5750	void wpas_ctrl_radio_work_flush(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
5751	{
5752		struct wpa_radio_work *work, *tmp;
5753
5754		dl_list_for_each_safe(work, tmp, &wpa_s->radio->work,
5755				      struct wpa_radio_work, list) {
5756			struct wpa_external_work *ework;
5757
5758			if (os_strncmp(work->type, "ext:", 4) != 0)

Root cause:
(gdb) p wpa_s->radio
$1 = (struct wpa_radio *) 0x0

Signed-hostap: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2014-01-22 19:25:22 +02:00
David Spinadel
f62a3c2fce P2P: Clone dtim_period to a new interface
Cloning dtim_period is needed for P2P GO.

Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2014-01-22 19:24:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
88a0bcab6b Update copyright years in the manpages
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-21 16:33:25 +02:00
Dan Winship
32185f541c Sync manpages and command-line options
Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2014-01-21 16:31:50 +02:00
Dan Williams
b948e78b46 Add manpage for eapol_test
Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2014-01-21 16:30:46 +02:00
Dan Williams
36bd29ee5e wpa_supplicant: Fix usage text based on build options
Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2014-01-21 16:28:31 +02:00
Raja Mani
dd271857a5 Skip normal scan when PNO is already in progress
Scan request failures are observed in wpa_supplicant debug log when
Android framework starts PNO scan in driver via ctrl interface command
'set pno 1' and wpa_supplicant also tries to issue a scan request after
PNO has started in the driver.

Some drivers may reject a normal scan request when PNO is already in
progress. wpa_supplicant should consider PNO status before issuing start
scan request to the driver. Otherwise, wpa_supplicant will get failures
from driver for the scan request and it will end up rescheduling scan
request in periodic interval and get a start scan request failure for
each attempt.

In order to avoid unnecessary scan attempt when PNO scan is already
running, PNO status is checked before issuing scan request to driver.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-21 16:19:49 +02:00
Rashmi Ramanna
a2d6365760 P2P: Extend the listen time based on the active concurrent session
A P2P Device while in the Listen state waiting to respond for the
obtained group negotiation request shall give a fair chance for other
concurrent sessions to use the shared radio by inducing an idle time
between the successive listen states. However, if there are no
concurrent operations, this idle time can be reduced.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-20 22:55:09 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
443427e4ed P2P: Add missing direct global ctrl_iface commands for P2P
It should be noted that these commands are not exclusively used for P2P
or in the global context, so use of these commands through the global
control interface for operations that are specific to a single interface
have undefined behavior and that behavior may change in the future. As
such, these are recommend only for operations that are in the global
context (e.g., for P2P management).

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-01-17 11:58:36 +02:00
Jithu Jance
37b4198af4 P2P: Use GO's operating channel to optimize scan during join
Use P2P GO's operating channel information, if known, to do a single
channel scan during the join operation.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2014-01-17 11:57:07 +02:00
Arend van Spriel
a0e9d89203 Use minimal scan delay upon EVENT_INTERFACE_ADDED
This patch resets the static interface_count to zero in case of
wpa_supplicant_driver_init() call for wpa_s which is in
INTERFACE_DISABLED state. This interface_count is used for the delay of
the scan which is now minimal for dynamically added interfaces. This may
collide with a scan for another interface, but the same is true for any
chosen delay in this scenario. Also the state change to DISCONNECTED is
moved to wpa_supplicant_driver_init() so it will move from
INTERFACE_DISABLED to INACTIVE when there are no enabled networks.

Tested-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2014-01-17 11:50:31 +02:00
Arend van Spriel
5ddd07cb37 Reset normal_scans counter upon entering INTERFACE_DISABLED state
Depending on the implementation, the scheduled scan may not give results
quickly when in DISCONNECTED state. This patch resets
wpa_s::normal_scans upon entering to the INTERFACE_DISABLED state so a
normal scan is assured upon going to DISCONNECTED state after the
interface has been re-enabled. This mainly solves a long reconnect time
observed upon repeated kernel driver reloads, i.e., third reload
resulted in a scheduled scan.

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2014-01-17 11:48:17 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
3ed97271ba TDLS: Pass peer's Supported channel and oper class info during sta_add
The information of the peer's supported channel and operating class
is required for the driver to do TDLS off channel operations with a
compatible peer. Pass this information to the driver when the peer
station is getting added.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-14 17:24:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c48414af8f P2P: Limit join-a-group scans based on SSID from invitation
If we already know the SSID of the P2P group we are trying to join, use
that SSID to limit scan responses and BSS selection since we do not
really look for any other network in this case. In addition, this can
fix cases where the peer has just changed its SSID (e.g., started a new
group) and there may be multiple BSS entries for the same BSSID.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-13 21:39:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
78f0c933e0 Flush secondary device types on FLUSH command
This makes it possible to clear previously configured secondary device
types.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-08 22:27:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2b384109f2 P2P: Allow requested device type to be specified with p2p_find
This allows filtering of P2P peers that reply to the device discovery
Probe Request frames.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-08 20:01:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d9bb2821e7 Clear configuration blobs on FLUSH command
All te network blocks and credentials were already cleared, but
configurations blobs should also be cleared here, e.g., to get
more consistent behavior test cases using EAP-FAST PACs.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-08 16:42:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c60ba9f7ab Skip network disabling on expected EAP failure
Some EAP methods can go through a step that is expected to fail and as
such, should not trigger temporary network disabling when processing
EAP-Failure or deauthentication. EAP-WSC for WPS was already handled as
a special case, but similar behavior is needed for EAP-FAST with
unauthenticated provisioning.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-08 16:42:15 +02:00
Ben Greear
3043b4f455 nl80211: Document how to configure for libnl 2.0 and 3.2
Reported-by: Xose Vazquez Perez <xose.vazquez@gmail.com>

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2014-01-07 15:35:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95fb2db242 P2P: Reject group formation on WPS provisioning failure
There is no need to wait for the 15 second group formation timeout to
clear the state if WPS failure is detected during P2P group formation.
Allow the WPS exchange steps (WSC_NACK and EAP-Failure) to be completed
and remove the group to get rid of the extra wait.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6fc61e180e Fix TX status processing during AP mode shutdown in wpa_supplicant
A TX status event could be received after the AP interface has already
been deinitialized. This needs to check for NULL pointer before trying
to indicate the event to AP functions.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b6a9590b34 Interworking: Keep up to two pending GAS_REQUEST responses
Previously, only the last response data was kept in memory. This
increases that to hold up to two last responses to allow some more
parallel operations to be requested. In addition, the response data is
now freed as soon as the external program has fetched it.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
090b8e3d14 Update copyright notices for the new year 2014
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
356d1488c4 Interworking: Add optional freq argument to INTERWORKING_SELECT
This can be used to limit which channels are scanned using the specified
list of frequency ranges in the same format that the SCAN command uses.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a09ffd5f2f Fix req_scan-deplete-timeout and update eloop API for this
Commit e2f5a9889a was supposed to prevent
new scan request from pushing out the old one. However, it did not
really do that since eloop_deplete_timeout() returned 0 both for the
case where the old timeout existed (and was sooner) and if the old
timeout did not exist. It returned 1 only for the case where an old
timeout did exist and was larger than the new requested value. That case
used to result in wpa_supplicant_req_scan() rescheduling the timeout,
but hew code in eloop_deplete_timeout() did the exact same thing and as
such, did not really change anything apart from the debug log message.

Extend the eloop_deplete_timeout() (and eloop_replenish_timeout() for
that matter since it is very similar) to return three different values
based on whether the timeout existed or not and if yes, whether it was
modified. This allows wpa_supplicant_req_scan() to schedule a new
timeout only in the case there was no old timeout.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
083916c022 P2P: Clear p2p_disabled and p2p_per_sta_psk on FLUSH command
The control interface FLUSH command now includes clearing of
"P2P_SET disabled 1" and "P2P_SET per_sta_psk 1".

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f45fc403f P2P: Clear services on FLUSH command
The control interface FLUSH command now includes the step executed by
the P2P_SERVICE_FLUSH command.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f965e622a Allow external programs to request wpa_radio work items
The new control interface command RADIO_WORK can be used by external
programs to request radio allocation slots from wpa_supplicant if
exclusive radio control is needed, e.g., for offchannel operations. If
such operations are done directly to the driver, wpa_supplicant may not
have enough information to avoid conflicting operations. This new
command can be used to provide enough information and radio scheduling
to avoid issues with such cases.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6428d0a71f Do not start wpa_radio work during externally triggered scan
If an external program triggers a scan, wpa_supplicant does not have a
wpa_radio work item for this operation to protect against other
offchannel operations. This can result in operations failing, so try to
avoid damage by not starting any new wpa_radio work items during a scan
that was started by another process.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6470f471e4 Remove unneeded scan delay on connection-in-progress
This type of protection against concurrent connection and scan
operations is now enforced through the wpa_radio work mechanism, so this
separate protection mechanism is not needed anymore.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4bb232153f Remove unneeded GAS query delay on connection-in-progress
This type of protection against concurrent connection and offchannel GAS
operations is now enforced through the wpa_radio work mechanism, so this
separate protection mechanism is not needed anymore.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ac4b15ef8 Use wpa_radio work for connection
This protects against conflicting offchannel operations during
connection (authentication, association, EAP exchanges, 4-way
handshake).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b9e6d7001d Use radio work for GAS requests
Avoid concurrent GAS operations with any other exclusive use of the
radio by using the radio work queuing mechanism. This replaces some of
the earlier constraints on concurrent operations with the more generic
wpa_radio work concept.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e05e130837 P2P: Use radio work to protect offchannel Action frame exchanges
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e1d1c8e223 Use radio work for P2P Listen requests
Avoid concurrent P2P Listen operations with any other exclusive use of
the radio by using the radio work queuing mechanism. This removes some
of the earlier workarounds that postponed scans depending on other
operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 09:45:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1b5d4714dd Use radio work for P2P scan requests
Avoid concurrent P2P scan requests with any other exclusive use of the
radio by using the radio work queuing mechanism. This removes some of
the earlier workarounds that postponed scans depending on other
operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:39:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d12a51b5d2 Use radio work for scan requests
Avoid concurrent scan requests by using the radio work queuing
mechanism.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:37:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b1ae396f59 Add framework for exclusive radio operations
The new radio work item concept can be used to request time for an
operation that requires exclusive radio control, e.g., a scan. Once the
radio is available, the registered callback function will be called.
radio_work_done() must be called once the exclusive radio operation has
been completed, so that the radio is freed for other operations. The
special case of deinit=1 is used to free the context data during
interface removal. That does not allow the callback function to start
the radio operation, i.e., it needs to free the allocated resources
and return.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:37:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd43aaa509 Add helper functions for cloning and freeing scan parameters
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:35:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
06f9acce18 Ignore externally triggered scan results with scan_res_handler
wpa_s->scan_res_handler is set only for cases where a scan operation is
requested for a specific purpose. As such, this callback should only be
called when a scan result from a scan that was triggered by
wpa_supplicant is processed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:34:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c9b5559737 Clean up ctrl_iface debug prints for monitor events
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:34:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d31b5ac778 Use cleaner debug print for ctrl_iface commands with private info
Convert this to a text string instead of ASCII hexdump to make the
debug log more convenient to use.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:33:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9595151f3f Remove duplicated RX ctrl_iface hexdump
The newer wpa_dbg() print includes the same information in a more
convenient form, so remove the duplicate RX ctrl_iface hexdump in the
cases where there is no key material in the control interface commands
(the possible-key-material case is still using wpa_hexdump_ascii_key).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:33:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9b850799c1 Fix scan-cache-clearing operation to avoid unnecessary cases
wpa_drv_scan() success case was supposed to clear
wpa_s->clear_driver_scan_cache, not params->only_new_results (which
would do nothing here).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-03 08:55:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2f30cac36f Avoid unnecessary key clearing operations
Track set_key operations per-key index and clear keys on disconnection
only if the key was set (or may have been set which is the case for the
first operation after wpa_supplicant start).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-02 23:49:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
949938aadf Ask driver to report only new scan results if requested
If the BSS table within wpa_supplicant is flushed, request the driver to
flush its own scan result table during the next scan. This can avoid
unexpected old BSS entries showing up after BSS_FLUSH or FLUSH command
in cases where the driver may maintain its internal cache of scan
results (e.g., cfg80211 BSS table persists at least for 15 seconds).

In addition to doing this automatically on BSS_FLUSH/FLUSH, a new SCAN
command argument, only_new=1, can be used to request a manual scan
request to do same. Though, it should be noted that this maintains the
BSS table within wpa_supplicant. BSS_FLUSH followed by SCAN command can
be used to clear all BSS entries from both the driver and
wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-02 23:03:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
101bdc2e8c Remove forgotten notes about already removed driver wrappers
These old driver wrappers have been removed quite some time ago, but
some of the build configuration notes were still describing how they
are configured.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-02 10:23:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
70067530b6 Update EAP-FAST note regarding OpenSSL support
This is now supported in the current OpenSSL version.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-02 10:13:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5890fa81d8 WPS: Fix clear-from-timeout handling to avoid race condition
The 100 ms timeout to clear WPS state after EAP-Failure has been
received worked otherwise fine, but it opened a race condition on
another WPS operation starting within that wait. If that happens, the
timeout will cancel that new operation unexpectedly. Fix this by
cancelling the timeout from wpas_clear_wps().

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-01 22:00:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c64e3a08a9 P2P: Send received Presence Response information to ctrl_iface monitors
The P2P_PRESENCE_REQ command did not give any easily available
indication of the response received from the GO. Make this more useful
by providing such response (if received) as a ctrl_iface monitor event
(P2P-PRESENCE-RESPONSE).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-01 18:44:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5838683a8 Mark wpas_wps_er_nfc_handover_sel() static
This is not used outside wps_supplicant.c.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 19:37:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0187c41d88 Declare wpa_debug_* variables in src/utils/wpa_debug.h
These were somewhat more hidden to avoid direct use, but there are now
numerous places where these are needed and more justification to make
the extern int declarations available from wpa_debug.h. In addition,
this avoids some warnings from sparse.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 19:29:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fcc61230d1 Declare wpa_drivers in src/drivers/driver.h
This avoids some warnings from sparse.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 19:19:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d79b50ae7 Clear EAPOL Logoff state on FLUSH command
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 19:03:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4848a38d85 Get rid of duplicated cipher suite and AKM definitions
WPA_CIPHER_* and CIPHER_* are used for the exact same set of cipher
suites with the main difference being that the WPA_CIPHER_* version is
suitable to be used as a bitfield. Similarly, WPA_KEY_MGMT_* and
KEY_MGMT_* have similar design for AKMs. There is no need to maintain
two separate copies of the definitions since the bitfield compatible
version can be used for both needs. Get rid of the CIPHER_* and
KEY_MGMT_* versions to clean up the implementation by getting rid of
unnecessary mapping functions.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 09:16:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ef93abded7 WPS: Clean up UUID debug print
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-30 23:35:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
03ed332407 Interworking: Allow cred blocks not to be saved to a file
The new cred block parameter 'temporary' can be used to indicate that a
cred block is not to be saved to wpa_supplicant configuration file
(e.g., "SET_CRED 0 temporary 1"). This is similar to the concept of
temporary network blocks and allows cred blocks to be managed outside
the wpa_supplicant config file when other parameters are still saved to
the file written by wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-30 15:43:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
04f7ecc686 Reset WPA parameters to default values on FLUSH command
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 19:25:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
152cff6ba6 P2P: Remove WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT option
The option of handling upper layer P2P management operations within the
driver/firmware was originally planned to be used with wpa_supplicant,
but this has not really happened and there is no clear sign of this
being needed in the near term either. This functionality has not been
completed and it is certainly not being kept up-to-date or tested. As
such, it is best to remove it for now and if this or something similar
is needed in the future, it can be brought back once a clear need for it
has been demonstrated first.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 18:20:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
538d6f4b54 WPS: Use shorter scan interval during pre-provisioning search
Previously, the shorter scan interval was already in use for the
connection following the provisioning step, but same optimization can
also be used for the pre-provisioning scan.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 18:02:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3187fd900d WPS: Replace wpas_wps_in_progress with identical wpas_wps_searching
There is no point in maintaining two different functions that do
practically the same check of WPS state.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 17:59:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dbfb8e82ff Remove unnecessary EVENT_RX_ACTION
This driver event was used separately for some Action frames, but all
the driver wrappers converted to this from information that would have
been enough to indicate an EVENT_RX_MGMT event. In addition, the
received event was then converted back to a full IEEE 802.11 management
frame for processing in most cases. This is unnecessary complexity, so
get rid of the extra path and use EVENT_RX_MGMT for Action frames as
well as other management frame subtypes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 17:18:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8aaafcee9e Make local UUID available through ctrl_iface STATUS command
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 10:00:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7b02375a41 Clear wps_fragment_size on FLUSH command
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 10:00:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
db76aa64f1 Fix PeerKey 4-way handshake
The earlier changes to buffer EAPOL frames when not associated to avoid
race conditions (especially commit
3ab35a6603 but maybe something even before
that) broke PeerKey 4-way handshake. Fix this by using a separate check
before the race condition workaround to process PeerKey 4-way handshake
EAPOL-Key messages differently.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-28 16:32:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2cd0f6a429 WNM: Add Target BSSID into BSS Transition Management Response
P802.11-REVmc clarifies that the Target BSSID field is always present
hen status code is zero, so match that requirement.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-27 18:11:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a8a6a35fd6 WNM: Use nonzero dialog token in BSS Transition Management Query
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-27 18:11:07 +02:00
Sudha Daram
3c1060ff8f WNM: Add debug logs to get the RSSI from the scan results
This commit adds few more debug prints to log the RSSI information from
the scanned BSSIDs and the current connected BSSID when comparing
neighbor results during WNM Transition Management Request processing.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-26 22:26:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c511b321f3 WPS: Remove old duplicate network even if key is different
Previously, WPS credential provisioning removed duplicated network
entries only if they had identicical SSID, security parameters, and the
keys. However, it is possible that the AP has changes its keys and
leaving the old entry behind can result in connectibity issues (e.g.,
with 4-way handshake failing due to use of the old PSK). Fix this by
allowing the old network entry to be removed even if the keys
(passphrase, PSK, WEP keys) are different.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-26 20:50:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9d2cb3ec94 Make CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y enable all testing options
This makes it easier to enable various testing parameters and
functionality in build configuration.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-26 20:50:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
662b40b16b WPS: Reduce scan wait time during WPS processing
Since the AP is expected to be available, there is no need to wait for
the full five second wait between scans during WPS connection. This
speeds up cases where the first scan misses the AP for some reason.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-26 20:50:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
015af91fea Do not use results from externally requested scan for network selection
It may not always be desirable to trigger reassociation or network
change based on scan results from externally to wpa_supplicant trigger
scan operations. Skip network selection and roaming determination if the
received scan result is known to be triggered by something external to
wpa_supplicant. The control interface SCAN command can be used to
request wpa_supplicant to determine the best network.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 20:50:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1cd93ff743 Reschedule own scan request if an externally started one is in progress
This avoids some unnecessary attempts to request the driver to start a
scan while it is still busy with the scan operation that was started by
an external program.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:48:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dc3906cb2d Show timing information about scan requests in debug log
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:48:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d81c73be18 Optional scan id for ctrl_iface SCAN requests
This allows users of wpa_supplicant control interface to figure out when
their specific scan command has been started and completed. For example:

CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-STARTED
> scan freq=2412,2417 passive=1 use_id=1
3
CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-RESULTS
CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-STARTED id=3
CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-RESULTS id=3

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:48:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a5f40eff18 Track whether scan was started by us or an external program
This can be used to improve scan behavior in cases external programs
request scans directly from the driver.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:27:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
88c2d48860 Allow passive scan to be requested with SCAN passive=1
This allows external programs to request wpa_supplicant to execute
a passive scan (i.e., do not send any Probe Request frames).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:27:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
69278f7328 Remove unused last_scan_full
This parameter was not really used for anything else apart from a debug
message in the same function that set it. In addition, cfg80211 returns
the set of scanned frequencies even for the full scan, so the code that
was setting this conditionally on frequency list not being there was not
really ever entered either.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:27:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f5d2dd3d7 Interworking: Allow EAP-FAST to be used
This behaves like PEAP as far as Interworking network selection is
concerned.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 16:55:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ffa1687ee Add GAS-QUERY-START and GAS-QUERY-DONE event messages
External programs can use these new control interface events to better
track progress of GAS operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 16:55:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fee5234284 Allow channel list to be specified for SCAN command
The new freq=<frequency ranges> parameter to the SCAN command can be
used to request a scan to be performed on the specified set of channels
instead of on all channels. For example, "wpa_cli scan
freq=2400-2500,5180" would scan channels 1-14 and 36. Only the channels
that the driver indicates as enabled and that are within the specified
ranges are included in the request.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 16:55:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
98eda9c26d Move int_array helpfer functions to utils/common.c
These can be useful outside scan.c, so make them available.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 13:37:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a4cfb48694 Add make lcov-html to generate code coverage report
In addition, update build rules to compile object files in the same
directory as the source code file if CONFIG_CODE_COVERAGE=y is set to
make lcov find the source code files.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 13:37:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4daa011be4 Clean up cipher capability prints
Use an array of ciphers and a loop instead of copy-pasted copies of the
same printing functionality for each cipher.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-25 10:44:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
30675c3416 Add definitions for new cipher suites from IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013
This adds initial parts for supporting the new GCMP-256, CCMP-256,
BIP-GMAC-128, BIP-GMAC-256, and BIP-CMAC-256 cipher suites.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-24 22:21:04 +02:00
Moshe Benji
ab41595f35 wpa_supplicant: Fix crash when terminating all interfaces
In wpa_supplicant_terminate_proc(), while iterating and
terminating interfaces, after an interface is terminated,
we can no longer access its memory as it is no longer valid
and causes a crash.

Fix this by saving the pointer to the next interface before freeing
the current one to avoid accessing an invalid memory location.

Signed-hostap: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:29:28 +02:00
Johannes Berg
a12d34546a wpa_supplicant: Use monotonic time for last_scan check
This just serves to check if there was a scan within
the last 5 seconds, hence it should use monotonic time.
While at it, also use os_reltime_expired().

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:21:18 +02:00
Johannes Berg
51bffab117 WPS: Use monotonic time for AP connection attempt
This is only used for a debug message, but that message prints
the time since the last attempt, so it should use monotonic
time instead of wall clock.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:19:47 +02:00
Johannes Berg
6473e5c842 wpa_supplicant: Use relative time for TKIP Michael MIC failures
The MMIC failure code should use monotonic time to check
whether 60 seconds have elapsed or not. For type-safety,
use struct os_reltime for the timestamp variable, and
also convert to using os_reltime_expired().

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:18:47 +02:00
Johannes Berg
4e1eae1dff wpa_supplicant: Use monotonic time for temp-disabled networks
Temporarily disabled networks are disabled for a certain
duration, so the code should use monotonic time.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:01:59 +02:00
Johannes Berg
151ab808fa P2P: Use monotonic time for GO client waiting
GO activation can fail if the first client doesn't connect
within a certain time, but this should not be dependent on
wall time -- use monotonic time instead.

While at it, use os_reltime_expired().

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:00:03 +02:00
Johannes Berg
3326f19355 IBSS RSN: Use monotonic time for reinit detection
The reinit detection skips reinit when the time since the own
authentication frame TX is less than half a second, so it shouldn't
be affected by wall time and use monotonic time instead.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 07:58:21 +02:00
Johannes Berg
c2be937ce7 wpa_supplicant: Use monotonic time for EAPOL RX workaround
The EAPOL RX workaround checks that the events are less than 100 ms
apart, so only uses relative times and should use monotonic time.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 07:35:42 +02:00
Johannes Berg
e72a001b0f bgscan: Use monotonic time
The bgscan simple and learn algorithms should run regardless
of wall clock time jumps, so make them use monotonic time.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 07:34:43 +02:00
Johannes Berg
acb69cec6f wpa_supplicant: Use monotonic time for RX/BSS times
The BSS table, scan timeout, and related functionality should use
monotonic time since they care about relative values (age) only.
Unfortunately, these are all connected, so the patch can't be split
further. Another problem with this is that it changes the driver wrapper
API. Though, it seems only the test driver is using this.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 07:27:02 +02:00
Johannes Berg
46b8d4c004 wpa_supplicant: Use monotonic time for SA query timeout
The SA query timeout is just a regular timeout (currently
hard-coded to 1000 TU), so use monotonic time for it.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 07:17:25 +02:00
Eliad Peller
3e06180fe0 bgscan_learn: Start scanning from the first freq
bgscan_learn_get_probe_freq() starts from returning the second entry in
the supp_freqs arrays. Change its logic a bit to make it start from the
first entry.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2013-12-24 06:54:34 +02:00
Eyal Shapira
f4c73ae640 bgscan_learn: Fix initial interval
In case the initial signal level of the associated BSS was above the
given threshold, bgscan_learn module would begin using the
short_interval but never switch to the long_interval as there would be
no signal change event. Make the init code poll for the current signal
level and set scan_interval accordingly. This logic exists in
bgscan_simple but was missing in bgscan_learn.

Signed-hostap: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
2013-12-24 06:54:24 +02:00
Eliad Peller
7dab119380 bgscan_learn: Avoid redundant frequencies
Some hw modes (e.g., 11b and 11g) contain the same frequencies,
causing the supp_freqs array to be populated with redundant entries.

Check for the existence of the freq before adding it.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2013-12-24 06:49:26 +02:00
Eliad Peller
3727123269 bgscan: Stop bgscan only on disassociation
Stopping bgscan on any state other than COMPLETED results
in bgscan reset (stop + start) on every rekeying operation.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2013-12-24 06:48:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b2838baf6a Update IBSS documentation to include RSN option
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-23 20:21:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
429dd9aff1 Advertise QoS Map support based on driver capability
Do not assume the driver supports QoS Mapping, but instead, advertise
support for this only if CONFIG_INTERWORKING is defined and driver
indicates support for configuring QoS Map.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-23 11:05:20 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
b154a24e83 Fix a never-ending loop with multiple radios in wpa_supplicant
Commit 202dec2a94 introduced a never
ending loop for a case where a single wpa_supplicant process is used
with multiple radios. Fix this by advancing the iface pointer properly
to the next interface in the loop until a NULL pointer is hit.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2013-12-14 21:16:05 -08:00
Janusz Dziedzic
8d1fdde7f0 nl80211/hostapd: Extend channel switch notify handling
Adds support for VHT by parsing bandwidth and center_freq{1,2}.

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-12-07 20:50:15 -08:00
Jithu Jance
8567866d75 P2P: Handle frequency conflict in single channel concurrency case
Based on priority, remove the connection with least priority whenever
a frequency conflict is detected.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2013-12-07 18:55:58 -08:00
Dmitry Shmidt
b125c48fce P2P: Add wfd_dev_info= field for device found event
This field allows adds enough information into the P2P-DEVICE-FOUND
events to figure out if the peer supports Wi-Fi Display.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-12-07 17:57:55 -08:00
Naresh Jayaram
f7579502a6 eap_proxy: Extend Android.mk to support additional libraries
Allow addition static and shared libraries to be specified from the
eap_proxy_*.mk file for Android build. In addition use $(LOCAL_PATH) as
a prefix for that Android makefile part.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-07 16:54:24 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
0ad3b9c402 Use wpa_radio data for get_shared_radio_freqs()
This replaces the now unnecessary iteration of get_radio_name() calls.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 21:20:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1b544ffa74 Use wpa_radio data for wpas_wpa_is_in_progress()
This replaces the now unnecessary iteration of get_radio_name() calls.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 21:20:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5b81927d58 Use wpa_radio data for wpas_p2p_search_delay()
This replaces the now unnecessary iteration of get_radio_name() calls.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 21:20:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c67e7e2a23 Use wpa_radio data for channel list updates
This replaces the now unnecessary iteration of get_radio_name() calls.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 21:20:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f88f19b465 Use wpa_radio data for scan result updates
This replaces the now unnecessary iteration of get_radio_name() calls.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 21:20:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
202dec2a94 Add shared per-radio structure for wpa_supplicant
struct wpa_radio is used as a shared data structure between all struct
wpa_supplicant instances that share the same physical radio.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 21:20:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
73c00fd794 Move wpa_supplicant driver initialization into a helper function
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 19:36:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7feff06567 Add CONFIG_CODE_COVERAGE=y option for gcov
This can be used to measure code coverage from test scripts.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 19:16:12 +02:00
Ilan Peer
6f72577f29 P2P: Handle INTERFACE_DISABLED event on a P2P GO interface
An INTERFACE_DISABLED event received on an interface that is
currently operating a P2P GO means that the group session ended.
In such a case, if the interface was dynamically added remove it, and
if not, remove all the network blocks that are temporary, assuming
that if needed a new session will be started by an external entity.

The use case was triggering rfkill (both SW and HW). This case popped up
as part of a testing cycle, where after a toggle in the rfkill state,
the result was that the interface was not deleted, but on the other hand
the wpa_supplicant did not configure the kernel to re-start the AP
functionality again.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-11-24 12:29:20 +02:00
Loic Poulain
1245503188 Restore scan_req if sta scan is rescheduled in the scan results event
On scan results event if a concurrent P2P scan was triggered previously,
scan results processing is canceled, p2p_find executed, and a new sta
scan is triggered (pending scan). However, this new sta scan does not
restore the scan_req value of the previous scan (whose scan result has
been canceled).

If we are currently connected to an AP and use ap_scan=2, the new
triggered scan will cause an associtation-without-scan in
wpa_supplicant_scan:
(ap_scan == 2 & scan_req != MANUAL_SCAN_REQ)
	=> wpa_supplicant_assoc_try()
causing an association error and a disconnection.

This patch fixes this issue by restoring the previous scan_req value.

Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loicx.poulain@intel.com>
2013-11-24 11:47:30 +02:00
Michael Schaller
bdec7ee5c9 D-Bus: Add support to set pkcs11_{engine,module}_path
Add SetPKCS11EngineAndModulePath D-Bus method. Add PKCS11EnginePath
and PKCS11ModulePath D-Bus property getters.

Signed-hostap: Michael Schaller <misch@google.com>
2013-11-23 10:48:27 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
a94737ea38 Android: P2P: Remember country locale
This updates P2P modules based on the Android specific
DRIVER COUNTRY command.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-22 20:23:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5e2c3490d5 Android: Add driver_cmd for arbitrary driver commands
This is a mechanism used in Android to extend driver interface in vendor
specific ways. This is included only for the purpose of Android
compatibility. Proper interface commands should be used for any new
functionality.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-22 20:23:08 +02:00
Johannes Berg
594516b4c2 Use monotonic clock for relative time for eloop if available
Relative time shouldn't be calculated based on gettimeofday
because that clock can jump (e.g., when the time is adjusted
by the system administrator.)

On systems where that is available, use CLOCK_BOOTTIME (on
fairly recent Linux systems, this clock takes into account
the time spend suspended) or CLOCK_MONOTONIC (on Linux and
some POSIX systems, this clock is just freely running with
no adjustments.)

Reported-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com>
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-20 23:52:56 +02:00
Jithu Jance
1cba9bea96 STA: Cancel sched_scan while initiating wps_reassoc
Scan initiated from wps_nfc command context was ketp on
getting rescheduled due to an on-going scheduled scan. So
cancel sched_scan before issuing a reassociation scan.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2013-11-20 22:28:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
215a02f359 Add Wi-Fi Direct to the build configuration example
In addition, include Wi-Fi Direct support for Android builds by
default.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-20 20:49:48 +02:00
Rashmi Ramanna
6fc48481e4 P2P: Short scan wait to speed up the group re-invocation
The shorter 250 ms wait for the next scan request can be used also for
the case of persistent group re-invocation instead of just formation of
a new group. This speeds up the process and makes this more robust
especially in cases where the GO is using MCC.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-20 16:35:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
93a06fe103 Fix QoS Map Configure frame use
The QoS Map Set element was passed in full to the driver instead of just
the payload of the element. This resulted in the updated QoS Map being
rejected. Validate the element id/len and send only the payload to the
driver.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-20 12:49:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1b665cbf51 P2P: Fix channel preference use for MCC p2p_connect
Only force_freq was used in the wpas_p2p_set_own_freq_preference() call
which allowed the P2P module channel re-selection to ignore the
preference for using a channel we are already using. Fix this by setting
either force_freq or pref_freq as the preference based on which one is
set. This allows p2p_ignore_shared_freq parameter to be used whether to
prefer the shared frequency in this case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-19 12:39:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5624ccfe93 P2P: Optimize default case for own freq preference setting
There is no need to use wpas_p2p_num_unused_channels() here in the
default configuration of p2p_ignore_sahred_freq=0, so re-order the
conditions to skip that operation. This is a bit more efficient and the
debug log is also a bit cleaner in the default case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-19 12:29:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d0f61a4bea P2P: Fix p2p_ignore_shared_freq=1 when inviting a peer
p2p_ignore_shared_freq=1 was supposed to allow a MCC-capable device to
ignore a preference for using the same channel on multiple interfaces.
However, it was not used when inviting a peer to re-invoke a persistent
group. This case needs special handling since the peer's channel list is
not available to perform channel reselection and the operating channel
indicated in the Invitation Request frames ends up getting used as the
operating channel if the transmitted of that frames becomes the GO.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-19 12:26:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
21e491f2f6 P2P: Fix p2p_ignore_shared_freq=1 during invitation processing
p2p_ignore_shared_freq=1 was supposed to allow a MCC-capable device to
ignore a preference for using the same channel on multiple interfaces.
However, it was not used during processing of an Invitation Request. Fix
that case to use channel preference instead of channel forcing if free
channels are available. This allows p2p_ignore_shared_freq=1 case to
ignore the preference.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-19 12:15:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
107a89448c P2P: Clean up wpas_p2p_setup_freqs() debug message
It is confusing to talk about current operating channels being
unavailable for P2P when there are no current operating channels. Make
the debug message easier to understand.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-18 18:16:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d669cf7a1 P2P: Clean up wpas_p2p_init_go_params()
It is clearer if there is only a single loop of the channel list and
shared debug prints. In addition, the note about current operating
channels not being available is quite confusing if there are no
operating group, so make that part of the message conditional.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-18 18:13:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b17d89bd10 P2P: Fix channel selection for MCC case
Commit 0d08efa447 modified
wpas_p2p_setup_freqs() design to use number of MCC channels capability
from the driver. However, it resulted in regression on how the preferred
vs. forced channel selection is done in the case of a MCC device.
force_freq was set unconditionally even though this was supposed to be
done only if no additional channels are available. pref_freq needs to be
used when possible to avoid preventing connection.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-18 16:53:44 +02:00
Jithu Jance
f86d282f43 Handle legacy scan interruption of sched_scan/PNO
While starting from PNO start context, the scheduled scan was not
setting the flag wpa_s->scanning. This was resulting in the subsequent
SCAN command to proceed further and send command to nl80211/cfg80211.
The expected behavior of cancelling sched_scan was not happening here.

While sched_scan is in progress and a legacy scan comes on the
cli/socket, the sched_scan is cancelled and normal scan is allowed to
continue. However, sometimes sched_scan cancelled event comes a bit
delayed and we will send out the scan command before the wpa_s->scanning
is cleared. Instead, reschedule the incoming scan req if the
wpa_s->scanning shows that it is still in progress.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2013-11-18 14:35:48 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
334bf36ac5 Add chan_switch to ctrl interface of wpa_supplicant and hostapd
Add chan_switch to the control interface of wpa_supplicant and hostapd,
and also to wpa_cli and hostapd_cli.

Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2013-11-17 17:12:58 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
bf281c129f Add AP channel switch mechanism
Build CSA settings and call the driver to perform the switch. Construct
Beacon, Probe Response, and (Re)Association Response frames both for CSA
period and for the new channel. These frames are built based on the
current configuration. Add CSA IE in Beacon and Probe Response frames.

Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2013-11-17 17:12:58 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
dcca2219ae wpa_supplicant: Update channel switch driver interface
Add csa_settings struct which holds parameters for CSA. Change driver
interface for switch_channel(), so that it will receive this struct and
not only the new frequency as it was before. This allows wpa_supplicant
to provide all the required parameters (beacons, proberesp, assocresp,
CSA IE) which are required by cfg80211 implementation.

Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2013-11-17 16:48:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e1925bde36 eloop: Remove eloop_none.c
This was supposed to be a minimal sample of eloop wrapper, but it is
unclear whether this is of that much use and the file has not been kept
up-to-date. Remove this file to reduce maintenance effort. The other
eloop*.c files can be used as a starting point if something new is
needed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-17 16:48:20 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
f6c2b8c367 Android: Add state message sent after 'status' command
This triggers re-transmission of CTRL-EVENT-STATE-CHANGE and
CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED events on STATUS command for Android framework
specific processing.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-17 16:47:56 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
6b49907665 Android: Add SSID in supplicant change event
In addition, change wpa_s->pending_bssid to wpa_s->bssid for the BSSID
value in the event.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-17 16:47:45 +02:00
Masashi Honma
22cf7d7324 SCARD: Clean up SIM/USIM selection
Commit eb32460029 left an unneeded
sim_type argument to scard_init(). Remove that unnecessary argument to
clean up the implementation.

Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2013-11-17 16:47:38 +02:00
Paul Stewart
cea97a04f9 dbus_new: Add DBus TDLS methods
Add DBus methods for TDLS operations similar to those available
for the control interface. This includes Discover, Setup, and
Teardown commands. While here, add a method to query the TDLS
link status and add a DBus method for it.

Tested with CONFIG_TDLS enabled, on a TDLS-enabled host and
peer capable of TDLS:

    dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
        /fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
        fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.TDLSStatus string:<peer-mac-address>

    yields: string "peer does not exist"

    dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
        /fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
        fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.TDLSDiscover string:<peer-mac-address>

    yields no error

    dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
        /fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
        fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.TDLSSetup string:<peer-mac-address>

    yields no error

    dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
        /fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
        fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.TDLSStatus string:<peer-mac-address>

    yields: string "connected" after TDLS completes

    dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
        /fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
        fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.TDLSTeardown string:<peer-mac-address>

    yields no error

    dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
        /fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
        fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.TDLSStatus string:<peer-mac-address>

    yields: string "peer not connected"

Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2013-11-17 16:47:32 +02:00
Jithu Jance
cc4952ad63 Request new scan only for the original interface
Request new scan only for the interface for which the original scan
request and results has come. Otherwise while sharing scan results along
with P2P interfaces, the new scan will be requested on P2P interfaces.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2013-11-17 16:47:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fa58da2e6c Remove old mechanism of skipping scan request rescheduling
Since eloop_deplete_timeout() is doing practically same in
wpa_supplicant_req_scan(), revert the old mechanism from commit
7e1488494e to avoid unnecessary work in
this function.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-17 16:47:13 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
e2f5a9889a Deplete scan request if new time is less than remaining
This avoids pushing out previous scheduled scan requests based on new
events.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-17 16:46:58 +02:00
Vinay Krishna Eranna
dcd25d4c3b P2P: Use negotiated channel from invitation for persistent GO
During persistent group re-invocation, GO may end up using a different
channel as the operation channel compared to what was indicated in the
invitation frames. This may break the connection if the peer device ends
up scanning the GO only on the channel from the invitation frame. Fix
this by using the negotiated channel (if available) on the GO as the
operating channel instead of the channel that was provided in the
p2p_invite command to start negotiation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-16 18:05:28 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
800d58721c TDLS: Provide external control to specify the peers for setup
There are use cases requesting the host driver to initiate the TDLS
setup with the peer only when configured by the external applications.
Thus, enable this control by tdls_external_control=1 and pass the
requisite information for the specific TDLS operation to the driver
on the request from such use cases.

This operation mode expects the driver to initiate TDLS link
automatically based on signal strength and traffic to a peer and tear
down links whenever they are not used or suitable due to signal strength
etc. The list of peers with which such operations are to be performed
are provided with the TDLS driver operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-15 03:02:08 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
58d6f91d16 Android: Reset MD5OBJS value before += operation
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-09 15:30:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
890b3a44cb Android: Sync Android.mk with Makefile
This brings in commit 411f567050 changes
to allow libdl to be linked in after OpenSSL.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-08 13:04:51 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
736abfc166 Android: Set proper path to keystore include dir
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-08 13:04:51 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
5e42035ed9 Android: Fix CONFIG_EAP_PROXY option and move it to right place
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-08 11:47:00 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
643fab30a0 Android: Add CONFIG_IEEE80211AC option to makefile
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-08 11:47:00 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
4ba83096e2 Android: Add CONFIG_EAP_UNAUTH_TLS option to makefile
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-08 11:47:00 +02:00
Ying Wang
53414a7e35 Android: Add liblog
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-08 11:46:59 +02:00
Kenny Root
1d415f1fcc Android: Switch keystore to binder
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-08 11:46:53 +02:00
Joe Onorato
4e5a4d3e57 Android: Get rid of LOCAL_MODULE_TAGS := user
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-08 11:41:05 +02:00
Kenny Root
206d81319e Android: Restore OpenSSL ENGINE support
We now use an OpenSSL ENGINE to support keystore functionality.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-08 11:40:13 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
b7997e01db Android: Remove obsolete WPA_UNICODE_SSID define
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-08 00:22:32 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
60cdfd7e25 Android: Fix compilation without BOARD_WPA_SUPPLICANT_DRIVER
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-07 14:04:30 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
e40634e654 Prohibit PNO start during assoc process and in connect state
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-07 14:01:33 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
3526ff0fad Android: Add ANDROID_P2P define under BOARD_WLAN_DEVICE
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-07 14:01:28 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
d0b2735240 Android: Fix CFLAGS -> L_CFLAGS
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-07 14:01:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9ec876662b P2P: Allow GO P2P Device Address to be used for scan result matching
This is a better way of matching P2P groups based on the unique P2P
Device Address (e.g., from P2P Group ID) and SSID pair instead of using
the not necessarily unique P2P Interface Address.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-07 13:49:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
08b2677974 Interworking: Use SSID from the BSS entry
There is no need to parse the IE buffer again to find the SSID of the
BSS since that information is already stored in struct wpa_bss.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-07 00:17:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
50589751bf Interworking: Reject BSS based on disallow_aps
If a BSS is disallowed temporarily with disallow_aps, the network
connection is going to fail. As such, there is not much point in
allowing Interworking network selection to try to connect with such BSS.
As such, do not consider disallowed networks for automatic network
selection and reject requests to connect to them through
INTERWORKING_CONNECT.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-07 00:12:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ede8a7e4d Interworking: Avoid duplicated network blocks
Do not add multiple network blocks for the same network from a single
credential. INTERWORKING_CONNECT used to generate a new network block
for each instance regardless of what network blocks have already been
configured. While this allows the connection to go through, it is not
efficient to leave behind potentially large number of network blocks
with the same contents (or worse, changed contents). Address this by
removing an older network block for the same credential before adding a
new one.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-07 00:12:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d28f4e44f1 Interworking: Do not reconnect if already connected
If we are already connected to the selected AP with a network block
that was created based on the selected credential, do not force a
reconnection or network block update.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-07 00:12:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
217cf4991d P2P: Add more debug prints for frequency selection
This prints out get_shared_radio_freqs() results and related information
from P2P operations to make debug logs more helpful for figuring out
issues related to multi-channel concurrency.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-05 11:07:51 +02:00
Ilan Peer
4dd3f86834 P2P: Fix bug in GO frequency selection
When trying to choose a frequency that can be used for GO instantiation,
properly check if there are free channels that can be used.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-11-05 10:55:22 +02:00
Ilan Peer
9804873e53 wpa_supplicant: Fix bug in get_shared_radio_freqs
The idx variable was mistakenly set to 0 at the beginning of the
interface iteration. This could result in the operating channel of the
interface calling the function from being removed from the returned
frequency array if other interfaces were operating.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-11-05 10:55:22 +02:00
Haim Dreyfuss
3139270903 bgscan: Add global bgscan configuration
This option can be used to globally configure bgscan parameters
for all the network blocks.

Note that this configuration will not override a network block
specific bgscan settings, but will only be used in case that
the network block does not have a valid bgscan configuration.

Signed-hostap: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
2013-11-05 10:26:31 +02:00
Naresh Jayaram
efc58df29c eap_proxy: Re-read IMSI from proxy in Interworking functionality
Try to read the IMSI values through the eap_proxy layer for Interworking
functionality again if the value was not available at startup.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-05 10:12:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
18ca733248 SAE: Fix group selection
Number of regressions had shown up in wpa_supplicant implementation of
SAE group selection due to different integer array termination (-1 in
hostapd, 0 in wpa_supplicant) being used for SAE groups. The
default_groups list did not seem to use any explicit termination value.
In addition, the sae_group_index was not cleared back to 0 properly
whenever a new SAE session was started.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-02 18:07:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
65015b2d8e Replace unnecessary UTF-8 characters with ASCII versions
There is no need for using UTF-8 in these files when perfectly fine
ASCII versions of these characters exist.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-02 16:01:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c092d83e26 P2P: Clear pending group formation data on group removal
It was possible for the wpa_s->show_group_started and wpa_s->go_params
to be left set when a P2P group was removed before group formation had
completed. In case a separate P2P group interface was not used, this
could rsult in all future scans using the hardcoded DIRECT-* SSID and as
such, not find the network they were trying to find. Fix this by
clearing these P2P parameters on group removal.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-01 10:31:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9100b6607b P2P: Debug print reason for specific SSID for scan
It can be useful to see whether the specific P2P SSID was used for scan
based on p2p_in_provisioning or show_group_started when debugging issues
where this case shows up unexpectedly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-01 10:30:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2aec4f3c0c Allow add-BSS operation to re-use existing netdev
When removing and re-adding the first wlan# netdev to hostapd
dynamically, the netdev is already present and should not be removed and
re-added to maintain its state as not-added-by-hostapd so that it does
not get removed automatically.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-31 22:34:25 +02:00
Vinay Krishna Eranna
731ca6364e Update regulatory change to all virtual interface for the phy
wpas_p2p_setup_channels function uses the per interface information
(wpa_s->hw.modes) for setting up the available channel list for P2P
operation, but if a separate P2P interface is used (e.g., p2p0 on
Android), the wpa_s instance for that interface may not get an updated
channel list. This can result in some operations, like "P2P_SET
disallow_freq", using old channel list information (e.g., world roaming
information with passive-scan/no-ibss flags) which was initialized
during the start-up. This could result in P2P functionality using
conflicting or obsolete channel information.

To resolve this issue, update channel list information on regulatory
change events to all of the virtual interfaces sharing the same phy for
which the event is received.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-29 23:03:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ebd79f07c4 hostapd: Make hostapd_config::bss array of pointers
This makes it more convenient to move BSS configuration entries between
struct hostapd_config instances to clean up per-BSS configuration file
design.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-29 16:58:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7617388ea3 Interworking: Report STATUS:sp_type even if domain is not configured
This allows sp_type={home,roaming,unknown} to be used to determine
network type with SIM-based credentials even if the domain name
parameter is not configured explicitly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-29 13:57:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c20bc9d464 P2P: Remove compiler warning without CONFIG_IEEE80211N
Commit ca9bc5b566 added wpas_conf_ap_vht()
as a static function with the caller within CONFIG_IEEE80211N, but the
function outside. This resulted in a compiler warning for wpa_supplicant
AP/P2P builds when CONFIG_IEEE80211N=y was not used. Fix that by using
matching conditional block around the function.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-27 20:46:19 +02:00
Eliad Peller
ca9bc5b566 P2P: Add VHT support
Start GO with VHT support if VHT option was requested
and the appropriate channels are available.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2013-10-27 20:08:36 +02:00
Eliad Peller
20ea1ca406 P2P: Add VHT parameter to P2P operations
Add the option to ask for VHT operation similarly to the way ht40 is
configured - either by adding 'vht' param to the relevant p2p_*
commands or by configuring p2p_go_vht=1 in the configuration file.

This patch only adds the configuration option (e.g., via control
interface). The actual handling of the VHT parameter (asking the driver
to use VHT, etc.) will be done by the following patch.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2013-10-27 19:46:17 +02:00
Eliad Peller
f2112b2ac8 wpa_supplicant: Add CONFIG_IEEE80211AC
In order to support P2P GO with 11ac support, add CONFIG_IEEE80211AC
config option support to the Makefile.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2013-10-27 19:32:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4d9fb08d23 WPS: Clear known_wps_freq in addition to after_wps
Both of these variables can result in optimized WPS scans, so better
clear these more consistently to avoid unexpected single-channel scans.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-27 12:56:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d20c340f7e Interworking: Clear known_wps_freq for network selection
This was forgotten from the previous commit which allowed some cases to
trigger single-channel scan incorrectly if an optimized WPS scan had not
yet been completed at the time network selection was started.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-27 12:55:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1bd05d0423 Interworking: Force normal scan for network selection
Make sure special optimized scans (like WPS-single-channel or
sched_scan) do not get used during the network selection scan. This
could have been hit in cases where a previous operation has been stopped
in a state where special scan parameters were going to be used.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-27 11:26:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
51e9f22809 P2P: Add option to allow additional client channels
The new p2p_add_cli_chan=1 configuration parameter can be used to
request passive-scan channels to be included in P2P channel lists for
cases where the local end may become the P2P client in a group. This
allows more options for the peer to use channels, e.g., if the local
device is not aware of its current location and has marked most channels
to require passive scanning.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-26 17:49:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
556b30daca P2P: Add option to remove channels from GO use
The new p2p_no_go_freq frequency range list (comma-separated list of
min-max frequency ranges in MHz) can now be used to configure channels
on which the local device is not allowed to operate as a GO, but on
which that device can be a P2P Client. These channels are left in the
P2P Channel List in GO Negotiation to allow the peer device to select
one of the channels for the cases where the peer becomes the GO. The
local end will remove these channels from consideration if it becomes
the GO.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-26 17:49:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e7ecab4a3b Use ARRAY_SIZE() macro
Replace the common sizeof(a)/sizeof(a[0]) constructions with a more
readable version.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-26 17:49:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
29179b881e Stop ctrl_iface monitor send loop on reinit failure
There is no point trying to continue sending messages with sendmsg() if
socket reinitialization fails.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-26 15:55:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a2a535f897 Remove unnecessary wpa_s->conf checks
wpa_s->conf cannot be NULL because wpa_supplicant_init_iface() would not
allow wpa_supplicant_add_iface() to return wpa_s instance in such state.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-26 15:55:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
41c526f357 P2P: Fix snprintf buffer length for group ifname backup
Commit 2e5ba4b6d1 moved this to a function
and updated one of the os_snprintf() calls to use the len parameter, but
forgot the other one.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-24 21:22:30 +03:00
Naresh Jayaram
07041c6f99 eap_proxy: Confirm eap_proxy initialization before reading SIM info
Trying to access the SIM card details without checking if the eap_proxy
layer has been initialized can results in a crash. Address this by
sending the request for the IMSI through eapol_supp_sm.c which can
verify that eap_proxy has been initialized.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-23 20:51:39 +03:00
Po-Lun Lai
47d986e6ff P2P: Check Action frame payload match before accepted TX status
It is possible for there to be two pending off-channel TX frames, e.g.,
when two devices initiate GO Negotiation at more or less the same time.
This could result in the TX status report for the first frame clearing
wpa_s->pending_action_tx that included the newer frame that has not yet
been transmitted (i.e., is waiting to be sent out). Avoid losing that
frame by confirming that the TX status payload matches the pending frame
before clearing the pending frame and reporting the TX status callback.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-23 17:47:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d259249762 Fix ENABLE_NETWORK not to reconnect in disconnected state
DISCONNECT followed by ENABLE_NETWORK ended up starting a scan for a new
connection due to wpa_supplicant_enable_one_network() setting
wpa_s->reassociate = 1. This was done regardless of wpa_s->disconnected
being 1 which should imply that wpa_supplicant should not try to connect
before asked explicitly with REASSOCIATE or RECONNECT.

Fix this by making ENABLE_NETWORK setting of reassociate = 1 and
starting of scans for connection conditional on wpa_s->disconnected ==
0. This will make ENABLE_NETWORK trigger a connection only if
wpa_supplicant is already in a state where it would try to connect if
there are any enabled networks.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-23 12:09:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
af8a827b90 Make frequency range list routines more general
This allows the frequency range list implementation to be shared for
other purposes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-23 00:44:07 +03:00
Dan Williams
538922a628 dbus: Add boolean AllowRoam option to Scan() method options dictionary
To disallow roaming when a scan request's results are read, callers
of the D-Bus Scan() method may add a new "AllowRoam" boolean key
to the scan options dictionary and set that key's value to FALSE.

Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2013-10-22 16:09:46 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs
c6f5dec9c1 Don't start second scan when changing scan interval
If a scan is currently running and the scan interval is changed, a
second scan will be started before the current has finished. This will
in turn, if no networks are configured, cause wpa_s->state to be
forced to WPA_INACTIVE before the first scan has finished.

Signed-hostap: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
2013-10-22 15:57:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
313424d46e GAS: Add support for multiple pending queries for the same destination
Need to use the pointer to the current ongoing query instead of matching
from the pending list based on the destination address so that we get
the correct query instance when processing the TX status report.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-21 14:37:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cbc5484892 GAS: Do not start new scan operation during an ongoing GAS query
These operations can have conflicting offchannel requirements, so wait
with a new scan trigger until a pending GAS query has been completed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-21 13:20:38 +03:00
Kyeyoon Park
c377514337 GAS: Delay GAS query Tx while scanning/connecting
Offchannel operations needed for a GAS query can conflict with ongoing
scan/connection progress, so delay GAS queries if such an operation is
in progress on the current interface or any virtual interface sharing
the same radio.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-21 13:15:45 +03:00
Kyeyoon Park
24c694b465 GAS: Delay GAS query Tx while another query is in progress
It would be possible to issue another GAS query when a previous one is
still in progress and this could result in conflicting offchannel
operations. Prevent that by delaying GAS query initiation until the
previous operation has been completed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-21 13:13:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7255983b59 WPS: Clear after_wps from number of new locations
This makes it less likely to forget WPS single-channel scan optimization
in effect after having completed the WPS operation or in case WPS
operating gets cancelled.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-20 21:38:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
73b54d63fc P2P: Fix Operating Channel in Invitation Request for operating group
When a GO or P2P Client invites a peer device to join an already
operating group, the Operating Channel in Invitation Request needs to be
forced to the current operating channel of the group.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-20 21:38:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c92963656 D-Bus: Clean up debug print for P2P invitation result
wpa_printf() does not need '\n' so remove the extra newline. In
addition, drop the priority of this message from MSG_INFO to MSG_DEBUG
since this is in no way exceptional operation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-20 21:38:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d2858883b0 P2P: Add GO BSS entry details to debug log on join-a-group
This makes it easier to debug issues related to selecting GO information
from the latest updated BSS table entry.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-20 21:38:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e241b1b4f2 eap_proxy: Fix IMSI fetch for home vs. visited network determination
Use similar mechanism to CONFIG_PCSC=y case to set the IMSI and MNC
length for eap_proxy. This allows automatic 3GPP realm comparison
against the domain list.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-20 13:12:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a5d44ac083 EAP peer: Add framework for external SIM/USIM processing
The new configuration parameter external_sim=<0/1> can now be used to
configure wpa_supplicant to use external SIM/USIM processing (e.g., GSM
authentication for EAP-SIM or UMTS authentication for EAP-AKA). The
requests and responses for such operations are sent over the ctrl_iface
CTRL-REQ-SIM and CTRL-RSP-SIM commands similarly to the existing
password query mechanism.

Changes to the EAP methods to use this new mechanism will be added in
separate commits.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-20 13:12:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7e8bc7d6fb eapol_test: Initialize BSS lists
This is needed to avoid issues with control interface commands that
could request BSS list during an eapol_test run. wpa_cli tries to update
its internal BSS list and that could trigger eapol_test crashes without
this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-19 16:28:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bceb843108 Send CTRL-RSP command response before processing EAPOL update
This is what the original implementation did years ago, but the move to
using separate control interface backends re-ordered the implementation
to process EAPOL notification first. Use a registered timeout to allow
the ctrl_iface response to be sent out first to get somewhat faster
response time and to avoid pending operations that could result in
ctrl_iface response and unsolicited event messages from getting mixed
up.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-19 16:26:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b6077964c2 eapol_test: Fix external EAP request mechanism
The eap_param_needed callback was forgotten from eapol_test and this
prevented external EAP request processing through ctrl_iface from being
tested.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-19 13:44:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
94de082b39 eapol_test: Initialize wpa_s->global to fix ctrl_iface
wpa_s->global is now dereferenced in number of places and at least one
of them hits in eapol_test cases. Fix issues with this by setting the
global pointer to empty data.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-19 13:08:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f07bba3255 Android: Add dfs.c into build
This fixes Android build after commit
e76da50529 that added the new dfs.c file.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-18 15:18:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f47c145285 Interworking: Add required_roaming_consortium parameter for credentials
This allows credentials to be limited from being used to connect to a
network unless the AP advertises a matching roaming consortium OI.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-18 14:13:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a83e5749ac GAS: Update timeout from TX status handler
This allow GAS operations to be fine-tuned based what happens with GAS
query TX. Failed queries are timed out immediately and acknowledged
queries are given some more time to account for possible TX queue
latencies.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-18 14:13:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
56f5af489c Interworking: Add support for QoS Mapping functionality for the STA
Indicate support for QoS Mapping and configure driver to update the QoS
Map if QoS Map Set elements is received from the AP either in
(Re)Association Response or QoS Map Configure frame.

This commit adds support for receiving the frames with nl80211 drivers,
but the actual QoS Map configuration command is still missing.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-18 14:13:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ac1bc54948 Interworking: Add domain_suffix_match for credentials
This allow domain_suffix_match to be specified for a cred block and then
get this copied for the network blocks generated from this credential as
part of Interworking network selection.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-18 14:13:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
463c8ffbd5 Interworking: Add support for multiple home FQDNs
Credentials can now be configured with more than one FQDN ('domain'
field in the cred block) to perform Domain Name List matching against
multiple home domains.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-18 14:13:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
01f809c7db Add AAA server domain name suffix matching constraint
The new domain_suffix_match (and domain_suffix_match2 for Phase 2
EAP-TLS) can now be used to specify an additional constraint for the
server certificate domain name. If set, one of the dNSName values (or if
no dNSName is present, one of the commonName values) in the certificate
must have a suffix match with the specified value. Suffix match is done
based on full domain name labels, i.e., "example.com" matches
"test.example.com" but not "test-example.com".

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-18 13:34:26 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
e76da50529 hostapd: Add AP DFS support
Add DFS structures/events handlers, CAC handling, and radar detection.
By default, after radar is detected or the channel became unavailable, a
random channel will be chosen.

This patches are based on the original work by Boris Presman and
Victor Goldenshtein. Most of the DFS code is moved to a new dfs.c/dfs.h
files.

Cc: Boris Presman <boris.presman@ti.com>
Cc: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>

Signed-hostap: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-10-17 21:05:15 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs
5079392954 Increase buffer size and prevent write beyond buffer end
wpa_config_write_key_mgmt has a buffer size of 50. This is not enough
to fit the longest case. I used a network with "WPA-PSK WPA-EAP
WPA-NONE" and CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y + CONFIG_IEEE80211W=y to produce
a string longer than 50 chars. Increase the buffer size to 100 to
prevent truncated output.

Truncated output is not the only problem. If the buffer end is
reached when adding certain key mgmt types the function does not
return immediately. This leaves pos > end. When a second os_sprintf
is called the calculation of end - pos yields a large positive
number for buffer size. End result is a write beyond the buffer end.
Fix this by bailing out if buffer end is reached.

Signed-hostap: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
2013-10-14 20:49:26 +03:00
Jithu Jance
7e910b7b51 WPS NFC: Cancel scheduled scan before attempting a scan
Cancel scheduled scan (if any) before attempting to scan for the newly
received configuration/credential in WPS NFC Config token case.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2013-10-14 20:42:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b72e14e599 P2P: Do not allow P2P client connection without P2P IE from GO
P2P-GROUP-STARTED event depends on having enough information about the
group available. To avoid incomplete information from being delivered to
upper layers, do not accept scan results without P2P IE (e.g., from a
non-P2P scan) for P2P client association process. This can be of use for
some join-a-group cases where non-P2P scans have generated the BSS entry
for the GO.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-14 19:41:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5df7414b04 P2P: Allow persistent group determination based on Beacon frame
P2P IE may be available from a Beacon frame from a GO even if we have
not yet received a Probe Response frame with P2P IE from that GO. Since
all the needed information for determining the GO's P2P Device Address
and group capabilities are available, use that information instead of
displaying incomplete group information.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-14 19:28:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
aaeb9c98e6 P2P: Allow GO to be discovered based on Beacon frame
This fixes some P2P-join-a-group cases where GO may have been discovered
based on passive scan or non-P2P scan. P2P IEs may have been received
from a Beacon frame in such a case and that information can be used to
create a P2P peer entry, e.g., to allow provision discovery exchange to
be completed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-14 19:25:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b16696ff72 P2P: Show p2p flag in debug info for scan results
This makes it easier to confirm that P2P capabilities for a GO has been
discovered properly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-14 19:23:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bb50ae4396 P2P: Show P2P flag in BSS entries also based on Beacon frames
It is possible that a P2P GO has been discovered through a non-P2P scan
that did not return P2P IE in Probe Response frames. To cover those
cases, check also Beacon frame (if received) for P2P IE.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-14 19:22:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ff57398fca P2P: Do not drop P2P IEs from BSS table on non-P2P scans
This could happen when non-P2P station interface runs a scan without P2P
IE in the Probe Request frame. P2P GO would reply to that with a Probe
Response that does not include P2P IE. Do not update the IEs in this BSS
entry to avoid such loss of information that may be needed for P2P
operations to determine group information.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-14 17:34:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
adeb4f59a2 P2P: Make sure wait for the first client gets stopped
If a group was removed before the wait for the first client had timed
out and the client had not yet connected, p2p_go_wait_client could have
been left set and with that, scan operations could be unnecessarily
delayed. This fixes some undesired delays from commit
c1c0b35fea.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-05 22:15:28 -07:00
Dmitry Shmidt
f22f274bbf P2P: Clone 'disable_scan_offload' parameter for p2p group
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-10-05 18:18:20 -07:00
Deepthi Gowri
acdd0fc84f P2P: Clear p2p_group_formation and p2p_in_provisioning on group removal
Commit 41f853235f extends group formation
timeout for the first data connection to complete and resets
p2p_go_group_formation_completed flag due to which p2p_in_provisioning
and p2p_group_formation flags are not cleared when
wpas_group_formation_completed() is called. This can result in both
station scan and p2p_find failures in the case where separate P2P group
interface is not used and the client does not complete 4-way handshake.
Fix this by clearing p2p_group_formation and p2p_in_provisioning when
such a P2P group is deleted.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-05 17:54:52 -07:00
Arif Hussain
8b3b803ab9 Include Extended Capabilities element based on scan results
Add Extended Capabilities element to association request only if the AP
included this element in Beacon/Probe Response frames. This is a
workaround to address interoperability issues with some older APs that
do not seem to be able to handle Extended Capabilities element in
(Re)Association Request frames.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-02 08:09:05 -07:00
Deepthi Gowri
6903ee6f62 P2P Extend postponing of concurrent scans for persistent GO
Update the p2p_go_wait_client timestamp in p2p_go_configured() to
address the case where the group is set up without the provisioning
step.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-02 07:32:17 -07:00
Sunil Dutt
f130b105ec TDLS: Clean up wpa_tdls_teardown_link() uses
Making this function be used only for external setup case simplifies the
implementation and makes core wpa_supplicant calls in ctrl_iface.c and
events.c consistent.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-30 17:10:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5388dc97e0 Document use of Linux capabilities instead of privileged process
Linux capabilities cap_net_admin and cap_net_raw can be used to replace
need for running wpa_supplicant as a root process.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-29 12:04:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a771c07dfc Add driver status information to control interface
STATUS-DRIVER command can now be used to fetch driver interface status
information. This is mainly for exporting low-level driver interface
information for debug purposes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-28 17:19:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
298f51857d Get rid of compiler warning in no-CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE builds
no_ctrl_interface parsing was declared within ifdef CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE
block, so the parser function needs to be marked similarly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-27 23:42:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ea61aa1de1 Add no_ctrl_interface config param to clear ctrl_interface
This can be used to override previously set ctrl_interface value in a
way that clears the variable to NULL instead of empty string. The only
real use case for this is to disable per-interface ctrl_interface from
the additional control file (-I<file>) in case ctrl_interface was set in
the main configuration file. It should be noted that zero-length
ctrl_interface parameter can be used to initiate some control interface
backends, so simpler designs were not available for this.

The format of the new parameter is not exactly cleanest due to
configuration file parsing assumptions. For example:

ctrl_interface=....
no_ctrl_interface=

would end up with ctrl_interface=NULL.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-27 23:34:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
25b65a142d Make sure updated BSS entry does not get added twice to the list
When the BSS table is being updated based on new scan results, a BSS
entry could end up getting added into last_scan_res list multiple times
if the scan results from the driver includes duplicated values. This
should not happen with driver_nl80211.c since it filter outs duplicates,
but in theory, other driver wrappers could indicate such scan results.
Anyway, it is safer to make sure this cannot happen by explicitly
verifying the last_scan_res list before adding an updated BSS entry
there. A duplicated entry in the list could potentially result in freed
memory being used if there is large enough number of BSSes in the scan
results to cause removal of old BSS entries.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-27 16:00:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a3cbf82e6d Fix possible freed-memory use in BSS table updates
If there are large number of BSSes in the scan results, BSS table update
could have added a BSS entry to the last_scan_res in a case where that
BSS entry got just deleted. This would happen only if there are more
than bss_max_count (by default 200) BSSes and if at least bss_max_count
of those BSSes are known (match a configured network). In such a case,
wpa_bss_add() could end up allocating a new BSS entry and return a
pointer to that entry even if it was the one that ended up getting freed
to keep the BSS table length within the limit. This could result in
freed memory being used and the process crashing (likely with segfault)
when trying to access information from that BSS entry.

Fix the issue by removing the oldest BSS entry before linking the new
entry to the table. This makes sure the newly added entry will never get
picked up as the one to be deleted immediately.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-27 15:56:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bbc6c729a5 P2P: Use group formation timeout on persistent group GO
Previously, GO considered the group to be fully re-invoked after
starting beaconing on successful invitation exchange. This would leave
the group running until idle timeout (which may not be enabled) or
explicit removal if the client fails to connect for any reason. Since
the client is expected to connect immediately after the invitation
exchange that ends with status=0 (i.e., either client initiated the
exchange or it responded with success), extend group formation timeout
to cover that period until the first successfully completed data
connection. This allows the GO to remove the group automatically if the
client devices does not connect within
P2P_MAX_INITIAL_CONN_WAIT_GO_REINVOKE (15) seconds.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-26 21:24:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
41f853235f P2P: Extend group formation timeout on GO to first data connection
Previously, GO considered the group to be fully formed at the completed
of WPS provisioning step. This would leave the group running until idle
timeout (which may not be enabled) or explicit removal if the client
fails to connect for any reason. Since the client is expected to connect
immediately after the WPS provisioning step, extend group formation
timeout to cover that period until the first successfully completed data
connection. This allows the GO to remove the group automatically if the
client devices does not connect within P2P_MAX_INITIAL_CONN_WAIT_GO (10)
seconds.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-26 20:32:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
20625e9753 P2P: Remove P2P groups on process termination
Killing the wpa_supplicant process or using TERMINATE ctrl_iface command
resulted in the process existing without cleaning up possibly added
dynamic P2P group interfaces. Clean this up by stopping each P2P group
before stopping eloop.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-26 01:38:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
76fe79ef2d Register wpa_msg callback even if only global ctrl_iface is used
Previously, wpa_msg_register_cb() was called only from successful
completion of per-interface control interface initialization. This would
leave the callback unregistered in case only the global control
interface is used which would result in not delivering control interface
events on the global interface. Fix this by registering the callback
handler also from successful initialization of the global control
interface.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-26 01:31:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
89286e91bf Re-open ctrl_iface socket on some failure cases as a workaround
If wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface clients are misbehaving and refusing to
read replies or event messages from wpa_supplicant, the single socket
used in wpa_supplicant to send messages can reach the maximum send
buffer limit. When that happens, no more responses to any client can be
sent. Work around this by closed and reopening the socket in case such a
failure state is detected. This is obviously not desirable since it
breaks existing connected sockets, but is needed to avoid leaving
wpa_supplicant completely unable to respond to any client. Cleaner fix
for this may require more considerable changes in the ctrl_iface design
to move to connection oriented design to allow each client to be handled
separately and unreachability to be detected more reliably.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-25 16:23:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
742e715b31 Simplify ctrl_iface sendto() use
Prepare reply buffer first for all cases and then use a single sendto()
call instead of three calls depending on reply type. This allows simpler
error handling for control interface send operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-23 17:52:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6668efda58 Clear frequency list on empty value
Allow current frequency list of be cleared with an empty string value.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-23 16:22:16 +03:00
Masashi Honma
1a9f24714e Make scan_freq field to be saved by save_config
Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2013-09-23 16:06:06 +03:00
Kamath Vinayak
3cc247a78f Use configured sched_scan interval for the PNO scan
The interval for the PNO scan did not use the configured sched_scan
interval. This commit addresses the same by using the configured value
or the default of 10 seconds if configuration parameter is not used.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-15 15:21:42 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
79986bf69e Print ctrl_iface sendto() failures into debug log
This makes it easier to debug issues with control interface operations
failing.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-14 11:25:31 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
eab2b50dc8 P2P: Cancel group formation timeout on client connection
It was possiblle for the group formation timeout to be left running even
after the P2P Client connected to the group if the WPS provisioning step
was not completed cleanly (e.g., due to WSC_Done not getting received
from the client). There is no need to remove the group in such case due
to the initial group formation timeout, so work around this by removing
that timeout on data connection.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-14 11:25:10 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
00eb299396 P2P: Fix operation channel configuration update
There was already a CFG_CHANGED_P2P_OPER_CHANNEL handler function, but
this flag was not set when the p2p_oper_reg_class or p2p_oper_channel
parameters were changed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-14 11:24:56 -07:00
Vinay Krishna Eranna
b2b688d18d P2P: Fix crash when failed to create GO interface
wpa_supplicant crashes if driver configuration for AP mode interface
configuration fails after group negotiation. This is because of a
regression from commit 1075b29571 that
ends up freeing the wpa_s instance from within
wpa_supplicant_create_ap() without the caller knowing.

Fix this by using an eloop timeout to free remove the P2P group so that
wpa_supplicant_create_ap() and especially wpa_supplicant_associate()
callers do not need to know about interface getting possibly removed. In
addition, move the P2P specific code into p2p_supplicant.c where it
really belongs. This allows the already existing group formation timeout
to be used by reducing the timeout to zero.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-03 12:43:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
61971697bb WPS NFC: Fix build without CONFIG_AP=y
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-03 11:27:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e1ae5d743f SAE: Fix build without CONFIG_AP=y
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-03 11:25:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
813e7b364f P2P: Remove group from timeout on PSK failure
Avoid potential issues with removing a P2P group on PSK failure directly
from the wpa_supplicant_event() call since the caller (in driver_*.c)
may not be prepared for the interface disappearing at that point in
time.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-02 16:33:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5bf9a6c859 P2P: Add event messages for possible PSK failures on P2P groups
It is possible for the GO of a persistent group to change the PSK or
remove a client when per-client PSKs are used and this can happen
without the SSID changing (i.e., the group is still valid, but just not
for a specific client). If the client side of such persistent group ends
up trying to use an invalidated persistent group information, the
connection will fail in 4-way handshake. A new WPS provisioning step is
needed to recover from this.

Detect this type of case based on two 4-way handshake failures when
acting as a P2P client in a persistent group. A new
"P2P-PERSISTENT-PSK-FAIL id=<persistent group id>" event is used to
indicate when this happens. This makes it easier for upper layers to
remove the persistent group information with "REMOVE_NETWORK <persistent
group id>" if desired (e.g., based on user confirmation).

In addition to indicating the error cases for persistent groups, all
this type of PSK failures end up in the client removing the group with
the new reason=PSK_FAILURE information in the P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 21:35:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
eac8dab87c P2P: Document per-client keys and p2p_remove_client
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 21:35:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
43c693c21a P2P: Do not store duplicate PSK entries for the same device
If a client joins a P2P group multiple times, replace the previous
per-client PSK entry instead of adding a new entry each time.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 21:35:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f2c566027e P2P: Add a command for removing a client from all groups
The new control interface command P2P_REMOVE_CLIENT <P2P Device
Address|iface=Address> can now be used to remove the specified client
from all groups (ongoing and persistent) in which the local device is a
GO. This will remove any per-client PSK entries and deauthenticate the
device.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 21:35:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
01a57fe420 P2P: Maintain list of per-client PSKs for persistent groups
Record all generated per-client PSKs in the persistent group network
block and configure these for the GO Authenticator whenever re-starting
the persistent group. This completes per-client PSK support for
persistent groups.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 21:35:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
759fd76b7f P2P: Select PSK based on Device Address instead of Interface Address
When using per-device PSKs, select the PSK based on the P2P Device
Address of the connecting client if that client is a P2P Device. This
allows the P2P Interface Address to be changed between P2P group
connections which may happen especially when using persistent groups.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 11:30:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
94ddef3e72 P2P: Make peer's P2P Device Address available to authenticator
This can be used to implement per-device PSK selection based on the
peer's P2P Device Address instead of P2P Interface Address.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 11:05:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
52177fbb70 P2P: Store P2P Device Address in per-device PSK records
This makes the P2P Device Address of the Enrollee available with the PSK
records to allow P2P Device Address instead of P2P Interface Address to
be used for finding the correct PSK.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 10:47:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
05766ed8de P2P: Allow per-device PSK to be assigned
"wpa_cli p2p_set per_sta_psk <0/1>" can now be used to disable/enable
use of per-device PSKs in P2P groups. This is disabled by default.
When enabled, a default passphrase is still generated by the GO for
legacy stations, but all P2P and non-P2P devices using WPS will get
a unique PSK.

This gives more protection for the P2P group by preventing clients from
being able to derive the unicast keys used by other clients. This is
also a step towards allowing specific clients to be removed from a group
reliably without having to tear down the full group to do so.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 10:14:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
698e921b9e wpa_cli: Add tab completion for p2p_set field values
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-31 20:58:35 +03:00
Syed Asifful Dayyan Rafiuddeen
0b5fb86a24 P2P: Stop listen state when listen-only duration is over
Even after listen duration is over, P2P module remained in
P2P_LISTEN_ONLY state, which is blocking station mode scans. Fix this by
stopping P2P listen explicitly to update p2p_state to IDLE when listen
duration expires.

Signed-hostap: Syed Asifful Dayyan <syedd@broadcom.com>
2013-08-31 18:09:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
02a3e5c0d1 wpa_cli: Allow first DISCONNECTED event to be reported
wpa_cli filters out extra DISCONNECTED events from action scripts. This
ended up filtering out the first real DISCONNECT event in case wpa_cli
was started when wpa_supplicant was in connected state. Change wpa_cli
to allow the first disconnection event to be reported to the action
script in such case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-31 17:27:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
731ef436d1 D-Bus: Fix per-iface object unregistration on not existing objects
If the private data for an object is not found, do not try to unregister
that object to avoid D-Bus errors.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-31 16:46:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
447969e034 D-Bus: Do not send network notification for all P2P groups
Previously, network added event was skipping during group formation.
However, this did not necessarily catch all cases of temporary P2P
network blocks. Check ssid->p2p_group to make this behavior more
consistent by avoiding all P2P groups.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-31 16:44:42 +03:00
Masashi Honma
eb32460029 Fix switching from EAP-SIM to EAP-AKA/AKA'
Switching EAP method from EAP-SIM to EAP-AKA fails.
wpa_cli commands are below.

------------------
sudo wpa_cli add_network
sudo wpa_cli set_network 0 ssid '"eap-sim"'
sudo wpa_cli set_network 0 key_mgmt WPA-EAP
sudo wpa_cli set_network 0 eap SIM
sudo wpa_cli set_network 0 pin '"1234"'
sudo wpa_cli set_network 0 pcsc '""'
sudo wpa_cli select_network 0

sudo wpa_cli disable_network 0
sudo wpa_cli disconnect
sudo wpa_cli remove_network 0

sudo wpa_cli add_network
sudo wpa_cli set_network 0 ssid '"eap-sim"'
sudo wpa_cli set_network 0 key_mgmt WPA-EAP
sudo wpa_cli set_network 0 eap AKA
sudo wpa_cli set_network 0 pin '"1234"'
sudo wpa_cli set_network 0 pcsc '""'
sudo wpa_cli select_network 0
------------------

Then EAP-AKA connection resulted in fail.
wpa_supplicant log is below.

------------------
wlan0: CTRL-EVENT-EAP-METHOD EAP vendor 0 method 23 (AKA) selected
SCARD: Non-USIM card - cannot do UMTS auth
EAP-AKA: UMTS authentication failed (AUTN)
wlan0: CTRL-EVENT-EAP-FAILURE EAP authentication failed
------------------

This occurs because on the first EAP-SIM authentication, the SIM/USIM
card in the device was recognized as SIM card even if it is USIM card.

So this patch changes it to recognize as USIM card even if EAP-SIM
authentication was required.

I have tested these switching cases.
EAP-SIM -> EAP-AKA
EAP-SIM -> EAP-AKA'
EAP-AKA -> EAP-SIM
EAP-AKA -> EAP-AKA'
EAP-AKA' -> EAP-SIM
EAP-AKA' -> EAP-AKA

Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2013-08-31 16:11:48 +03:00
Sreenath Sharma
f2b3f4de49 P2P: Allow P2P functionality to be disabled per interface
By default, P2P is initialized for all driver interfaces and this makes
P2P getting initialized for non-P2P station interface if the supplicant
is started first on this interface. If an interface is dedicated for
non-P2P station mode, it is now possible to disable P2P initialization
by adding 'p2p_disabled=1' in the configuration file of non-P2P station
interface, irrespective of the order in which supplicant is started.

Signed-hostap: Sreenath Sharma <sreenats@broadcom.com>
2013-08-31 11:59:05 +03:00
Sreenath Sharma
43ee470494 P2P: Immediate group removal in GC in case of deauthentication
Right now in case of deauthentication from GO, immediate group removal will
happen in GC only if the deauthentication packet has a valid IE. However,
the IE in deauthentication packet is mandated only for managed P2P group.
So in normal P2P group the group removal is delayed and will happen later
only in group idle timeout.

This fixes a regression from commit
d7df0fa727 that changed the previous check
for data->deauth_info != NULL to data->deauth_info->ie != NULL.

Signed-hostap: Sreenath Sharma <sreenats@broadcom.com>
2013-08-31 11:11:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
add7add09d IBSS RSN: Add a timeout for Authentication frame exchange
It is possible for the peer device not to support Authentication frame
exchange even though this would be required functionality in the
standard. Furthermore, either Authentication frame may be lost. To
recover from cases where Authentication frame sequence 2 is not
received, start EAPOL Authenticator from one second timeout.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-27 16:26:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c1c0b35fea P2P: Postpone concurrent scans when waiting for first client as GO
Previously, concurrent station mode scans were postponed during an
ongoing P2P group formation up to the point of completed WPS
provisioning step. This would allow a scan to be started before the P2P
client has completed association for the data connection if a scan
request were timed to hit the window between the provisioning step and
the following association. Avoid this by extending P2P-in-progress state
to continue until the first data connection has been completed as part
of group formation. Use a ten second timeout for this to avoid leaving
scans disabled indefinitely if the client fails to connect completely.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-27 12:23:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6fb7b58fe4 IBSS RSN: Work around Data RX vs. Authentication RX race condition
It is possible for the driver to report EAPOL frame RX before
Authentication frame RX even if the frames arrived in the opposite
order. This can result in issues in cases where both IBSS peers initiate
Authentication frame exchange at about the same time and one of the
EAPOL sessions is started before processing Authentication frame seq=1
RX. Work around this by not re-initializing EAPOL state on
Authentication (SEQ=1) RX if own Authentication frame was transmitted
within last 500 ms.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-27 02:54:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
99d7c76294 P2P: Add more debug info on operating channel selection
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-26 14:08:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8d660e04e9 P2P: Add GO negotiation results into the P2P-GO-NEG-SUCCESS event
This provides status information about the negotiated group to
wpa_supplicant control interface monitors during group formation in a
form that is easier to use than having to fetch the information
separately.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-26 13:35:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2c6f8cf6c8 Replace perror() with wpa_printf(strerror) in ctrl_iface calls
This replaces number of perror() calls with wpa_printf() to get the
error messages embedded within rest of the debug messages in the same
stream instead of pushing these to stderr which may get directed to
another location.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-26 11:46:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e743db4309 IBSS RSN: Add IBSS-RSN-COMPLETED event message
This new control interface event message is used to indicate when
both 4-way handshakes have been completed with a new IBSS peer.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-25 23:09:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4c559019bd P2P: Add state info to global STATUS command
This can be used for debugging purposes to see what the current P2P
module state is.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-25 21:02:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ae8c27f79d Add STATUS command to global control interface
This provides global status information that is applicable to all
interfaces (e.g., P2P state). In addition, ifname/address pairs are
listed to get information of all the interfaces that are currently
managed through this wpa_supplicant instance.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-25 20:53:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
42868f1486 Add SAVE_CONFIG command to global control interface
This iterates through all interfaces and saves configuration file
updates for each interface that allows it (update_config=1).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-25 20:41:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1b9b31c153 Add SET command for global control interface
This allows global parameters to be set through the global control
interface without having to use IFNAME prefix. For now, this covers
only the wifi_display parameter.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-25 20:35:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
25a8f9e316 Clear EAPOL supplicant configuration info on current_ssid changes
There were some code paths that allowed obsolete configuration data
pointer to be maintained within EAPOL supplicant in case a network was
removed while not connection to it (i.e., wpa_s->current_ssid not
pointing to the network that was removed). This could result in use of
freed memory, e.g., from eap_sm_notify_ctrl_attached() when a new
control interface connected prior to the EAPOL supplicant configuration
pointer got updated.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-25 19:46:57 +03:00
Avraham Stern
973622cd44 wpa_supplicant: Fix AP mode frequency initialization
In AP mode the frequency was initialized only after trying to set up the
AP which caused failure. Move AP frequency initialization to the right
place. This allows an AP mode network block without the frequency
parameter to be used with the default channel 11 being selected in that
case.

Signed-hostap: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2013-08-25 11:24:29 +03:00
Ilan Peer
d99ca89d98 P2P: Skip non-P2P interface in p2p_group_remove *
When 'p2p_group_remove *' is called while the station interface
is connected, the flow also disconnects the station interface.
Fix this by skipping non-P2P interfaces in the iteration.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-08-25 11:17:14 +03:00
David Spinadel
239abaf2ab WPS: Set currently used RF band in RF Bands attribute
According to WSC specification (Ver 2.0.2, section 8.3), RF Bands
attribute should be set to the specific RF band used for the current
message. Add an option to set wanted band in wps_build_rf_bands() and
add a callback to get the current band from wpa_supplicant and hostapd.

Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2013-08-25 10:55:53 +03:00
Ilan Peer
e0591c3cfe wpa_supplicant: Reduce wait time for control interfaces
Reduce the wait time for the monitor control interfaces to get
messages on wpa_supplicant de-init etc., as this significantly delays
the shutdown of the wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-08-25 09:48:27 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
5046eb4e4d P2P: Allow separate interface GO to disconnect low-ack STAs
Propagate the disassoc_low_ack setting from the main P2P interface to
the group interface.

Signed-hostap: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
2013-08-25 09:28:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a235aca316 Fix DETACH command debug prints to avoid use of freed memory
In case a control interface socket is detached because of sendmsg()
failing for the socket, function call to detach the socket uses a
pointer to the socket information in the structure to be freed. Reorder
code to print socket info before freeing the data to avoid use of freed
memory in case debug prints are enabled.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-24 23:31:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8d6e035072 Make global UNIX socket non-blocking for ctrl_iface
This keeps wpa_supplicant from hanging forever if the other end of the
socket dies. This is similar to the earlier commit
4fdc8def88 to make the global control
interface befave in the same way.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-24 20:31:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86bd141050 Change WEP network selection to reject WPA/WPA2 APs
Previously, wpa_supplicant behavior in WEP configuration was to try to
mimic a device that is not aware of WPA/WPA2 and as such, it tried to
connect to a WPA/WPA2 AP with the assumption that the AP could be
providing support for both WEP and WPA/WPA2 stations in the same BSS.
Such APs could have been used during transition from WEP to more secure
options, but that type of deployment have not been used in large number
and are not really of much use anymore taken into account that more or
less all new devices support WPA/WPA2. That combined with the preference
to deprecate WEP justifies removing this use case and making WEP
networking matching more strict by using the knowledge of AP advertising
WPA/WPA2 as an indication of WEP not being supported.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-23 19:27:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e145e91e7 WPS: Fix failure path to allow WSC_NACK and EAP-Failure to be exchanged
Commit c7a67a7719 forced disconnection
when wpas_clear_wps() is called. Call this function from a registered
timeout when processing a failure event in order to allow the WPS
handshake to be completed with WSC_NACK and EAP-Failure.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-23 17:49:01 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
50396e29da WPS: Add PBC mode activated/disabled events
This makes it easier to track PBC state on the registrar.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-23 16:52:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
961750c1e8 WPS: Share a common function for error strings
This makes it easier to maintain the list of WPS_EI_* error values and
matching strings.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-23 16:32:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
85a6cdb571 Revert "P2P: Reject p2p_find while P2P connection is in progress"
This reverts commit ce970851af.

It turned out that this breaks lots of use cases where p2p_find is
issued while already in p2p_listen state. As such, we cannot reject
p2p_find this easily without checking for more specific cases.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-01 17:03:06 +03:00
Deepthi Gowri
ce970851af P2P: Reject p2p_find while P2P connection is in progress
Though p2p_find is not expected during ongoing P2P connection, it is
possible that any third party application issues a p2p_find resulting in
connection failure. Address this by rejecting any p2p_find command while
connection is in progress.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-01 15:39:47 +03:00
Wei-Jen Lin
a2ea8d64d1 P2P: Fix invalid remain-on-channel duration for frame TX
cfg80211 does not allow the zero duration of remain-on-channel. Instead,
use 20 ms as default waiting time when remain-on-channel is used to
schedule offchannel transmission that does not expect a response.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-07-31 23:22:04 +03:00
Sean Lin
cbf41ca796 P2P: Do not delay retries on failure during group formation
4-way handshake may fail under extremely noisy environment and if this
happens during P2P group formation, the 10 second extra delay added in
wpas_auth_failed() can result in running over the 15 second timeout.

Avoid this by skipping the delay mechanism in wpas_auth_failed() for the
P2P group formation case. The P2P formation timeout will take care of
stopping the attempts if the failure condition does not get resolved.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-07-31 23:09:34 +03:00
Ilan Peer
0d08efa447 P2P: Use the number of concurrent channels in P2P flows
Change the P2P flows to use the number of concurrent channels
supported by the device and the number of currently used channels
for the P2P flows.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2013-07-21 20:48:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a21816a933 Use wpa_drv_shared_freq() if get_radio_name() is not supported
Some driver interfaces may not support the get_radio_name() design and
get_shared_radio_freqs() needs to be aware of such possibility when
determining shared radio frequencies.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-07-21 20:48:09 +03:00
Ilan Peer
53c5dfc2c4 Change share_vif_oper_freq() to handle multiple freqs
There are devices that can operate several channels concurrently.
Change shared_vif_oper_freq() to get_shared_radio_freqs() that can
return an array of frequencies currently used by all the virtual
interfaces that share the same radio.

In addition, move it to wpa_supplicant.c, so it can be used by other
modules.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2013-07-21 20:03:53 +03:00
Ilan Peer
4752147d88 nl80211: Report the number of concurrent support channels
Previously, drivers only reported if they support multiple concurrent
channels, but did not report the maximum number of supported channels.
Add this reporting to the driver capabilities and add the implementation
to driver_nl80211.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2013-07-21 19:49:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d7df0fa727 Clean up wpa_supplicant_event() with deauth/disassoc helper functions
wpa_supplicant_event() has grown overly large, so it is useful to split
it into smaller pieces.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-07-21 16:40:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fd9f170098 Remove unnecessary nested ifdef CONFIG_AP
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-07-21 16:01:29 +03:00
Antonio Quartulli
13adc57b39 IBSS RSN: Add peer restart detection
To better support the IBSS/RSN mechanism, wpa_supplicant has to be able
to detect a possible peer reboot and in this case it should start a new
EAPOL handshake.

To perform such reboot detection wpa_supplicant has to perform an Open
Authentication by sending an Authentication frame and then replying to
it. IF an Authentication frame is received when the key have already
been exchanged, wpa_supplicant understands that the peer has rebooted
and can reset its state machine.

Whenever a new peer is added to the IBSS wpa_supplicant will start the
Open Authentication and only after having accomplished it will start the
key exchange. If the driver does not support Authentication frame
exchange initiated from user space, this step is skipped to maintain
previous behavior (just go through EAPOL-Key frame processing).

The Open Authentication was partly supported by the Linux kernel but now
wpa_supplicant can register for Authentication frames, handle it in
userspace and so avoid any possible race condition.

Signed-hostap: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
Signed-hostap: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
2013-07-21 15:56:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ec384c566a IBSS RSN: Fix disconnect() with internal SME
Commit 1aef400bf0 implemented IBSS RSN
disconnect() call using sta_deauth() in a way that resulted in NULL
pointer dereference in driver_nl80211.c if SME was in user space. Fix
this by passing the own MAC address in the sta_deauth call.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-07-21 15:21:38 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
4ed8d954dd TDLS: Tear down TDLS using wpas_drv_tlds_oper() if not external
When the device indicates to take care of TDLS operations the TDLS
setup is done calling wpas_drv_tdls_oper(). This patch does a similar
thing for the teardown. This fixes failure of teardown:

"TDLS: Could not find peer <mac> for link Teardown"

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-07-20 17:52:32 +03:00
Chengyi Zhao
831770bffe Cancel delayed scheduled scan when wpa_supplicant cleans up
Because a delayed scheduled scan will access the members of struct
wpa_supplicant which is freed and this can result in a crash,
wpa_supplicant needs to cancel delayed scheduled scan during cleanups.

Signed-hostap: Chengyi Zhao <chengyix.zhao@gmail.com>
2013-07-20 17:47:02 +03:00
Michal Kazior
c8ebeda406 wpa_supplicant: Add support for VHT BSS membership selector
This allows wpa_supplicant to associate to an AP that has VHT BSS
membership selector set to indicate VHT support is required for the BSS.

Without the patch it was impossible to connect to, e.g., hostapd-based
AP that has require_vht=1. wpa_supplicant was complaining with:
  hardware does not support required rate 63.0 Mbps

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2013-07-20 17:28:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1075b29571 P2P: Report group formation failure on error to start GO mode
There is no need to wait for the 15 second group formation timeout
before indicating P2P group formation failure if GO mode cannot be
started successfully for some reason.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-07-11 17:04:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b62b29ea87 Do not block on ctrl_iface monitor events
It looks like some of the global control interface cases ended up
blocking in sendmsg() when trying to send an event. Since this can block
all wpa_supplicant processing for multiple seconds, this is very
undesirable. Avoid this by requesting sendmsg() to return an error
rather than waiting for the message to be sent.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-07-11 17:04:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0b9d3b22c8 Interworking: Relax 3GPP info PLMN matching for MNC
3GPP TS 24.232 Annex A.3 allows network operator to advertise only two
digits of MNC even if MNC has three digits. Allow such matches in
network selection. In addition, allow three digit matches of MNC even if
MNC length was assumed to be two to avoid missing networks if MNC length
cannot be determined reliably. Remove the '-' separator from simulated
SIM/USIM cases to allow the new matching rules to work.

Fix the PLMN List information element parsing loop to use the length of
the PLMN List instead of the length of the full 3GPP Cellular Info to
avoid unexpected matches should a new element ever be added by 3GPP.

Finally, add more debug prints from PLMN matching to make the logs
easier to understand.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-07-08 16:53:05 +03:00
Junli Zhao
c7a67a7719 WPS: Disconnect when removing existing WPS network block
wpas_clear_wps() was just clearing the current wpa_s->current_ssid
pointer when removing a WPS network block which with the device was
associated. This could leave the association up even though the network
block had already been removed. Prevent this by explicitly disconnecting
from the network instead of such clearing current_ssid.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-07-08 12:09:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7e7610d788 EAP-EKE: Add peer implementation
This adds a new password-based EAP method defined in RFC 6124.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-07-07 20:30:10 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
06aeff5f8f dbus: Register the AutoScan method call at the right place
Signed-hostap: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2013-07-01 19:11:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
78f79fe5fc P2P: Do not add ctrl interface for P2P_DEVICE (p2p-dev-*)
Adding a new wpa_supplicant control interface for the dedicated
P2P_DEVICE would be quite confusing for programs that manage P2P
operations. Remove this control interface and require the global control
interface to be used since it will provide consistent interface for both
the new dedicated P2P_DEVICE (non-netdev) and old style P2P management
through a netdev.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-07-01 00:36:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1c42b42f6c P2P: Fix TDLS and l2_packet init without P2P Device interface
Commit c68f6200a7 made these calls
conditional on !p2p_mgmt, but forced p2p_mgmt=1 for cases where the
driver does not use the dedicated P2P Device. Fix this by making the
!p2p_mgmt condition apply only if the driver does indicate use of a
dedicated P2P Device.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-06-30 20:02:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9e6a321815 Fix non-P2P build after the P2P_DEVICE changes
Commit c68f6200a7 added a call to a
function that exists only for P2P builds. Fix that with #ifdef
CONFIG_P2P.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-06-30 13:19:59 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
2e5ba4b6d1 P2P: Derive group interface name bit more sensibly
The interface name for the P2P group interface is derived from the
P2P management interface. When the P2P management interface is a
P2P Device interface, i.e., p2p-dev-wlanX, the name for the group
interface is abbreviated to p2p-X (X being group index). When the
P2P management interface starts with p2p-dev- use its postfix
instead. So P2P management interface p2p-dev-wlan3 results in group
interface name p2p-wlan3-0.

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-30 10:50:14 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
c68f6200a7 P2P: Create P2P Device interface if supported
If the capability flag of the driver indicates a dedicated P2P Device is
supported, a P2P Device interface is created.

Create the P2P Device in main interface creation loop when the added
interface flags support and P2P supplicant is not yet initialized
avoiding recursion of add_interface.

Do not register l2_packet for P2P Device interface (both for EAPOL and
for TDLS).

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-30 10:50:14 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
bb4028f165 P2P: Ignore p2p_no_group_iface when driver advertizes P2P_DEVICE support
Setting p2p_no_group_iface means 'use P2P management interface as P2P
connection interface' because it attempts to change the interface type.
The P2P_DEVICE is a dedicated interface and can not be changed. As such
ignore the configuration option.

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-30 10:50:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
080585c01a Add support for OCSP stapling to validate server certificate
When using OpenSSL with TLS-based EAP methods, wpa_supplicant can now be
configured to use OCSP stapling (TLS certificate status request) with
ocsp=1 network block parameter. ocsp=2 can be used to require valid OCSP
response before connection is allowed to continue.

hostapd as EAP server can be configured to return cached OCSP response
using the new ocsp_stapling_response parameter and an external mechanism
for updating the response data (e.g., "openssl ocsp ..." command).

This allows wpa_supplicant to verify that the server certificate has not
been revoked as part of the EAP-TLS/PEAP/TTLS/FAST handshake before
actual data connection has been established (i.e., when a CRL could not
be fetched even if a distribution point were specified).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-06-30 01:01:15 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
72950ed240 P2P: Remove a call to wpas_p2p_deinit_global()
In wpa_supplicant_deinit(), the function wpas_p2p_deinit_global()
was called. Remove it as it will be called from wpas_deinit_iface()
upon removal of the P2P management interface.

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-25 13:56:28 +03:00
Chengyi Zhao
8a901d750b D-Bus: Emit signal when a station is authorized or deauthorized
Add "StaAuthorized" and "StaDeauthorized" D-Bus interface in AP mode.
After enabling the AP mode of wpa_supplicant, the other process need to
get the MAC address and authorization status of every station, so
wpa_supplicant emits signal when the station is authorized or
deauthorized.

Signed-hostap: Chengyi Zhao <chengyix.zhao@gmail.com>
2013-06-22 12:09:09 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
9578329874 Add AVG_RSSI report in signal_poll
Add AVG_RSSI report to the signal_poll command if it is reported by
the kernel.

Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-06-22 12:01:05 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
2cc8d8f4e8 Add bandwidth and center freq info to signal_poll
Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-06-22 12:00:46 +03:00
Alexander Bondar
1e0e943e19 Remove 802.11b rates only in case of P2P group operation
11b rates removal have had impact on SoftAP functionality in
wpa_supplicant. This patch verifies that only in case of P2P group
operation 11b rates will be eliminated. Refer also to commit
4c2c302893.

Signed-hostap: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-06-22 11:28:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ec7b97ab00 Interworking: Add support for using eap_proxy offload
Fetch IMSI through eap_proxy for Interworking network selection if
needed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-06-19 18:42:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
aa20e1a1fb Remove CONFIG_NO_WPA2 build parameter
There is not much use for enabling WPA without WPA2 nowadays since most
networks have been upgraded to WPA2. Furthermore, the code size savings
from disabling just WPA2 are pretty small, so there is not much
justification for maintaining this build option. Remove it to get rid of
undesired complexity.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-06-07 20:13:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5d5c4ee5e0 Remove compiler warnings with CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-06-07 20:04:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9aaa6955a8 Remove compiler warnings if TDLS is enabled without WPA2
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-06-07 20:04:12 +03:00
Bharat Bhushan
1aef400bf0 IBSS RSN: Implement disconnect() callback using sta_deauth()
This allows driver wrappers to implement disconnection of IBSS peers in
cases operations, e.g., GTK update, fail.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-06-07 13:07:17 +03:00
Wei-Jen Lin
4abc0424ef P2P: Automatic channel selection at re-invocation of persistent GO
If the driver wrapper supports best operation channel indication, the
p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5) to
indicate that the re-invoked persistent GO is to be started on the
specified band.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-06-05 02:06:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e78aaca0da Stop TKIP countermeasures on FLUSH command
This is needed to get wpa_supplicant into clean state during testing if
a test case triggers countermeasures.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-24 16:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
376204934d wpa_cli: Support tab completion with ifname= prefix
Enable tab completion for the cases where ifname= prefix is used in
interactive mode by skipping over that prefix before running through the
per-command completion routines. The ifname= prefix itself is also
covered by adding the possible interface names to the command list.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-23 20:35:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
13b11ba702 wpa_cli: Allow IFNAME= prefix to be used
Strip out the IFNAME=<ifname> prefix from commands before parsing them
through the normal processing and then add the prefix back to the
beginning of the actual control interface command to make per-interface
commands work through the global control interface without having to use
the 'raw' command.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-23 20:04:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ae8535b6e1 WNM: Make ESS Disassoc Imminent event more convenient to use
Define a proper event prefix and include additional information to allow
ESS Dissassociation Imminent event to be used in a wpa_cli action
script.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-23 16:51:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6df634faf9 WNM: Do not reject ESS Disassoc Imminent
This indication is not expected to include candidates, so do not reject
it based on that.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-23 16:50:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7b53acd395 WNM: Use defines for BSS Trans Mgmt field values
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-23 16:50:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dad153d16b Try to use fast-associate on ENABLE_NETWORK
This makes ENABLE_NETWORK behave similarily to SELECT_NETWORK by
allowing a scan to be skipped if recent scan results are available.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-22 16:10:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b06800170a Fix already-associated detection with driver-based BSS selection
wpa_s->pending_bssid is all zeros during connection attempt when
driver-based BSS selection is used. Take this into account when
determining whether new scan results should trigger a connection based
on wpa_s->current_ssid, i.e., a connection attempt with the selected
network instead of selected BSS.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-22 16:10:59 +03:00
Sean Lin
72728c6fa8 P2P: Relax channel forcing for invitation processing with MCC support
When STA interface is connected and P2P interface gets invited in a
different channel from previous P2P group, the invitiation would fail
because of no common channel found. Fix this by using different logic
when device support multi channel concurrency.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-22 13:29:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f65f539d9a GAS: Reduce query timeout to two seconds
The five second timeout for GAS queries is excessive and can result in
long waits in cases where APs are either misconfigured or frames are
lost.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-20 11:09:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7a56af545a GAS: Assign new dialog token even if previous one is free
This makes the design more robust against unexpected duplicates since
each new GAS exchange gets a different dialog token compared to the
previous one.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-20 11:09:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9e1ecab1c5 GAS: Ignore replays if previous frag_id without dropping GAS session
It looks like it may be possible for an older GAS response to get retransmitted
even after the first copy has been processed. While this should not really come
up all the way to wpa_supplicant due to sequence number being same (i.e.,
duplicate detection should from the frame), some cases have been observed where
this did cause issues. Drop such a frame silently without dropping the ongoing
GAS session to allow a frame with the next frag_id to be processed after this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-20 11:08:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fa7ae9501b Add test code for fetching the last configured GTK
This can be useful for some test cases, so allow wpa_supplicant to be
built with special test functionality to expose the current (last
configured) GTK. This is disabled by default and can be enabled by
adding following line into .config:
CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_TESTING_GET_GTK

The GTK can then be fetched with "wpa_cli get gtk".

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-20 11:00:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
576bce9c86 P2P: Direct global ctrl_iface commands automatically for P2P
The P2P management operations like P2P_FIND and P2P_CONNECT are not
really specific to any network interface. These are P2P Device level
operations that are in more global device context. Allow those to be
sent through the global control interface without IFNAME parameter.

For now, these commands are directed within wpa_supplicant to the
network interface that initialized the global P2P context. This may
change in the future if a special context is added for P2P operations.
Anyway, such changes can now be done internally within wpa_supplicant
without affecting this global control interface design from external
view point.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 19:41:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c4bf83a723 P2P: No duplicate AP-STA-CONNECTED/DISCONNECTED as global event
These events are sent as a special case to both the group interface and
"parent interface" (i.e., the interface that was used for managing P2P
negotiation). The latter is not really correct event, so get rid of it
with the new global control interface design where there is no need to
support legacy upper layer implementations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 19:18:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
92c4465b75 P2P: Mark P2P events global (not specific to interface)
This removes the "IFNAME=<ifname> " prefix from P2P events that are
received through the global control interface since these events are not
really specific to any network interface, but the full device.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 18:59:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ed496f131f P2P: Clean up debug prints
Replace direct wpa_msg() calls with p2p_dbg(), p2p_info(), and p2p_err()
calls that use a new debug_print() callback to handle actual debug
printing outside the P2P module.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 18:47:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
710ae9ac1f P2P: Move p2p_find stopped event message into p2p_supplicant.c
This removes wpa_ctrl.h dependency from src/p2p/* and makes the P2P
events more consistent, i.e., everything that is aimed for upper layer
processing from the wpa_supplicant control interfaces is generated in
p2p_supplicant.c.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 16:06:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
47bfe49c31 Add wpa_msg_global() for global events
This function can be used instead of wpa_msg() and wpa_msg_ctrl() to
indicate that an event is not specific to a network interface.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 14:19:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
214e428b42 Allow global ctrl_iface monitors
The ATTACH/DETACH mechanism to request event messages from
wpa_supplicant can now be used through the global control interface,
too. This results in events from all interfaces being delivered through
a single monitor socket. "IFNAME=<ifname> " prefix is used on events
that are specific to an interface.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 14:07:28 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
89c7ac570b wpa_cli: Set buffer length the same as in wpa_supplicant_ctrl_iface_process()
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-05-18 12:21:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
faf9a8585d Add band option (2.4 vs. 5) for filtering scans
This can be used to implement filtering of channels for scan and based
on that, for connection, purposes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-18 12:17:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b83b1b2da8 Android: Clarify keystore include directories
This updates hostapd to build using the new keystore header file
location and adds a note that the old frameworks/base/cmds/keystore can
be removed at some point in the future when old Android releases do not
need to be supported.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 12:03:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d2a9e2c76d Abstract and Android sockets for global ctrl_iface
The wpa_supplicant global control interface parameter can now be used to
explicitly specify an abstract UNIX domain socket (Linux specific
extension) with "@abstract:" prefix and an Android control socket with
"@android:" prefix.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 11:42:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6fd5ceaf70 wpa_cli: Allow global interface to be used in interactive mode
This is mostly a corner case at this point, but if wpa_cli was started
with global control interface connection (-g) and interactive mode,
per-interface control interface was tried to be opened with the
previously opened global ctrl_iface connection gettign leaked.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 11:40:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2925756575 wpa_supplicant: Add -G argument to specify global ctrl group
The optional -G<group> command line argument can be used to specify the
group that can access the global control interface.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 11:00:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cf3bebf28c Allow global ctrl_iface to be used for per-interface commands
"IFNAME=<ifname> " prefix can now be used on the wpa_supplicant global
control interface to direct a command to a specific interface instead of
having to use an interface specific control interface for this. This
allows a single socket to be used for controlling multiple virtual
interfaces.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 10:19:38 +03:00
Suryadevara Sudheer
c6ccf12d3f P2P: Use preferred channel list during GO creation
This extends support for p2p_pref_Chan configuration parameter for
autonomous GO creation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-17 11:27:02 +03:00
Yufeng Wang
010b5f9bfc P2P: Fix p2p_pref_chan setting from configuration file
Commit 21d996f775 added p2p_pref_chan as a
configuration file parameter, but included only the case of dynamically
setting this at runtime through the control interface SET command.
Complete this functionality by taking this value into use directly from
the configuration file, too.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-17 11:03:52 +03:00
Daniel Gnoutcheff
d7692b8d1c dbus: Terminate cleanly on messagebus shutdown
By default, dbus_connection_dispatch() will call _exit() if the bus
connection has been closed. This caused wpa_supplicant to terminate
without properly cleaning up after itself.

To ensure that we terminate cleanly when the messagebus terminates,
override the exit_on_disconnect behavior and install a filter to handle
libdbus's "Disconnected" signal.

[Bug 474]

Signed-hostap: Daniel Gnoutcheff <daniel@gnoutcheff.name>
2013-05-16 20:47:28 +03:00
Vinayak Kamath
e2396a684e WNM: Enable CONFIG_WNM in Android.mk
Signed-hostap: Vinayak Kamath <vkamat@codeaurora.org>
2013-05-16 17:51:18 +03:00
Vinayak Kamath
65bcd0a92d WNM: Add sending of BSS Transition Management Query
The new control interface command can be used to send a
BSS Transition Management Query frame to the current AP.

Signed-hostap: Vinayak Kamath <vkamat@codeaurora.org>
2013-05-16 17:50:31 +03:00
Vinayak Kamath
e27d20bb68 WNM: Add neighbor report processing for BSS Transition Management
Process the neighbor report received in BSS Management Request frames.

Signed-hostap: Vinayak Kamath <vkamat@codeaurora.org>
2013-05-16 17:48:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f3e907a745 WPS: Clear connection failure counts on WPS success
The WPS provisioning case does not result in successful connection by
design and as such, this can result in networks getting temporarily
disabled. Avoid this by clearing the failure counts on WPS success.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-15 17:33:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
170f5663dc WPS NFC: Connect using learnt credential after NFC Tag read
Instead of just adding the new network, prefer the network learnt from a
configuration token during the first connection attempt. This makes the
WPS NFC case behave similarly to the in-band provisioning cases if there
are more preferred networks in the scan results.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-15 16:46:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e679f140b9 Mark interface disconnected on removal request
This cleans up debug log by not trying to process the disconnection
event as a failure that could result in blacklist addition and auto
connect attempt. These are pointless operations since the interface is
going to removed immediately after this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-12 19:18:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3636b891b7 Do not try auto connect mechanism in disconnected state
This cleans up debug log by not requesting the auto connect on
dissassociation event if we are already in disconnected state and would
not try to connect anyway.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-12 19:18:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0cdb93fe9f Do not add BSS to blacklist on local disconnection request
There is no point in marking a BSS temporarily blacklisted based on a
connection failure or disconnection case if that happens as a result of
a local request to disconnect. The blacklist entry could result on
unexpected BSS getting selected on the next connection attempt. In
addition, the code to try to find another BSS within the ESS could
result in scanning a single channel on the next attempt. Fix these
issues by handling the connection failure events only if we are not in
disconnected state (i.e., would try to reconnect after this
automatically).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-12 19:18:55 +03:00
Deepthi Gowri
36b9883d84 Defer scan if connection is in progress on any of the shared interfaces
Scanning can delay concurrent operations considerably, so it is better
to avoid that while trying to connect on any of the virtual interfaces
that share the same radio.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-10 16:10:50 +03:00
Ben Greear
6124e858fd wpa_supplicant: Allow vifs to scan only current channel
If a VIF is already associated, then only scan on the associated
frequency if user requests such. This is a big help when using
lots of virtual stations.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2013-05-09 12:43:40 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
893a0a558c systemd: Fix systemd interface alias
In the systemd interface templated the alias entry was specified
with wlan0 hard coded. Changing it to %i in this patch. [Bug 477]

Reported-by: zg <ml@mail.tsaitgaist.info>
Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-05-09 11:25:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6ea1f4135b Try to set WPA-None key after IBSS-joined event
cfg80211 rejects the set_key operations before the IBSS network has been
fully formed, so add one more attempt to set the key for WPA-None at
IBSS joined driver event.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-07 18:14:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
66562e9c75 Use cached driver capabilities instead of new fetch for each operation
There is no need to repeat the driver capability fetch for each
operation since we already cache driver flags in wpa_s->drv_flags.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-07 17:36:40 +03:00
Sheng Fang
4aa8186806 Add a configration parameter for sched_scan interval
The new sched_scan_interval parameter can be used to set the default
sched_scan interval, e.g., for power saving purposes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-07 12:41:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f11b72c3e9 TDLS: Move AID=1 workaround into driver_nl80211.c
The use of AID=1 for the nl80211 dummy STA case is specific to the
driver (cfg80211), so better move this into the driver wrapper instead
of generic TDLS implementation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-06 15:57:03 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
785336998d TDLS: Pass peer's AID information to kernel
The information of the peer's AID is required for the driver to
construct partial AID in VHT PPDU's. Pass this information to the driver
during add/set station operations (well, as soon as the information is
available, i.e., with set station operation currently).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-06 15:47:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
55a2df4389 HS 2.0: Include HS 2.0 Indication element only for HS 2.0 association
The Hotspot 2.0 specification seems to mandate this element to be
included in all (Re)Association Request frames if the station is Hotspot
2.0 capable. However, that results in conflicts with other requirements
like no TKIP use when this element is present. The design is really
supposed to include the indication element only for Hotspot 2.0
associations regardless of what the current specification implies.
Remove the HS 2.0 Indication element from (Re)Association Request frame
whenever the connection is not for Hotspot 2.0 purposes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-05 16:29:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9be371437e wpa_cli: Fetch the current BSSID list when starting interactive mode
This makes tab completion work better in cases where wpa_cli is started
after wpa_supplicant has already discovered BSSes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-05 12:38:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
69aa33411e wpa_cli: Add BSSID tab completion for set bssid_filter
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-05 12:20:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
215658726f wpa_cli: Replace set command help with completion routine
The old help text did not include most of the parameters and as such,
was not really helpful. Replace it with tab completion function that
includes more or less all available parameters.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-05 12:18:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f1fb042cec wpa_cli: Allow space in the set command value
Previously, interactive mode could not be used to enter space-separated
lists with the set command. This removes that restriction and allows
such commands to be encoded properly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-05 11:53:20 +03:00
Ben Greear
f5ffc348dc wpa_supplicant: Allow global scan frequencies configuration
This allows one to limit the channels that wpa_supplicant will
scan. This is a useful addition to the freq_list configurable
in the network {} section.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2013-05-05 11:46:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
abfc3ad9af Synchronize build config comments for wpa_supplicant
This updates number of comments in android.config to match the latest
version in defconfig and adds some of the entries that were previously
present only in android.config into defconfig.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-04 20:19:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a01e10da68 Android: Enable WPS ER and NFC support in the build
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-04 20:19:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0f105f9e5f HS 2.0: Move Probe Request Indication IE addition to proper place
This needs to be in wpa_supplicant_extra_ies() to get consistent
behavior for both scan and sched_scan cases.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-04 11:57:56 +03:00
Ilan Peer
41b1a76a96 P2P: Clone beacon_int when initializing new group interface
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-05-04 11:25:29 +03:00
Vinayak Kamath
741ed9fc25 WPS: Remove duplicate networks after WPS
Each attempt to connect to the same network using WPS would result
in the duplicate configuration getting added. Avoid such redundant
additions by comparing the network configuration with an already
existing one and remove the older network if the new credential
provisioned through WPS is identical.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-04-30 13:35:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b57b560034 wpa_supplicant: Default to nl80211 instead of wext
nl80211 has obsoleted WEXT as the preferred kernel interface for
controlling wireless drivers. Update wpa_supplicant driver interface
list order so that nl80211 gets used first if both nl80211 and wext
interfaces are included in the build. In addition, update README to
reflect the fact that WEXT is obsolete.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-04-29 16:55:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a8a7890d7c Clear extra_blacklist_count on FLUSH command
This is needed to avoid old blacklist failure counts from being valid
after state flush.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-28 22:35:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5e24dc8a4b Add dup_binstr() to help common binary string tasks
There are quite a few places in the current implementation where a nul
terminated string is generated from binary data. Add a helper function
to simplify the code a bit.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-27 23:44:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
04382f7d6f NFC: Add no waiting and no multiple operations options for scripts
The nfcpy script used to be run in a way that left them running for
multiple operations. This is not desired for some use cases, so provide
options to request only a single operation to be performed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-04-27 22:15:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
28fcfb67c0 NFC: Increase wpa_cli command buffer size
NFC connection handover messages may be longer than 100 octets, so
increase wpa_cli buffer size to allow longer messages to be reported.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-04-27 22:14:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e864c0aefe Use a common frequency to channel conversion function
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-27 22:11:51 +03:00
Deepthi Gowri
02db75b6c2 FT: Reset FT flag upon STA deauthentication
Reset ft_completed if STA receives deauthentication
between FT reassoc success and the subsequent initial
mobility authentication and association.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-04-26 17:56:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dd57970477 Disable network temporarily on repeated connection failures
Previously, only explicit indications of authentication failures were
used to disable a network block temporarily. Extend this to use multiple
failed connection attempts as a sign of a possible authentication or
authorization failure to reduce the frequency of connection attempts
with a network that does not seem to allow connection.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-04-25 17:28:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
06b7f58def RSN: Update preauth scan results only based on new scan results
The fast-connect optimization to skip a new scan did not update how the
RSN preauthentication callback is used. There is no point in trying to
add preauthentication candidates from cases where scan was skipped, so
skip this call, too, in such cases.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-23 18:24:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
18e00b5e4d Move wpa_s freeing into wpa_supplicant_deinit_iface()
All wpa_supplicant_deinit_iface() callers ended up freeing wpa_s
immediately after this call. Move os_free(wpa_s) into the deinit
function to share the same call and make the deinit sequence clearer.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-23 18:07:41 +03:00
Paul Stewart
754632c965 dbus_new: Add EAP logon/logoff
Add "EAPLogoff" and "EAPLogon" interface DBus commands which
parallel the "logoff" and "logon" wpa_ctrl commands which terminate
and restart EAP authentication.  Slightly enhance the "logon" case
by expiring any running "startWhile" timer.

Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2013-04-23 17:57:55 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
e6304cad47 wpa_supplicant: Add option -I for additional config file
This option can be used only for global parameters that are not going
to be changed from settings.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Iliyan Malchev <malchev@google.com>
2013-04-23 17:38:57 +03:00
Bruno Randolf
060605226f wpa_supplicant: Add get_capability freq
Add "get_capability freq" command to print a more verbose list of
channels and frequencies in MHz. The tag "NO_IBSS" is added, if IBSS
mode is not allowed on a channel. This allows userspace programs to get
the frequencies and limitations associated with each channel.

This extends the information already provided in "get_capability
channels" but a new interface is chosen because of backwards
compatibility considerations.

Signed-hostap: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
2013-04-23 16:55:54 +03:00
Chris Hessing
c7a39ba4e1 Provide TLS alerts to CLI/UI over control interface
Harmonize EAP status events over control interface to provide same
functionality as existing D-Bus callback.

Signed-hostap: Chris Hessing <chris.hessing@cloudpath.net>
2013-04-23 16:46:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2a07a276ec P2P: Increase GTK rekeying period to 24 hours
Strong ciphers do not need frequent rekeying, so increase the default
GTK rekeying period to 24 hours.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-23 14:11:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
88c8bf311e WPS NFC: Allow configuration token to be built from network block
"WPS_NFC_CONFIG_TOKEN <WPS/NDEF> <network id>" can now be used to build
an NFC configuration token from a locally configured network.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-01 21:28:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e205401c72 WPS ER: Allow Enrollee to be specified with MAC address
wps_er_pbc and wps_er_pin can now be used with both the UUID and MAC
Address of the Enrollee.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-01 20:52:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c44a19c1f9 WPS ER: Document additional NFC command for ER operations
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-01 20:36:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
59307b3007 WPS ER: Allow AP to be specified with BSSID
This extends the WPS ER commands that previously accepted only UUID as
an identifier for an AP to use either UUID or BSSID for this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-01 20:32:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5c9d63d46f WPS: Be more careful with pre-configured DH parameters
Make the implementation more robust against error cases with
pre-configured DH parameters.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-01 19:27:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
17b8995cf5 Interworking: Try to use same BSS entry for storing GAS results
There may be cases where multiple BSS entries for a single BSSID are in
the table. This is mostly in automated test cases due to the AP
configuration changes, but something similar could potentially happen as
a corner case in more realistic networks, too, e.g., when an AP changes
its operating channel. Make network selection more robust by trying to
find the exact BSS entry instead of any BSS entry with a matching BSSID
when storing GAS/ANQP response.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-01 11:44:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3db5439a5f Optimize Extended Capabilities element to be of minimal length
Leave out zero octets from the end of the element.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-31 21:58:17 +03:00
Johannes Berg
8cd6b7bce8 hostapd/wpa_s: Use driver's extended capabilities
Some extended capabilities (I'm currently interested in "Operating Mode
Notification" for VHT) are implemented by the kernel driver and exported
in nl80211. Use these in hostapd/wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-31 21:51:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
acb546436a Add ctrl_iface command FLUSH for clearing wpa_supplicant state
This is mainly for testing purposes where it is convenient to have an
easy way of getting wpa_supplicant state cleared between test cases.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-31 20:31:07 +03:00
Masashi Honma
97236cee6a WPS: Skip rescanning after provisioning if AP was configured
If WPS provisioning step is completed with an AP that is in WPS
configured state, we can skip a second scan after the provisioning step
since the AP is unlikely to change its configuration in such a case.
This can speed up WPS connection a bit by removing an unneeded scan.

Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2013-03-31 20:06:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4342326fc7 Add ignore_old_scan_res configuration parameter
This can be used to configure wpa_supplicant to ignore old scan results
from the driver cache in cases where such results were not updated after
the scan trigger from wpa_supplicant. This can be useful in some cases
where the driver may cache information for a significant time and the AP
configuration is changing. Many such cases are for testing scripts, but
this could potentially be useful for some WPS use cases, too.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-31 18:05:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9599ccc2dd WPS: Clear after_wps on new WPS connection
The after_wps counter could have potentially be left in its old non-zero
value in some WPS sequences which could result in a single-channel scan
being used based on obsolete information. Clear after_wps in
wpas_wps_reassoc() to make sure this does not happen.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-31 18:05:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
702621e6dd WPS: Use latest updated BSS entry if multiple BSSID matches found
If the AP (P2P GO) has changes its channel of SSID recently, the BSS
table may have multiple entries for a BSSID. Select the one which was
most recently updated for WPS/P2P operations in such case to increase
the likelihood of using current information.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-31 18:05:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2f9b66d3ab Extend ROAM command to handle multiple SSIDs per BSS
Select the BSS entry based on BSSID,SSID pairs instead of just BSSID to
avoid selecting an unexpected SSID for the ROAM command.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-30 11:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ef8151ac57 P2P: Write p2p_ignore_shared_freq to configuration file on updates
Commit b277a2bebc added a new global
configuration parameter, but forgot to update configuration file saving
to store this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-26 22:24:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
18a2eaabe3 Add ap_vendor_elements for wpa_supplicant AP/P2P GO mode
This new parameter allows wpa_supplicant AP mode operations to use
similar design to the vendor_elements parameter in hostapd to add
vendor_elements into Beacon/Probe Response IE parameters.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-21 15:52:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
407be00b6c P2P: Postpone P2P scan only if station mode scan is pending
sta_scan_pending was supposed to be accurate enough for determining
whether a P2P scan needs to be postponed. However, it has turned out
that there were cases where sta_scan_pending was not cleared properly.
While the known cases have now been addressed, it is possible that some
other cases may still exist. To avoid issues with P2P operationg getting
stuck, verify more carefully that there is a real pending station mode
scan (either in progress or scheduled to be requested).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-18 17:32:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cfd31b5026 Use special scan result processing steps only on requesting interface
Scan result events are shared between all virtual interfaces sharing the
same radio. However, some of the steps are not really appropriate on
virtual interfaces that did not issue the scan request. Fix this by
making these steps conditional on the scan results being processed on
the interface that requested them.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-18 17:32:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b1cd021e29 P2P: Re-start P2P operation if station mode scanning is stopped
There were couple of code paths that could end up stopping station mode
scanning without clearing sta_scan_pending. This could result in P2P
search getting stuck waiting for completion of station mode scan which
would never show up. Fix this by calling wpas_p2p_continue_after_scan()
in cases where station mode scans are stopped. This allows
sta_scan_pending to be cleared and P2P search operation continued.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-18 17:32:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f85f545e71 P2P: Use common function for re-starting P2P scan after station scan
Make the implementation more consistent and cleaner by using a single
function for addressing all the cases where completion of a station mode
scan operation allows a P2P operation (search) to be re-started.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-18 17:32:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
095da179de Android: Enable WNM in the build
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-17 20:19:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ce9283a401 Android: Use CONFIG_WNM mode consistently
Replace CONFIG_IEEE80211V with CONFIG_WNM to get more consistent build
options for WNM-Sleep Mode operations. This is similar to the Makefile
change in commit ad3872a372.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-17 20:13:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
69586aa312 Android: Fix CONFIG_WNM use in Android.mk
This code was within ifdef CONFIG_AP and did not get included unless
AP mode support was also enabled. This is similar to the Makefile
change in commit 2dfb9a447c.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-17 20:10:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3b335329b9 Android: Update Android.mk based on Makefile changes
This brings the Android makefiles a bit closer to the Makefile changes
that had been missed in the past.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-17 20:08:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c3aa4da94d Convert WPS NFC python scripts from using wpactrl to wpaspy
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-16 21:47:10 +02:00
Partha Narasimhan
b2a12c4f93 wpa_supplicant: Fix lookup of cached PMKSA
This fixes the lookup of a usable PMKSA entry in the cache. Using
wpa_s->current_ssid often returns nothing when a usable PMKSA exists in
the cache since wpa_s->current_ssid does not necessarily point to the
correct network entry at this point in time (prior to association).

Signed-hostap: Partha Narasimhan <parthan@gmail.com>
2013-03-16 12:45:31 +02:00
Bruno Randolf
65d52fc103 Add capability flag for IBSS and add get_capability modes
Add a driver capability flag for drivers which support IBSS mode and set
it for nl80211 drivers which have set the NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC.

Add a new option "modes" to "get_capability" which will return "AP" and
"IBSS" if the corresponding capability flags are set.

The idea is that this can be used for UIs to find out if the driver
supports IBSS mode.

Signed-hostap: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
2013-03-16 12:42:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
21f01a8e3d Fix build with CONFIG_NO_CONFIG_BLOBS
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-16 12:20:21 +02:00
Solomon Peachy
7d37a357fa Fix build without CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE or CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG
Signed-off-by: Solomon Peachy <pizza@shaftnet.org>
2013-03-16 12:07:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dbca75f82a P2P: Remove persistent group peer if it rejects invitation
If a peer replies to persistent group invitation with status code 8
(unknown group), remove the peer from the p2p_client_list if we are the
GO or remove the persistent group if we are the P2P client since it
looks like that the peer has dropped persistent group credentials and
the provisioning step needs to be executed again.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-15 16:43:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b277a2bebc P2P: Allow shared interface channel preference to be ignored
p2p_ignore_shared_freq=1 in the configuration file (or "SET
p2p_ignore_shared_freq 1" on control interface) can now be used to
configure wpa_supplicant to ignore the preference on shared operating
channel when the driver support multi-channel concurrency. The default
behavior is to try to start any new P2P group on an operating channel
that is already in use on another virtual interface to avoid extra cost
from hopping between multiple channels. If this new parameter is set to
1, such preference is not used and instead, the channel for the new P2P
group is selected based on other preferences while ignoring operating
channels of any concurrent connection.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-14 16:32:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6cb27aa85f P2P: Fix shared frequency preference for concurrent operations
Commit 50285f5ca8 changed number of rules
in channel selection and among other things, it broke the design where
the currently used operating channel on a virtual interface that is
shared by the same radio is preferred to avoid costs related to
multi-channel concurrency. Fix this regression by making the P2P module
aware of the shared channel and using that preference as the highest
priority when re-selecting the channel during negotiation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-14 16:26:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a70a52c316 P2P: Allow all channels for multi-channel concurrency (no negotiation)
Commit 79879f4ae8 enabled all channels to
be used when negotiating channel with a driver that supports
multi-channel concurrency. Extend that to cover cases where the channel
is not being negotiated (e.g., p2p_group_add to start a GO).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-14 15:38:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b6714ca1bb Fix compiler warning when CONFIG_IEEE80211R is not included
Commit 6a1ce39599 moved the bssid
variable declaration to be outside CONFIG_IEEE80211R block and
triggered a compiler warning about unused variable.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-13 12:40:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94d7acf3df WPS NFC: Fix build without CONFIG_WPS_ER
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-13 00:02:52 +02:00
Deepthi Gowri
ee9a95c34e Android: Enable IEEE 802.11r in wpa_supplicant builds
Signed-off-by: Deepthi Gowri <deepthi@codeaurora.org>
2013-03-12 20:09:41 +02:00
Deepthi Gowri
6a1ce39599 FT: Add support for IEEE 802.11r with driver-based SME
Add NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES to support update of FT IEs to the
WLAN driver. Add NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT to send FT event from the
WLAN driver. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to
report received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).

Signed-off-by: Deepthi Gowri <deepthi@codeaurora.org>
2013-03-12 20:08:53 +02:00
Vivek Natarajan
c9c77083b3 P2P: Clear p2p_in_provisioning flag on group removal
Commit 77dfafd07d cancels group formation
timeout on group removal case but failed to reset the
p2p_in_provisioning flag. This can lead to repeated p2p_find failures if
the group gets removed before completion of the WPS provisioning step
(e.g., GO tears down the group). Fix this by clearing
p2p_pin_provisioning when cancelling group formation.

Signed-hostap: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-11 20:47:24 +02:00
Chet Lanctot
9210bea172 Android: Enable IEEE 802.11w support in the build
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-11 13:52:13 +02:00
Chet Lanctot
3ee9ade6cf Allow SME SA Query to be used by all drivers
The unprotected disconnection events were previously processed only for
drivers that used the wpa_supplicant SME implementation (separate
authentication and association commands). However, this can be useful
for drivers that use the connect API, so remove the limitation and allow
the same IEEE 802.11w SA Query mechanism to be used even without full
use of the wpa_supplicant SME.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-11 13:49:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5139008b51 Android: Sync makefile changes for HT/VHT overrides
CONFIG_HT_OVERRIDES and CONFIG_VHT_OVERRIDES were already mentioned in
android.config, but Android.mk did not yet know about them.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-10 18:05:40 +02:00
Johannes Berg
e9ee8dc394 wpa_supplicant: Support VHT capability overrides
Add support for VHT capability overrides to allow testing connections
with a subset of the VHT capabilities that are actually supported by
the device. The only thing that isn't currently supported (by mac80211
and this code) is the RX/TX highest rate field.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-10 18:04:39 +02:00
Johannes Berg
eae3a584f5 wpa_supplicant: Parse int values in different bases and reject invalid
Instead of using atoi(), use strtol() which allows checking if
the configuration values are valid integers and can understand
more than just decimal (also hexadecimal and octal). This not
only allows specifying some fields in hex (which can be useful)
but also rejecting invalid configurations, e.g.,
        disassoc_low_ack=27 * 2
which was previously read as just 27.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-10 17:55:24 +02:00
David Spinadel
725fc39e07 wpa_supplicant: Reschedule sched scan after network change
Stop sched scan, if running, after any disabling or removing of
a network, and request a new scan if needed.

Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2013-03-10 17:51:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
14f7907890 Remove unnecessary local variable
The ssid parameter (if NULL) can be used for the loop, too, to make the
code look a bit prettier.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-10 17:45:15 +02:00
David Spinadel
dca1a51149 wpa_supplicant: Handle enabling of one or all networks equally
Move enabling a network to a separate function. Try to reconnect if not
associated to an AP. Abort scheduled scan in any case of a new scan.

Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2013-03-10 17:43:00 +02:00
David Spinadel
7ed52f678b wpa_supplicant: Save prev_sched_ssid only if needed
If the whole ssid list was scanned, don't save the prev scheduled ssid
since we are going to start from beginning. Thos avoids starting sched
scan from prev_sched_ssid after scanning the full list, in case of
adding a network to ssid during scheduled scan.

Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2013-03-10 17:32:03 +02:00
David Spinadel
a09fc1ccf8 wpa_supplicant: Do not allow too short sched scan
In case that the ssid list is longer than max number of ssids,
ths scheduled scan aborted after timeout and rescheduled again
with shorter timeout and longer interval. In case that the timeout
is shorter than the interval, only one scan iteration will
be run. In this case, go back to the initial values.

Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2013-03-10 17:27:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
77e4e85321 P2P: Mark peer authorized for persistent group invitation
When p2p_invite persistent=<id> is used to request a persistent group to
be re-invoked, the peer may reply with status=1 (info not yet available)
if upper layer processing of the invitiation is requested. The peer is
ten expected to start another invitation exchanged within 120 seconds if
the user authorizes the connection. Allow this process to be used more
easily by automatically authorizing the peer that we tried to invite to
use this second invitation sequence even if persistent_reconnect=0.

For this mechanism to work, the device that starts the invitation needs
to start listen mode to be able to receive the invitation request from
the peer. At least for now, this is not done automatically, but future
changes could potentially enable this automatically at least if there
are no concurrent operations in progress.

Example sequence on the initiator:

cmd: P2P_INVITE persistent=1 peer=<addr>
event: P2P-INVITATION-RESULT status=1
cmd: P2P_LISTEN 120
wait for peer to start another invitiation round.. group will be
re-invoked automatically

On the peer (with persistent_reconnect=0):

event: P2P-INVITATION-RECEIVED sa=<addr> persistent=1 [freq=<MHz>]
wait for user approval
cmd: P2P_INVITE persistent=1 peer=<addr>
group will be re-invoked automatically

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-01 21:32:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cd1e2309a2 P2P: Indicate frequency for upper layer invitation processing
When a device that is a GO in a persistent group receives an Invitation
Request from a P2P client and persistent_reconnect=0, upper layer is
notified of this with P2P-INVITATION-RECEIVED event. The upper layer is
supposed to run another invitation exchange is this case, but if that
does not happen and the GO is started without successful (status=0)
invitation exchange, the operating channel for the group may end up
getting set in a way that the P2P client is not able to support. Provide
optional freq parameter in the P2P-INVITATION-RECEIVED event on the GO
side. If this parameter is received and the upper layer decides to issue
P2P_GROUP_ADD command, that command should include this freq parameter
to make sure the operating channel gets selected from the set that the
peer can support.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-01 21:27:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
18206e02c5 Allow wpa_supplicant AP mode to configure Beacon interval
beacon_int (in TU) can now be used to configure Beacon interval for AP
mode operations (including P2P GO) in wpa_supplicant. This can be set
either in a network block or as a global parameter in the configuration
file (or with "SET beacon_int <value>" control interface command) to
apply for all networks that do not include the beacon_int parameter to
override the default.

In addition, this commits extends the dtim_period parameter to be
available as a global parameter to set the default value. dtim_period is
now stored in the configuration file, too, if it was set.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-01 20:50:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5473362458 P2P: Use peer's channel list to limit GO freq on invitation
Peer device includes its list of allowed operating channels in the
Invitation Response frame. When we are becoming the GO, use that list
from the peer to filter out acceptable channels to avoid selecting a
channel that the peer is unable to use.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-01 20:01:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f5877af01e P2P: Allow P2P client to specify preferred group channel
When re-invoking a persistent group in P2P client role, the new
pref=<MHz> parameter can now be used with the p2p_invite command to
indicate a preferred operating frequency. Unlike the older freq=<MHz>
parameter, this leaves GO an option to select another channel (from our
supported channels) if the GO cannot accept the channel.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-01 19:40:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5de4b72177 P2P: Use shared function for setting up frequencies
p2p_connect() and p2p_invite() cases used more or less identical
implementatin. Use a shared function to avoid duplicated code.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-01 18:40:39 +02:00
Deepthi Gowri
79879f4ae8 P2P: Allow all channels in case of multi channel concurrency
If multi channel concurrency is supported, we have to populate the
p2p_channels with list of channels that we support. Use the same design
that was previously added for GO Negotiation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-01 18:40:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ff48691368 Avoid partial BSS entries in control interface
Most of the print_bss_info() cases were already returning zero lenth to
avoid returning partial returns to the BSS commands, but the HS 2.0 and
Wi-Fi Display entries behaved differently. Make those consistent with
rest of the items.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-28 18:49:33 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
cfd42c94ee Mark last BSS entry by #### instead of ====
This allows ctrl_iface users to iterate through the BSS entries by
fetching multiple BSS entries with "BSS RANGE=N-" without having to use
one extra round to get empty return value as the indication of the last
entry having been found.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-02-28 18:46:06 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
c667342933 Add WPA_BSS_MASK_DELIM flag to BSS command
This flag will add ==== delimiter between to separate bss results.
Unlike the other BSS command MASK values, this delimiter is not
included by default to avoid issues with existing users of the BSS
command.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-02-28 18:43:05 +02:00
Masashi Honma
5e24beae02 Use scan results for reconnection
This patch uses existing scan results for fast connection on REASSOCIATE
and RECONNECT commands.

Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2013-02-28 16:34:08 +02:00
Masashi Honma
ad5dda8222 Interworking: Remove unused variable warnings
This patch removes these warnings.

interworking.c: In function 'interworking_credentials_available_3gpp':
interworking.c:1330:6: warning: unused variable 'ret' [-Wunused-variable]
interworking.c:1329:19: warning: unused variable 'cred' [-Wunused-variable]

Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2013-02-28 16:34:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aec309c407 wpa_cli: Increase receive buffer from 2048 to 4096 bytes
wpa_supplicant uses 4096 byte buffer for control interface responses, so
wpa_cli should do the same to avoid truncating responses unnecessarily.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-27 15:59:55 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
f8361e3d68 TDLS: Pass peer's VHT Capability information during sta_add
The information of the peer's VHT capability is required for the
driver to establish a TDLS link in VHT mode with a compatible peer.
Pass this information to the driver when the peer station is
getting added.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-25 10:31:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f23ce1f032 WPS: Add AP mode NFC connection handover with wpa_supplicant/nfcpy
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-24 10:57:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f3f2ba2e6e WPS NFC: Add connection handover support for ER
wpa_supplicant can now generate the WPS carrier record for connection
handover response when acting as an ER. The AP whose configuration is
provided in this way is identified with an UUID as an argument to
wps-nfc.py.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-24 10:56:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c39fdb8529 WPS: Add wps-er-config command for writing config token from ER
UUID of the AP is specified on the command line to select which
configuration is used.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-24 10:54:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b618a469c4 Interworking: Select highest priority cred if multiple matches
Previously, the credential to use for a connection with a specific BSS
was picked arbitrary based on first found match of each matching
mechanism. While the credential priorities were used elsewhere, this did
not take into account that different mechanisms could find multiple
matching credentials. As such, the highest priority credential was not
always used in case more than one credential matched with the selected
BSS. Fix this by checking credential priorities again during connection
request.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-16 19:57:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
87470ea298 WPS: Fix build without CONFIG_WPS_NFC
Commit bbf41865c9 added calls to functions
that are only defined if CONFIG_WPS_NFC=y. Protect those calls properly
to avoid build issues.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-15 17:09:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5ab9a6a53e WPS: Add support for NFC handover select generation with wpa_supplicant
When wpa_supplicant is controlling an AP mode interface, it can generate
the alternative carrier record for NFC connection handover select
message similarly to the way this is done in hostapd.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-15 12:34:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7bfe27778b WPS: Update NFC connection handover documentation
The last couple of changes to the control interface commands for NFC
connection handover had not yet been documented.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-15 11:51:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bbf41865c9 WPS: Add support for config token generation with wpa_supplicant
When wpa_supplicant is controlling an AP mode interface, it can generate
the NFC configuration token similarly to the way this is done in
hostapd.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-15 11:47:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
23ffcaf172 WPS: Allow password token to be written with nfcpy
This adds write-password option for the nfcpy example script for
wpa_supplicant to match hostapd wps-ap-nfc.py functionality.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-15 11:34:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
042ec551d4 WPS: Use pre-configured NFC password token instead of overriding it
"WPS_NFC_TOKEN <WPS/NDEF>" used to generate a new NFC password token
regardless of whether there was a pre-configured token in the
configuration. Change this to use the pre-configured value, if
available, instead. This allows the same command to be used to write the
password token to an NFC tag more conveniently.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-15 11:24:29 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
d16531c40c TDLS: Pass peer's Capability and Ext Capability info during sta_add
The contents of the peer's capability and extended capability
information is required for the driver to perform TDLS P-UAPSD and Off
Channel operations. Pass this information to the driver when the peer
station is getting added.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-14 21:02:34 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
189206dddb Android: Enable TDLS support in the build
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-14 21:01:54 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
ff4178d57c TDLS: Pass peer's HT Capability and QOS information during sta_add
The information of the peer's HT capability and the QOS information is
required for the driver to perform TDLS operations. Pass this
information to the driver when the peer station is getting added.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-14 21:01:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b8df43dec6 TDLS: Fix add/set STA operation
Commit a9a1d0f08a added vht_capabilities
to struct hostapd_sta_add_params but forgot to update
wpa_supplicant_tdls_peer_addset() to initialize the variable to NULL.
This could result in uninitialized pointer being used in
driver_nl80211.c when adding a TDLS peer entry. Fix this by clearing the
hostapd_sta_add_params with memset.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-14 21:01:07 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
7b44ff2c21 TDLS: Tear down peers when disconnecting from the AP
A TDLS Teardown frame with Reason Code 3 (Deauthenticated because
sending STA is leaving (or has left) IBSS or ESS) shall be transmitted
to all TDLS peer STAs (via the AP or via the direct path) prior to
transmitting a Disassociation frame or a Deauthentication frame to the
AP.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-13 01:19:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5f10e804a Use more accurate timestamps for scan results
For various P2P use cases, it is useful to have more accurate timestamp
for the peer information update. This commit improves scan result
handling by using a single timestamp that is taken immediately after
fetching the results from the driver and then using that value to
calculate the time when the driver last updated the BSS entry. In
addition, more debug information is added for P2P peer updates to be
able to clearly see how old information is being used here.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-12 19:14:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e47588279a WPS: Report NFC connection handover completion differently
Instead of reporting only one connection handover message, report
completion of NFC connection handover with carrier record from both the
request and select messages.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-11 18:43:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ec01d5f6b0 P2P: Avoid concurrent scans during all steps of group formation
Previously, only some P2P states were considered to postpone concurrent
station mode scans during group formation. Especially the WPS
provisioning step was skipped due to issues to scans run on the P2P
client interface (see commit fc6997b345).
This is not ideal since a concurrent scan can slow down group formation
considerably and potentially make it time out. Enforce p2p-in-progress
through all steps of group formation on another interface to address
this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-11 12:21:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
77dfafd07d P2P: Cancel group formation timeout on group removal (on client)
Group formation timeout is normally canceled when 4-way handshake is
completed (WPA_COMPLETED -> wpas_p2p_completed). However, it is possible
for the GO to stop the group before this happens (i.e., send
Deauthentication frame with reason code 3 before 4-way handshake is
completed). This resulted in the group getting removed, but the group
formation timeout left behind. The unexpected timeout may then result in
undesired termination of the following operation. Fix this by canceling
the group formation timeout in wpas_p2p_group_delete() similarly to how
group idle timeout was canceled there.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-10 23:36:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bd692a8b0e WPS: Change listen time to match nfcpy default (250 ms)
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-02-10 18:49:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b8dbc5d689 WPS: Report only the carrier record from NFC to wpa_supplicant
Since there could be multiple carrier records, it is cleaner to report
only the WPS carrier record instead of full NFC connection handover
select to wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-02-10 18:42:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bbaaaee171 WPS: Fetch only the carrier record from wpa_supplicant for NFC
Since there could be multiple carrier records, it is cleaner to build
only the WPS carrier record instead of full NFC connection handover
request within wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-02-10 18:19:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cf78e2acc8 WPS: Clean up debug prints with nfcpy
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-02-10 16:27:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8414860422 WPS: Remove 0.5 sec extra wait from NFC handover with nfcpy
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-02-10 16:27:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dc6bda1123 WPS: Use alternating poll/listen for NFC peer discovery with nfcpy
This is needed to find the NFC peer to avoid cases where both devices
could be using the same operation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-02-10 16:25:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8140ae969b WPS: Configure logging to show nfcpy log message
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-02-10 16:20:25 +02:00
Peter Wu
a24a5ccb28 dbus: Add missing signal description for WPS (7)
Commit caff399250 added a property named
"WPS" to the dbus interface. It did not add the new
WPAS_DBUS_BSS_PROP_WPS property to the function responsible for marking
changed properties though. This cause the following messages to be
printed repeatedly to syslog:

    dbus: wpas_dbus_bss_signal_prop_changed: Unknown Property value 7

Signed-hostap: Peter Wu <lekensteyn@gmail.com>
2013-02-09 12:13:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
62cab3b737 eap_proxy: Add a dummy implementation for compilation testing
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-08 11:54:05 +02:00
Deepthi Gowri
bd3ca9d0bf Android: Enable EAP-AKA support in the build
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-08 11:54:03 +02:00
Deepthi Gowri
45f4a97a3a eap_proxy: Add mechanism for allowing EAP methods to be offloaded
In addition to the offload mechanism, the Android configuration and
makefiles are extended to allow this to be configured for the build by
dropping in platform specific configuration files and makefile without
having to modify any existing files.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-08 11:54:01 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
66fe0f703c Add 'SCAN TYPE=ONLY' functionality
Usual manual scan request may cause reassociation due to several
reasons. New command is intended to perform pure scan without taking any
automatic action based on the results.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-02-07 18:09:50 +02:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
ff3ad3c531 Capability matching for 60 GHz band
On the DMG (60 GHz) band, capability bits defined differently from
non-DMG ones. Adjust capability matching to cover both cases.

Also, for non-DMG bands, check ESS bit is set.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-07 16:20:18 +02:00
Raja Mani
3140803b6d nl80211: Add ctrl_iface message for AP mode connection rejection
When AP mode operation reject the client, nl80211 layer advertises the
connect failed event with the reason for failures (for example, max
client reached, etc.) using NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED.

This patch adds some debug messages whenever such an event is received
from the nl80211 layer and also the same event is posted to the upper
layer via wpa_msg().

Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-07 15:24:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
409ca9a84d P2P: Allow local configuration to use 5 GHz band 40 MHz channels
These channels were already enabled for P2P use, but the local
configuration parameter was not allowed to use the operating class in
which the 40 MHz channels are specified.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-07 12:51:17 +02:00
Amar Singhal
9f42d49c55 Fix BSS RANGE command for no exact id match cases
The RANGE=N1-N2 command did not return any entries in some cases where
N1 does not match with any BSS entry. Fix this by allow entries to be
fetched even without knowing the exact id values.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-07 12:27:52 +02:00
Amar Singhal
cc03d0fef3 Add "BSS LAST ..." command
Add the "BSS LAST ..." command. This command helps in fetching the scan
entries iteratively from FIRST entry to LAST entry by ID.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-06 00:31:34 +02:00
Amar Singhal
f330b4b44b Fix the "BSS FIRST.." command
The "BSS FIRST.." command fails when additional parameters (e.g., MASK)
is used since the string comparsion does not take into account the
number of characters. Fix by comparing only 5 characters as in other
commands.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-06 00:28:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5ebe8c8179 HS 2.0: Fix IE buffer length for extra scan IEs
The HS 2.0 Indication element is 7 (not 6) octets. The previous
implementation could result in wpabuf validation code stopping the
program if HS 2.0 was enabled without Interworking or P2P (which would
have created a large enough buffer to avoid hitting this) being enable.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-05 17:40:09 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
3887878e53 TDLS: Remove link, if any, on an implicit set up request
If an implicit TDLS set up request is obtained on an existing link or an
to be established link, the previous link was not removed. This commit
disables the existing link on a new set up request. Also,
wpa_tdls_reneg() function was invoking wpa_tdls_start() on an already
existing peer for the case of internal setup, which is incorrect. Thus
the invocation of wpa_tdls_start() is removed in wpa_tdls_reneg() and
also this function is renamed to wps_tdls_remove() as it does not
renegotiation rather shall remove the link (if any) for the case of
external setup.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-05 13:27:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2b79164f12 P2P: Fix P2P-GROUP-STARTED event for p2p_connect-join
Commit 50178335bf introduced a regression
for P2P-GROUP-STARTED event indication during p2p_connect-join when
using a separate P2P group interface. wpa_s->global->p2p_group_formation
was already set in that case to point to the group interface and this
commit changed this to point to incorrect interface. Fix this by setting
p2p_group_formation here only in case a separate group interface is not
used.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-04 15:52:53 +02:00
Jaewan Kim
391f492532 wpa_supplicant: Fix access to the freed memory when removing all networks
Commit 59ff6653aa fixed this issue for
'removing a network', and we also need to take care of 'removing all
networks'.

Signed-hostap: Jaewan Kim <jaewan at google.com>
2013-02-03 21:22:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d6bbcce411 Make wpas_select_network_from_last_scan() static
Addition of wpa_supplicant_fast_associate() made it unnecessary to call
wpas_select_network_from_last_scan() directly from other files.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-02-03 21:13:07 +02:00
Paul Stewart
cecdddc184 wpa_supplicant: Implement fast-associate on SelectNetwork
If scan results are available when we perform a SelectNetwork, use
them to make an associate decision.  This can save an entire scan
interval-worth of time in situations where something external to
wpa_supplicant (like a connection manager) has just previously
requested a scan before calling SelectNetwork.

Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2013-02-03 21:08:31 +02:00
Pontus Fuchs
9e737f08d4 Update scan interval gracefully
When the scan interval is changed the new interval is effective
after the old interval timer fires off one last time. This can cause
an unacceptable long delay when updating the interval.

Change this behaviour to use MIN(left of old interval, new interval)
for the scan interval following the interval change.

Signed-hostap: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
2013-02-03 18:14:05 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
f2e698de7e TDLS: Disable the link also on driver request for teardown
The link was not disabled for the case of implicit trigger from the
driver unlike in the case of explicit trigger fromc ctrl_iface. Make the
tear down sequences match in these cases by adding the TDLS_DISABLE_LINK
tdls_oper to the driver when processing the TDLS_REQUEST_TEARDOWN event.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-01-22 14:09:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dc013f1e37 eapol_test: Remove unnecessary header file inclusion
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-01-15 12:03:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
90d215b264 Fix wpa_priv build
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-13 19:06:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a13e1cc345 Fix EAP-pwd server file name for wpa_supplicant AP builds
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-13 19:06:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2ee1594da9 Updated test_wpa to use new header file for WPA authenticator
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-13 19:06:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
62769a88db Move cipher to enum wpa_cipher conversion into wpa_common.c
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-13 18:02:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cf830c1c54 Use a helper function for selection group cipher for AP mode
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-13 17:41:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0282a8c46a Use helper function for writing cipher suite names
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-13 17:31:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
031453265f Define allowed pairwise/group cipher suites in a header file
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-13 17:10:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a39c78be41 Use a common function for parsing cipher suites
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-13 17:06:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
edbd2a191e Move cipher suite selection into common helper functions
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-13 16:58:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9aadb8774e P2P: Add some more details on Service Query TLV format
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-13 13:43:54 +02:00
Paul Stewart
93c7e332c2 wpa_supplicant: Add more DBus EAP status
Signal the start of EAP authentication as well as when additional
credentials are required to complete.

Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2013-01-12 19:51:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
67bc1375eb Update ChangeLog files to match current implementation
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 18:04:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b4fd3613d3 SAE: Free temporary buffers when moving to Accepted state
Most of the variables are not needed anymore once the SAE instance
has entered Accepted state. Free these to save memory.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 17:51:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4ef34a9960 SAE: Remove duplicated SAE field debug dumps
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 17:51:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fbfb0e65bf SAE: Add support for FFC groups
This allows FFC groups to be used with SAE. Though, these groups are not
included in the default sae_groups value based on what is available
since the FFC groups have the additional requirement of using a safe
prime with the current implementation (or specification of the group
order).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 17:51:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cbf61176ed Add more debug info if wpa_supplicant_set_suites() fails
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 17:51:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9c75e9fb81 WPS: Verify wpa_config_set() return value more consistently
Even though this command is very unlikely to fail, in theory, it could
and the WPS connection would fail in such a case. Return more clearer
failure indication in such a case without even trying to start
reassociation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 17:51:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4954c859ea SAE: Indicate used group in ctrl_iface STATUS
The new "sae_group=<id>" line will be included in the ctrl_iface STATUS
output if SAE was used for the association.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 17:51:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
625f202a74 SAE: Allow enabled groups to be configured
hostapd.conf sae_groups parameter can now be used to limit the set of
groups that the AP allows for SAE. Similarly, sae_groups parameter is
wpa_supplicant.conf can be used to set the preferred order of groups. By
default, all implemented groups are enabled.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 17:51:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e056f93e60 Update copyright notices to include year 2013
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 17:51:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a46d72d7d7 SAE: Maintain EC group context in struct sae_data
This can be used to share same EC group context through the SAE
exchange.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 17:51:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aadabe7045 SAE: Use crypto wrappers instead of direct OpenSSL calls
This makes the SAE implementation independent of the crypto/bignum
library.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 17:51:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d136c376f2 SAE: Add support for Anti-Clogging mechanism
hostapd can now be configured to use anti-clogging mechanism based on
the new sae_anti_clogging_threshold parameter (which is
dot11RSNASAEAntiCloggingThreshold in the standard). The token is
generated using a temporary key and the peer station's MAC address.
wpa_supplicant will re-try SAE authentication with the token included if
commit message is rejected with a token request.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 17:51:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd43026a19 SAE: Rename state variables to match IEEE 802.11 standard
The enum values for struct sae_data::state now match the protocol
instance states as defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 11.3.8.2.2

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 17:51:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
47b55a3ef5 SAE: Use PMK in 4-way handshake
Use the PMK that is derived as part of the SAE authentication in the
4-way handshake instead of the PSK.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 17:51:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2e9818f73 SAE: Add processing of the confirm message
This adds validation of the received confirm messages for SAE.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 17:51:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fb8fcc2950 SAE: Add generation of the confirm message fields
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 17:51:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
146f6c9a00 SAE: Add processing of the commit message
This adds validation of the received commit messages and key derivation
for SAE.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 17:51:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e31e9550a SAE: Add generation of the commit message fields
This adds derivation of PWE and the needed commit values so that the
full SAE commit message can be built.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 17:51:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
98efcc4176 SAE: Use a shared data structure for AP and station
This makes it easier to share common functions for both roles.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 17:51:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
22760dd947 Prepare for hostapd/wpa_supplicant v2.0 release
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 17:42:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d03f1e5d63 eapol_test: Allow full RADIUS attribute length to be used
The -N and -C command line parameters can be used to add arbitrary
RADIUS attributes to the messages. However, these were truncated to
about 128 bytes when the actually message was constructed. Fix this by
using larger buffers to allow the maximum attribute length (253 octets
of payload) to be used. [Bug 458]

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 12:39:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
42ad72029f eapol_test: Fix extra RADIUS attribute allocation
The sizeof(ptr) use here was not correct and resulted in too small
memory block getting allocated for the -N command line argument.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 12:32:43 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
bca06366a9 wpa_supplicant: Save frequency configuration parameter
In case of wpa_supplicant IBSS and AP modes after we will call wpa_cli
save command we should also save configured frequency. In other case
after wpa_supplicant restart we have frequency = 0 and AP start will
fail.

Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-01-12 10:23:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
190e39d9cb Interworking: Do not schedule new scan if process is terminating
The GAS query compilation callback may happen after the wpa_supplicant
process has been requested to terminate. Avoid scheduling a new eloop
timeout for a scan in such a case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-01-07 18:44:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
569d43c7ae Interworking: Do not share ANQP info if none was received
Verify that the other BSS has actually received some valid ANQP
information before sharing the results from it. This fixes potential
issues with cases where some of the APs with the same HESSID has invalid
ANQP configuration.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-01-07 18:41:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d1ec319f12 Interworking: Continue ANQP fetch after TX failure
If the driver rejected any of the offchannel Action frame TX requests,
the previous implementation terminated ANQP fetch process. While the
driver should not really reject the request normally, it is possible
that a request gets rejected for some reason. Allow the fetch process to
continue with the next AP in such case to avoid breaking networking
selection. This could result, e.g., in auto_interworking=1 process
failing to connect if any the driver rejects requests to any of the APs
in the scan result even if some other APs provided suitable information.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-01-07 18:38:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2cd6af9c93 Update ChangeLog files to match the current implementation
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-28 17:01:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e4296380e0 Remove unused wpa_scan_get_vendor_ie_multi_beacon()
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-27 12:31:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2c09af3068 Add Doxygen documentation for functionality related to scanning
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-27 12:29:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2474ce4542 Document bgscan configuration options
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-25 20:43:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1cfc678723 Remove reassociated_connection variable
This was used to select between "(auth)" and "(reauth)" in
CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED events. However, the variable was not cleared
anywhere else apart from the AP deinit case. As such, it did not really
provide correct information and is not really of much use even with
proper clearing added. As such, it is cleaner to just get rid of this
altogether.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-25 19:51:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6350a148c4 P2P: Be more careful with wpa_config_update_psk() call
Commit bb4d4deb4b introduced a code path
that could potentially end up calling wpa_config_update_psk() with NULL
passphrase. While that may not happen in practice, it is better to make
sure it doesn't happen since that function will dereference the
passphrase pointer unconditionally.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-25 19:35:15 +02:00
Masashi Honma
bb4d4deb4b P2P: Allow PSK to be used instead of passphrase for persistent GO
This continues optimizations for use of CPU heavy pbkdf2_sha1() in GO
setup after the earlier commit 30c371e8a5
by allowing PSK to be used instead of passphrase when creating
persistent group information manually for the GO.

It should be noted that this would not meet the requirements in the P2P
specification (GO shall maintain the passphrase), so this should be used
only when there is no need to allow manual configuration of legacy STAs
using the passphrase.

Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2012-12-25 14:15:07 +02:00
Pandiyarajan Pitchaimuthu
602c6b8340 Android: Stop/restart supplicant scan on PNO start/stop
Cancel the existing supplicant scan and start a new supplicant
scan on PNO start and stop respectively. This makes sure that
supplicant scan is in progress when the device resumes.

Signed-off-by: Pandiyarajan Pitchaimuthu <c_ppitch@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-25 13:54:21 +02:00
Yoni Divinsky
3dfd0484fc P2P: Consider age for the P2P scan results
cfg80211 caches the scan results according the channel number. Due to
the 15 sec aging this might cause the user mode to see more than one
scan result with the same BSSID, e.g. - one scan result for the
P2P Device and one for the P2P GO (once it's enabled).

Fix this by updating the device entry only if the new peer entry is
newer than the one previously stored.

Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Igal Chernobelsky <igalc@ti.com>
Signed-hostap: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
2012-12-25 11:22:42 +02:00
Eliad Peller
d125df25e4 ctrl_iface: Check for ongoing sched_scan on SCAN command
The first "if" in the SCAN command handling didn't check properly for
sched_scan, causing the sched_scan and scan to run concurrently, instead
of cancelling the ongoing sched scan (which is handled by the "else if"
later).

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2012-12-23 12:52:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2049a875bc WNM: Additional BSS Transition Management capability
Add some more functionality for BSS Transition Management:
- advertise support for BSS Transition Management in extended
  capabilities element
- add hostapd.conf parameter bss_transition=1 for enabling support
  for BSS Transition Management
- add "hostapd_cli disassoc_imminent <STA> <num TBTTs>" for sending
  disassociation imminent notifications for testing purposes
- wpa_supplicant: trigger a new scan to find another BSS if the
  current AP indicates disassociation imminent (TODO: the old AP needs
  to be marked to use lower priority to avoid re-selecting it)

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-22 20:27:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
03e47c9c3a Share a single function for building extended capabilities element
This makes it easier to update extended capabilities for all uses
within wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-22 19:17:15 +02:00
Masashi Honma
ed2e61fe91 WPS_NFC: Fix typos in comments
Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2012-12-22 15:25:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
27c77751f7 WNM: Fix BSS Transition Management Request processing
The WNM-Sleep Mode handler took over WNM Action frame processing without
addressing the previously implemented WNM handler. Fix this by moving
the BSs Transition Management processing into wnm_sta.c to share a
single handler function for WNM Action frames.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-22 12:02:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a38fdf1c69 Document gas_query.c functions
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-22 11:59:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2f3101d8df Move some P2P offchannel operations to offchannel.c
There is no need for p2p_supplicant.c to access wpa_s->pending_action_tx
so move these references to offchannel.c to get a bit cleaner interface
between the components.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-22 11:22:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b4419c62ad Document offchannel Action frame TX functions
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-22 11:06:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3ab35a6603 Extend EAPOL frames processing workaround for roaming cases
Commit 1ff733383f added a mechanism to
work around issues due to association events and EAPOL RX events being
getting reordered. However, this applied only for the case where
wpa_supplicant is not in associated state. The same issue can happen in
roaming case with drivers that perform BSS selection internally (or in
firmware). Handle that case similarly by delaying received EAPOL frame
processing if the source address of the EAPOL frame does not match the
current BSSID.

Since wired IEEE 802.1X do not have BSSID, make this additional
workaround conditional on BSSID match having been observed during the
previous association.

This fixes issues where the initial EAPOL frame after reassociation was
either dropped (e.g., due to replay counter not increasing) or replied
to with incorrect destination address (the BSSID of the old AP). This
can result in significantly more robust roaming behavior with drivers
that do not use wpa_supplicant for BSS selection.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-21 21:35:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
318e772ad1 WPS: Update configuration file after re-enabling networks
Network blocks are disabled during a WPS provisioning step and 10
seconds after this to allow the newly provisioned network to be
selected. The disabled=1 flag gets written to the configuration file
when the credential is added since it happens during this process.
Update the file again after the networks have been re-enabled to avoid
leaving the configuration file into state that is not consistent with
the running configuration.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-21 20:11:26 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
6fbcbc07e4 WPS: Optimize post-WPS scan even if EAP-Failure is not received
Commit 17a4734dc4 shall optimize the
post-WPS scan based on the channel used during the provisioning only
when the EAP-Failure frame is received. In cases where the EAP-Failure
frame is missed, this optimization shall not happen resulting in the
scan in all the channels thus consuming more time for the connection.
This commit enhances this by storing the requisite information after
the M8 frame is received.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-21 15:30:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2ec535fd37 WNM: Add option to disable keep-alive frames for testing purposes
"wpa_cli set no_keep_alive 1/0" can now be used to disable/enable
keep alive frames to enable testing.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-18 16:57:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
41014724e2 Fix CONFIG_NO_WPA build with TLS
The SHA1 and MD5 functions need to be included in builds that use TLS
even if WPA support is removed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-18 15:16:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
77d7b090e0 Remove compiler warning on CONFIG_NO_WPA build
wpa_supplicant_set_rekey_offload() is used only if CONFIG_NO_WPA is not
defined.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-18 15:14:54 +02:00
Ben Greear
c8d22af88f wpa_supplicant: Document HT capability overrides
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2012-12-18 14:49:35 +02:00
Ben Greear
a90497f85f wpa_supplicant: Allow user to disable short guard interval (SGI)
Requires Linux kernel patch to make the SGI-20 properly disabled. SGI-40
will already work since Linux 3.4 or so.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2012-12-18 14:45:09 +02:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
7829894c21 Introduce 60 GHz band
Basic support for the 60 GHz band. Neither P2P nor WPS are yet taken
care off. Allows to start AP with very simple config:

network={
        ssid="test"
        mode=2
        frequency=60480
        key_mgmt=NONE
}

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-18 11:50:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
058da39cc9 P2P: Add more complete description of p2p_cancel
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-18 11:13:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
50178335bf P2P: Allow p2p_cancel to be used to stop p2p_connect-join operation
p2p_cancel did not properly cancel a pending p2p_connect-join operation.
Address the different steps in that process: initial scan, Provision
Discovery exchange before connection, and WPS provisioning step
(including the scans before WPS).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-18 10:39:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
03c961e542 Interworking: Default to EAP-MSCHAPv2 with EAP-PEAP
If the NAI Realm list indicates that EAP-PEAP is used, use EAP-MSCHAPv2
as the Phase 2 method by default if the NAI Realm list does not specify
the tunneled method.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-17 23:27:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
953d25ca5f HS 2.0: Fix sp_type check in ctrl_iface status command
Commit e99b4f3a14 added functionality to
check whether the current association is with the home SP. This commit
did not take into account that the domain name ANQP information could be
NULL and that could result to a NULL pointer dereference. Fix that by
validation that domain_names != NULL before calling
domain_name_list_contains().

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-17 12:12:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5d247692f6 Fix wpa_supplicant CONFIG_AP=y build with WNM enabled
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-16 19:31:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
14df897c7a WNM: Fix memory leak on error path
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-16 19:31:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ad3872a372 WNM: Use CONFIG_WNM more consistently
Replace CONFIG_IEEE80211V with CONFIG_WNM to get more consistent build
options for WNM-Sleep Mode operations. Previously it was possible to
define CONFIG_IEEE80211V without CONFIG_WNM which would break the build.
In addition, IEEE 802.11v has been merged into IEEE Std 802.11-2012 and
WNM is a better term to use for this new functionality anyway.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-16 18:22:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
74b4a3606d WNM: Split WNM-Sleep Mode Response processing into separate functions
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-16 13:05:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
df80a0ccff WNM: Use defined macros for WNM-Sleep Mode Action Type values
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-16 12:57:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0a47a6a747 WNM: Remove unnecessary extra indentation level
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-16 12:51:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
68db9ab047 WNM: Fix GTK/IGTK parsing for WNM-Sleep Mode Response frame
These fields do not use AES keywrap. Instead, they are protected with
management frame protection (and not included if PMF is disabled).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-16 12:48:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e6955ba9f9 WNM: Add WNM-Sleep Mode into Extended Capabilities element
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-16 12:45:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
62f6fbb480 WNM: Accept GTK update version of WNM-Sleep Response status
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-16 12:33:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e0c54a159b WNM: Use Dialog Token value 1 in WNM-Sleep Mode Request
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-16 12:32:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cd0ef65784 WNM: Add option for passing TFS request from external programs
The optional tfs_req=<hex dump> parameter can be added for the wnm_sleep
command to specify the TFS request element to use in the WNM-Sleep Mode
Request frame.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-16 12:31:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
61c54976f5 WNM: Remove unnecessary path component from includes
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-16 12:29:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e9199e3149 WNM: Add ctrl_iface command for sending WNM-Sleep Mode Request
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-16 12:29:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2dfb9a447c WNM: Fix CONFIG_WNM use in Makefile
This code was within ifdef CONFIG_AP and did not get included unless
AP mode support was also enabled.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-16 12:28:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9af431035f WNM: Remove unused variable
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-16 12:27:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dbea8ac7ab Interworking: Allow SSID-based network exclusion for credentials
The new excluded_ssid parameter within a cred block can be used to
excluded networks from matching with credentials.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-16 12:01:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9aae09f196 Interworking: Fix cred saving
Number of cred block fields were not saved when wpa_supplicant is
writing the configuration file.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-16 12:00:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2047e596ec Interworking: Default to TTLS/MSCHAPv2 for NAI Realm list matching
If the AP does not advertize EAP parameters, default to TTLS/MSCHAPv2
when using username/password credentials.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-16 12:00:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f5f37d3a4f Fix REAUTHENTICATE command after PMKSA caching
The current PMKSA cache entry needs to be clear to allow EAPOL
reauthentication to be started in case this association used PMKSA
caching.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-25 22:05:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1a2d22a242 Remove unneeded header file inclusion
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-25 17:06:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9796a86c23 Use a shared function for requesting a new connection
Both the ctrl_iface and D-Bus interface use similar functionality to
request a new connection. Combine these to a single function to avoid
need to maintain duplicated implementation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-25 16:30:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c27a94f765 Remove unused function prototype
This function was not added, so the prototype should not have been here
either.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-25 16:27:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f1a5263389 Maintain maximum blacklist count over list clear operations
wpas_connection_failed() uses the blacklist count to figure out a
suitable time to wait for the next scan. This mechanism did not work
properly in cases where the temporary blacklist gets cleared due to no
other BSSes being available. Address this by maintaining an additional
count of blacklisting values over wpa_blacklist_clear() calls. In
addition, add one more step in the count to timeout mapping to go to 10
second interval if more than four failures are seen.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-25 16:20:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4115303bbe Document wpa_s->scan_req
Use an enum with documented values to make it easier to understand how
wpa_s->scan_req is used.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-25 15:55:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
215ae884d6 Mark sme_send_authentication() static
This function is not used outside sme.c.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-25 15:47:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5cc7032239 P2P: Avoid multi-channel scans when they are not needed
If the driver does not support multi-channel concurrency and a virtual
interface that shares the same radio with the current interface is
operating there may not be need to scan other channels apart from the
current operating channel on the other virtual interface. Filter out
other channels in case we are trying to find a connection for a station
interface when we are not configured to prefer station connection and a
concurrent operation is already in process.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-25 12:47:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3c8e4ec012 Interworking: Enable key_mgmt WPA-EAP-SHA256 if PMF is enabled
If the global pmf=1/2 parameter is used to enable PMF for Interworking
networks, add WPA-EAP-SHA256 to the temporary network block to allow
connection to PMF required APs.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-24 22:31:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
62d4980331 Allow PMF to be enabled by default
Previously, PMF (protected management frames, IEEE 802.11w) could be
enabled only with a per-network parameter (ieee80211w). The new global
parameter (pmf) can now be used to change the default behavior to be PMF
enabled (pmf=1) or required (pmf=2) for network blocks that do not
override this with the ieee80211w parameter.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-24 22:21:29 +02:00
Amitkumar Karwar
368b1957a6 Allow OBSS scan and 20/40 coex reports to non-SME drivers
We enable this feature for non-SME drivers as well if
they explicitly indicate need for it.

Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
2012-11-24 18:08:48 +02:00
Robert Shade
bff954e9a2 Verify that the selected BSS has a better signal level before roaming
This prevents situations like the following where we roam to a
lesser quality BSS just because the signal level delta is over our
threshold.

wlan0: Considering within-ESS reassociation
wlan0: Current BSS: 00:24:6c:74:0a:40 level=-51
wlan0: Selected BSS: 00:24:6c:74:0a:e0 level=-64
wlan0: Request association: reassociate: 0  selected: 00:24:6c:74:0a:e0
    bssid: 00:24:6c:74:0a:40  pending: 00:00:00:00:00:00  wpa_state: COMPLETED

Signed-hostap: Robert Shade <robert.shade@gmail.com>
2012-11-24 17:17:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e99b4f3a14 HS 2.0: Add Home SP FQDN and roaming/home to status command
This allows the ctrl_iface STATUS information to be used to determine
which Home SP credential (domain in the cred block) was used and whether
the network is operated by the home SP.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-24 12:24:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9afe52eb92 HS 2.0: Add REMOVE_CRED sp_fqdn=<FQDN> command
This allows credential entries to be removed based on SP FQDN without
having to iterate through the configured entries from an external
program to figure out which credentials should be removed for a specific
SP.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-24 12:24:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
736d4f2d77 HS 2.0: Remove temporary network block on cred block removal
If the credential that was used to create a temporary HS 2.0 network
block is removed, remove the network block, too.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-24 12:24:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d49ea68284 Android: Force group access to ctrl_iface directory
wpa_supplicant is started from /init.*.rc on Android and that seems
to be using umask 0077 which would leave the control interface
directory without group access. This breaks things since Wi-Fi
framework assumes that this directory can be accessed by other
applications in the wifi group. Fix this by adding group access even
if umask value would prevent this.

In most cases, this issue was not hit since the control interface
directory is normally created by that same init.*.rc file with suitable
mode and wpa_supplicant is killed in the way that does not allow it to
remove the file. However, if wpa_supplicant is allowed stop cleanly, it
will remove the directory and the next start could result with the Wi-Fi
framework not being able to use Wi-Fi (and GUI not showing Wi-Fi getting
enabled).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-23 17:06:36 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
6b947db103 P2P: Remove PD-before-join-timeout mechanism
The PD Request retry limit can be used to achieve the same behavior,
so drop this duplicated timeout mechanism and control the timeout
based on MAX_PROV_DISC_REQ_RETRIES.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-23 01:15:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
175171ac6c P2P: Retry PD Request in join-a-running-group case
The GO may be in sleep when we send a PD Request frame to indicate that
we are about to join a running group. Previously, this frame was not
retried more than normal low level retries. This can result in the GO
not getting the frame especially in cases where concurrent multi-channel
operations or aggressive sleep schedule is used since most drivers do
not yet synchronize with the GO's NoA before association.

Increase the likelihood of the GO receiving the PD Request frame by
retransmitting it similarly to the PD-for-GO-Negotiation case. Start
the actual join operation only after these retries have failed to get
an acknowledgment from the GO to give the connection attempt a chance
to succeed if the driver implements better NoA synchronization for it.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-23 00:53:42 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
6752716663 P2P: Set user_initiated_pd separately from the join parameter
p2p_prov_disc_req() used the join parameter to figure out whether the PD
request was a user initiated or not. This does not cover all use cases
of PD, so add a separate parameter to allow caller to indicate whether
the user requested the operation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-23 00:48:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
16e38f2e34 Android: Fix AP builds to include the new eap_user_db.c
This is needed to fix the builds after commit
ee431d77a5.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-21 17:55:36 +02:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
9c6f8cb9c8 Fix wpa_supplicant compilation after adding eap_user database
Commit ee431d77a5 broke wpa_supplicant
compilation:

../src/ap/ieee802_1x.o: In function `ieee802_1x_get_eap_user':
/../src/ap/ieee802_1x.c:1689: undefined reference to `hostapd_get_eap_user'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
make: *** [wpa_supplicant] Error 1

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-21 17:49:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af1dff8c9f wpa_cli: Accept more arguments for set_network
Some network parameters, e.g., auth_alg and eap use a space separated
list of values without quotation marks. To allow these to be entered
from the interactive mode, change set_network command to allow more than
three arguments.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-19 14:04:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1ae1570b5f Update ChangeLog files to match the current implementation
This commit adds description of the main changes from the forking of
hostap-1.git for 1.x releases to the current master branch snapshot.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-18 21:30:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1ce0aa044c Remove unused disassociate() driver_ops
Commits 07783eaaa0 and
3da372fae8 removed the only users of the
disassociate() driver operation, so these driver wrapper functions can
also be removed now.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-15 00:06:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d2901915e7 Fix forgotten no-CONFIG_WPS=y wrapper
Commit 620c783753 modified
wpas_wps_ssid_wildcard_ok() prototype, but forgot to update the
non-WPS-build wrapper. Fix that to match with the new bss parameter
type and remove the now unused declaration of wpa_scan_res.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-14 13:05:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6e2020210a Allow OKC to be enabled by default
Previously, OKC (opportunistic key caching, a.k.a. proactive key
caching) could be enabled only with a per-network parameter
(proactive_key_caching). The new global parameter (okc) can now be used
to change the default behavior to be OKC enabled (okc=1) for network
blocks that do not override this with the proactive_key_caching
parameter.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-12 20:07:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8713a2e6ff P2P: Avoid extra group interface creation on GO reinvocation
If separate group interfaces are used, the pending group interface got
removed unnecessarily when stopping find operations when accepting an
invitation to reinvoke the group in GO role. This resulted in the group
interfaces getting created twice. Avoid this unnecessary extra operation
by skipping removal of the pending interface in the reinvocation
sequence.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-11 20:45:27 +02:00
Pawel Kulakowski
548f100384 bgscan_learn: Prevent infinite busy looping
In highly congested network (BSSes almost on every channel
within ESS) we have hit a bug when wpa_supplicant become
completly irresponsive, infinite looping on while loop.

When probe_idx was equal 0 and we are not able to probe
new frequency, following condition were never fulfilled:
"if (!in_array(freqs, data->supp_freqs[idx]))"

Signed-hostap: Pawel Kulakowski <pawel.kulakowski@tieto.com>
2012-11-11 16:26:36 +02:00
Robert Shade
99276998fa dbus: Do not quote scan_freq and freq_list
scan_freq and freq_list are not parsed by wpa_config_parse_freqs if
quoted.

Signed-hostap: Robert Shade <robert.shade@gmail.com>
2012-11-11 16:21:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c7deed7401 Fix a typo in a comment
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-11 16:09:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
207fb86411 WPS: Remove deprecated UFD config method and OOB ctrl_iface
The UFD (USB flash drive) configuration method was deprecated in WSC
2.0. Since this is not known to be used, remove the UFD implementation
from hostapd and wpa_supplicant to allow the WPS implementation to be
cleaned up. This removes the now unused OOB operations and ctrl_iface
commands that had already been deprecated by the new NFC operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-11 13:01:06 +02:00
Masashi Honma
30c371e8a5 P2P: Reduce redundant PSK generation for GO
The PSK generation done by pbkdf2_sha1() is one of the longest CPU time
users according to our profiling from boot to GO started.

So I have reduced some steps.

I could boot a GO by this command sequence.
-------------
add_net
set_network 0 ssid '"DIRECT-XX"'
set_network 0 psk
'"123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123"'
set_network 0 proto RSN
set_network 0 key_mgmt WPA-PSK
set_network 0 pairwise CCMP
set_network 0 auth_alg OPEN
set_network 0 mode 3
set_network 0 disabled 2
p2p_group_add persistent=0 freq=2412
-------------

By this sequence, pbkdf2_sha1() was called three times and the function
calculates the same value each time. Reduce number of calls to
pbkdf2_sha1() from 3 to 1 by caching the previous result.

Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma at gmail.com>
2012-11-11 11:39:24 +02:00
Paul Stewart
45ac5793fc new_dbus_handlers: Clear errno
There are a few instances where dbus handlers test the value
of errno to test whether strtoul completes successfully.
Since strtoul does not clear errno, and there's no strong
reason to suspect that errno is already clear, it is safer
to clear it right before calling strtoul.  Also, any failure
in strtoul (setting errno non-zero) should be considered a
failure.

While testing using dbus-send, I found that a malformed
network path can cause a crash due to net_id being left
NULL.  We should test for this before calling strtoul
on it.

Tested with:

dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
    /fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
    org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties.Get \
    string:fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface string:Networks
dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
   /fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
   fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.RemoveNetwork \
   objpath:/fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0/Networks/0
dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
   /fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
   fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.RemoveNetwork \
   objpath:/fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0/Networks/0
dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
   /fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
   fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.RemoveNetwork \
   objpath:/fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0

Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-11-11 11:18:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1e8a6e7553 Remove unused wpa_supplicant_disassociate()
This function is now unused after the last couple of commits that
removed the last uses, so remove this to keep code simpler since all
places that disassociate, can use deauthentication instead.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-05 17:05:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
07783eaaa0 Use deauthentication instead of disassociation if not associated
cfg80211/mac80211 may reject disassociation command if association has
not yet been formed. Use deauthentication in cases where it is possible
that we are associating at the moment the command is issued.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-05 16:58:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
42d235477f Use wpa_drv_{disassociate,deauthenticate} while waiting for connection
wpa_supplicant_{disassociate,deauthenticate}() need to inform the driver
about decision to disconnect even if this happens during the time when
the driver is still trying to complete association. During that time,
wpa_s->bssid is not set, so the code in these functions needs to figure
out the correct BSSID based on that field or wpa_s->pending_bssid. In
addition, it is possible that the BSSID is not even known at
wpa_supplicant at this point in time when using drivers that perform BSS
selection internally. In those cases, the disconnect command needs to be
sent to the driver without the BSSID.

This fixes issues where the driver (or cfg80211 in particular) may be
left in mismatching state with wpa_supplicant when disconnection (e.g.,
due to a ctrl_iface command) happens between connection request and
association event.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-05 16:57:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e50d01b4f1 WPS: Add support for NFC connection handover with nfcpy
This helper script can now handle both reading of a NFC tag and
initiation of NFC connection handover if a peer NFC device is touched.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-04 16:04:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dab710c4d0 WPS: Move NFC tag processing into a separate function
This makes it cleaner to add processing of other NFC operations to the
python script.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-04 15:56:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ec4f5a37b8 WPS: Move wpactrl setup into a separate function
This makes it easier to share this functionality for new NFC use cases.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-04 15:53:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d4f612b7dd WPS: Add an example python script for NFC operations
wps-nfc.py uses nfcpy and python-wpactrl to provide NFC tag information
to wpa_supplicant for WPS operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-03 22:43:15 +02:00
Sven Neumann
caff399250 dbus: Add getter for WPS properties
Add "WPS" property to the DBus interface that allows to
identify the active WPS method of a BSS.

Signed-hostap: Sven Neumann <s.neumann@raumfeld.com>
2012-11-03 18:38:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
10737aba22 Handle assoc reject events without wpa_supplicant SME
If the driver indicates the association (or authentication) was
rejected, wpa_supplicant should handle this connection failure similarly
to other cases. Previously, this was only handled with drivers that use
wpa_supplicant SME.

In case of cfg80211-based drivers, a rejected association was actually
already handled since cfg80211 generates a deauthentication event after
indicating connection failure. However, rejected authentication resulted
in wpa_supplicant waiting for authentication timeout to expire which is
unnecessary long wait.

Fix this by calling wpas_connection_failed() to use the common mechanism
to reschedule a new connection attempt with the previously attempted
BSSID blacklisted.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-03 13:50:17 +02:00
Sasha Levitskiy
5ff2c7faed Add parameter checking and error reporting to wpa_blacklist API
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levitskiy <sanek@google.com>
2012-11-01 20:41:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b363121a20 WPS: Reject invalid credential more cleanly
If WPS Registrar tries to provision a WPA/WPA2-Personal network without
including a valid Network Key, the network block cannot be used to
connect to the network. Reject such credential without adding the
network block. This makes wpa_supplicant send WSC_NACK as a response to
the invalid Credential and stop the provisioning process immediately
rather than only after trying unsuccessfully to connect to the network.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-01 16:30:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c9ad085e9 P2P: Relax Bonjour SD query matching
The DNS Name is allowed to use or not use domain name compression. To
handle both cases, check human readable DNS Name match if binary
matching does not show a hit.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-31 18:25:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
560f8bda8c P2P: Support multiple P2P SD Bonjour services with same key
There may be multiple Bonjour PTR matches for the same key, so extend
the P2P SD code for this to allow such entries to be added (i.e., do not
override previously added value, but add a new one). Similarly, return
multiple matches (one per Service TLV) for a query if it happens to
match more than a single configured Bonjour service.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-31 13:01:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
96beff11d1 P2P: Allow discoverable interval for p2p_find to be configured
The new P2P_SET parameter disc_int can now be used to configure
discoverable interval for p2p_find operations. The format of the command
for setting the values is "P2P_SET disc_int <minDiscoverableInterval>
<maxDiscoverableInterval> <max TUs for discoverable interval>". The
first two parameters are given in units of 100 TUs (102.4 ms). The third
parameter can be used to further limit the interval into a specific TU
amount. If it is set to -1, no such additional limitation is enforced.
It should be noted that the P2P specification describes the random
Listen state interval to be in units of 100 TUs, so setting the max TU
value to anything else than -1 is not compliant with the specification
and should not be used in normal cases. The default parameters can be
set with "P2P_SET disc_int 1 3 -1".

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-30 15:12:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
23270cd8f5 Restore wpa_s->scan_req if scan trigger fails
If the driver rejects the scan request while handling an external
requested scan (e.g., SCAN command on ctrl_iface), wpa_s->scan_req gets
cleared in wpa_supplicant_scan(). This can results in issues when the
scheduled re-try of the scan in one seconds trigger another call to this
function. If ap_scan==2 mode is used, this would result in new
association attempt instead of a new scan. Avoid this by restoring value
of wpa_s->scan_req in case the scan trigger fails and a new scan attempt
is scheduled.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-30 12:27:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
340f1c48f7 P2P: Clear pending_pd_before_join on PD timeout
wpas_p2p_pd_before_join_timeout() needs to clear the
pending_pd_before_join flag to match other uses of this flag prior to
calling wpas_p2p_join_start(). Without this, the flag could be left set
which can cause following P2P operations to behave in unexpected ways.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-29 16:25:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d76cd41a3a P2P: Allow separate P2P group interface use to be disabled
The new p2p_no_group_iface=1 configuration parameter can now be used to
disable the default behavior of adding a separate interface for the P2P
group when driver support for concurrent interfaces is available.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-29 15:02:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5fbddfdcf1 P2P: Fix default p2p_group_idle timeout for P2P client role
Commit 0d30cc240f forced
wpa_s->current_ssid to be cleared in wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc()
which gets called from wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This breaks the
P2P group idle mechanism for the case where p2p_group_idle is not set
(i.e., is the default 0) since wpas_p2p_group_idle_timeout() ignores the
timeout in that case if the interface is not recognized as a client
interface (which was based on wpa_s->current_ssid being set).

Fix this by making wpas_p2p_is_client() default to client case if
wpa_s->current_ssid is NULL. This is much more likely case since the P2P
GO mode operation would not really clear the pointer without explicit
request to disconnect.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-10-28 21:37:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9f36eac6e5 WPS: Remove old OOB NFC interface
The old WPS interface for using NFC has no known deployments and even
the binary libraries referenced here are not easily available anymore.
Since the new interface for using NFC with WPS covers the same
functionality, remove the old implementation to clean up WPS
implementation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-10-28 18:20:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bd3a373767 WPS: Use AP Channel attribute in credential to speed up scan
When WPS is used with NFC connection handover, the AP may indicate its
operating channel within the credential information. Use this
informatiom, if present, to speed up the scan process.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-10-28 18:02:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e65552ddf2 WPS: Add preliminary NFC connection handover support for Enrollee
This commit adds new wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface commands to allow
external programs to go through NFC connection handover mechanism
with wpa_supplicant taking care of the WPS processing. This version
includes only the case where wpa_supplicant is operating as a
station/Enrollee.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-10-28 17:39:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
04a3e69dd1 P2P: Allow all channels with multi-channel concurrency
If the driver indicates support for multi-channel concurrency, change
the p2p_connect behavior to not force the current operating channel, but
instead, just mark it as preferred for GO Negotiation. This change
applies only for the case when the freq parameter is not used with the
p2p_connect command.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-26 18:10:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f3989ced4f P2P: Add secondary device types into p2p_peer output
This allows the P2P_PEER command to be used to fetch the list of
secondary device types that each P2P peer has advertised.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-25 09:16:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
13ece96f70 P2P: Improve robustness against lost ctrl::ack frames
P2P includes two use cases where one of the devices is going to start a
group and likely change channels immediately after processing a frame.
This operation may be fast enough to make the device leave the current
channel before the peer has completed layer 2 retransmission of the
frame in case the ctrl::ack frame was lost. This can result in the peer
not getting TX status success notification.

For GO Negotiation Confirm frame, p2p_go_neg_conf_cb() has a workaround
that ignores the TX status failure and will continue with the group
formation with the assumption that the peer actually received the frame
even though we did not receive ctrl::ack. For Invitation Response frame
to re-invoke a persistent group, no such workaround is used in
p2p_invitation_resp_cb(). Consequently, TX status failure due to lost
ctrl::ack frame results in one of the peers not starting the group.

Increase the likelihood of layer 2 retransmission getting acknowledged
and ctrl::ack being received by waiting a short duration after having
processed the GO Negotiation Confirm and Invitation Response frames for
the re-invocation case. For the former, use 20 ms wait since this case
has been worked around in deployed devices. For the latter, use 50 ms
wait to get even higher likelihood of getting ctrl::ack through since
deployed devices (and the current wpa_supplicant implementation) do not
have a workaround to ignore TX status failure.

20 ms is long enough to include at least couple of retries and that
should increase likelihood of getting ctrl::ack through quite a bit. The
longer 50 ms wait is likely to include full set of layer 2 retries.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-13 17:33:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c423708f02 WPS: Allow PIN timeout to be specified with wpa_supplicant AP/GO
Extend the wpa_cli wps_pin command to support specification of the PIN
expiration time in seconds similarly to hostapd_cli wps_pin command when
using wpa_supplicant for AP mode (including P2P GO).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-10 17:22:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7a808c7eb7 P2P: Allow P2P functionality to be disabled per interface
By default, P2P is enabled globally for all virtual interfaces and this
makes wpa_supplicant include WSC and P2P IEs in Probe Request frames for
all scans even if this is for a non-P2P station connection to speed up
device discovery. If an interface is dedicated for non-P2P station mode
operations, it is now possible to disable addition of WSC and P2P IEs
into Probe Request frames with a per-interface p2p_disabled parameter.
This can be set either in the configuration file (p2p_disabled=1) or at
run time ("wpa_cli -i wlan0 set p2p_disabled 1"). Unlike the previous
mechanism ("wpa_cli p2p_set disabled 1"), the new parameter changes the
behavior only for the specified interface while other interfaces
continue to follow the global P2P enabled/disabled state.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-10 13:08:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d86a33853e Do not clear PMKSA cache on all network block parameter changes
The bssid and priority parameters in a network block do not have any
effect on the validity of a PMKSA cache entry, so avoid flushing the
PMKSA cache when only these parameters are changed. This is mainly
to allow forced roaming or network selection changes without causing
a disconnection if the changes are done during RSN association that
used EAP.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-09 13:06:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c9a8221800 Filter out unlikely "pre-shared key may be incorrect" messages
Add a function to filter out known cases of disconnection during 4-way
handshake that are caused by something else than mismatch in PSK. This
commit adds the case where the local end determines a mismatch in
WPA/RSN element between Beacon/Probe Response frames and EAPOL-Key msg
3/4.

This can avoid some potentially confusing "WPA: 4-Way Handshake failed -
pre-shared key may be incorrect" ctrl_iface messages.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-08 17:49:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
21af6d15a8 SAE: Add Finite Cyclic Group negotiation and Send-Confirm
This replaces the previously used bogus test data in SAE messages with
the first real field. The actual SAE authentication mechanism is still
missing and the Scaler, Element, and Confirm fields are not included.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-10-06 19:30:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6d22a377bd P2P: Fix network removal on P2P connect to select correct block
If wpa_s->current_ssid is not set (e.g., after disconnection that
did not result in immediate group removal), an incorrect group could
have been removed since the network block iteration here could select
the network block that is used to store persistent group credentials.
Fix this by verifying that disabled != 2 to avoid picking the network
block that could not have been the temporary P2P group.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-05 20:37:49 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
ec947ffcd8 WPS: Reenable the networks disabled during wpa_wpas_reassoc
During the association for the WPS handshake all the other configured
networks are disabled. This patch makes wpa_supplicant reenable the
disabled networks after the success/failure of the WPS handshake.

Signed-hostap: Sunil Dutt Undekari <duttus@codeaurora.org>
2012-10-04 21:11:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
485e3a9228 Interworking: Unshare ANQP results on explicit ANQP requests
When ANQP_GET or HS20_ANQP_GET is used to request ANQP information,
unshare the ANQP information (i.e., create a per-BSS copy of it) to
make sure the information from the specified BSS is available in case
the APs provide different information within HESSID.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-03 14:17:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2edcd5046a HS 2.0: Include parsed WAN Metrics in RX-HS20-ANQP event
This adds parsed version of WAN Metrics information to the control
event message as follows:

RX-HS20-ANQP 02:00:00:00:01:00 WAN Metrics 01:8000:1000:80:240:3000

format: <WAN Info>:<DL Speed>:<UL Speed>:<DL Load>:<UL Load>:<LMD>
WAN Info: B0-B1: Link Status, B2: Symmetric Link, B3: At Capabity
   (encoded as two hex digits)
Downlink Speed: Estimate of WAN backhaul link current downlink speed in kbps;
	1..4294967295; 0 = unknown
Uplink Speed: Estimate of WAN backhaul link current uplink speed in kbps
	1..4294967295; 0 = unknown
Downlink Load: Current load of downlink WAN connection (scaled to 255 = 100%)
Uplink Load: Current load of uplink WAN connection (scaled to 255 = 100%)
Load Measurement Duration: Duration for measuring downlink/uplink load in
tenths of a second (1..65535); 0 if load cannot be determined

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-03 13:58:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3385647da9 Fix build without CONFIG_WPS=y
Commit 620c783753 modified
wpas_wps_ssid_bss_match() prototype but forgot to update the non-WPS
wrapper inline function. Fix that to match with the new bss parameter
type.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-01 16:07:07 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
a93a15bbfd P2P: Add a conf parameter to start a GO as HT40 if allowed
When specified in the conf file this parameter will make all invocations
of p2p_group_add, p2p_connect, and p2p_invite behave as if "ht40" has
been specified on the command line. This shouldn't do harm since
regulatory constraints and driver capabilities are consulted anyway
before starting HT40 mode.

Signed-hostap: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
2012-09-30 20:35:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c10347f246 Add initial parts for SAE
This introduces new AKM for SAE and FT-SAE and adds the initial parts
for going through the SAE Authentication frame exchange. The actual SAE
algorithm and new fields in Authentication frames are not yet included
in this commit and will be added separately. This version is able to
complete a dummy authentication with the correct authentication
algorithm and transaction values to allow cfg80211/mac80211 drivers to
be tested (all the missing parts can be handled with
hostapd/wpa_supplicant changes).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-30 19:51:07 +03:00
Dan Williams
1634ac0654 dbus: Add global capabilities property
Otherwise it's difficult to determine if the supplicant was built with
CONFIG_AP, CONFIG_IBSS_RSN, CONFIG_P2P, etc. CONFIG_AP and CONFIG_P2P
can be inferred from the introspection data of the Interface object,
but CONFIG_IBSS_RSN does not change the introspection data at all and
thus it's impossible to determine whether the supplicant supports it
without knowing its compile-time options.

Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-09-29 19:06:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
30b8038921 P2P: Fix p2p_cancel processing during group formation
The wpa_s->p2p_in_provisioning flag did not get cleared in some cases
where p2p_cancel command is used to stop group formation. This can result
in some operations (like p2p_find) failing afterwards. Fix this by using
wpas_group_formation_completed() when processing p2p_cancel for a group
that has not yet completed group formation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-09-28 22:01:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
93face0e06 Interworking: Support Android JB keystore with EAP-TLS
If the keystore:// prefix is used in the private_key entry, convert that
to the OpenSSL engine style configuration used for Android JB keystore.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-09-28 17:12:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fa5c5b43e4 Interworking: Fix failed GAS query processing
The pending GAS entry must be removed from the list when it is removed.
This fixes an issue with potential segfault due to freed memory being
accessed if the driver fails to accept a GAS query.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-09-28 17:09:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6407f4132f Add disallow_aps parameter to disallow BSSIDs/SSIDs
External programs can use this new parameter to prevent wpa_supplicant
from connecting to a list of BSSIDs and/or SSIDs. The disallowed BSSes
will still be visible in scan results and it is possible to run ANQP
operations with them, but BSS selection for connection will skip any
BSS that matches an entry in the disallowed list.

The new parameter can be set with the control interface SET command
using following syntax:

SET disallow_aps <disallow_list>
disallow_list ::= <ssid_spec> | <bssid_spec> | <disallow_list> | “”
SSID_SPEC ::= ssid <SSID_HEX>
BSSID_SPEC ::= bssid <BSSID_HEX>

For example:
wpa_cli set disallow_list "ssid 74657374 bssid 001122334455 ssid 68656c6c6f"
wpa_cli set disallow_list
(the empty value removes all entries)

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-09-27 17:36:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
83218d20dd P2P: Clear sta_scan_pending on group removal
It is possible for the P2P client group to be removed while waiting for
a pending scan operation (e.g., when p2p_group_idle timeout hits after
getting disconnected from the GO with something else than
Deauthentication with reason code 3). If this happens with a P2P
interface that is used both for P2P Device and group roles, scan state
could get stuck while waiting for the next scan to complete since no
more station (P2P client) mode scans are scheduled. Fix this by clearing
sta_scan_pending when removing the temporary group network block.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-09-25 02:55:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2cd0758441 P2P: Allow peer to propose channel in invitation process
Make Invitation process for re-invoking a persistent group behave
similarly to GO Negotiation as far as channel negotiation is concerned.
The Operating Channel value (if present) is used as a starting point if
the local device does not have a forced operating channel (e.g., due to
concurrent use). Channel lists from devices are then compared to check
that the selected channel is in the intersection. If not, channel is
selected based on GO Negotiation channel rules (best channel preferences
etc.). Invitation Request is rejected if no common channel can be
selected.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-09-24 22:15:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4c490780e2 P2P: Fix pending-sta-scan processing for concurrent operation cases
If two P2P_FIND commands and a station mode SCAN command are issued in a
sequence with the second P2P_FIND and SCAN commands started before the
initial scan from the first P2P_FIND command has completed,
sta_scan_pending may be left set without an automatic way of getting it
cleared. This can get P2P search stuck if no further station mode scan
operations are run.

Fix this by clearing the sta_scan_pending flag whenever station mode scans
are stopped due to no enabled networks resulting in INACTIVE mode getting
entered. In addition, avoid setting sta_scan_pending flag when a special
scan_res_handler is set so that this does not get enabled on the P2P
Device interface during a P2P search operation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-09-24 13:46:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ac06fb12f5 P2P: Add more debug prints for GO start routines
This makes it easier to debug issues in starting GO mode.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-24 01:05:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d4534bde9c Add debug print for no-enabled-networks case
If there are any disabled networks, show a debug print with the count
of those networks when no enabled networks are found. This can be
helpful in trying to figure out why scans are being skipped.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-24 01:04:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b470b2bf37 Print control interface commands in easier format
The ASCII hexdump is somewhat difficult to search for (especially on
Android builds), so make the debug log easier to parse by printing the
full control interface command as a text string. In addition, use
wpa_dbg() to get the interface name printed so that multi-interface
cases can be debugged.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-24 01:01:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c244dd2ec0 P2P: Fix PSK configuration for GO network
Setting just ssid->passphrase is not enough to complete the network
block for the GO entry. Also the PSK needs to be derived so that the
network is considered enabled by wpas_network_disabled(). The previous
version worked as long as something else allowed the scan request to be
performed (this is needed even though the actual scan is skipped when
starting GO).

The first GO start was allowed because wpa_s->scan_req is initialized to
1 in wpa_supplicant_alloc(). However, other attempts may fail if
wpa_s->scan_req is cleared. This failure shows up as "No enabled
networkas - do not scan" in debug log followed by state change to
INACTIVE when trying to start GO.

Fix this by deriving PSK from the passphrase for GO mode.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-24 00:56:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c802384a7 P2P: Fix p2p_group_idle in no-group-interface P2P client case
Commit 30ee769235 started skipping P2P
group removal if wpa_s->current_ssid is not set and commit
0d30cc240f started clearing
wpa_s->current_ssid on disconnection. This combination broke
p2p_group_idle timeout on P2P client interface in a case where no
separate P2P group interface is used and when the disconnection is
triggered by something else than an explicit indication of GO
terminating the group.

Fix this by relaxing network block matching rules when figuring out
whether any of the configured network blocks could be in P2P use. The
p2p_group flag alone should be enough for this since temporary P2P group
network blocks are removed once the P2P group is terminated.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-23 20:28:03 +03:00
Dan Williams
8c981d179b wpa_supplicant: Set state to DISCONNECTED on AP creation errors
If the AP creation failed (missing freq= or driver error) the supplicant
would previously stay in SCANNING state forever. Instead, it should
handle the error a bit better and drop back to DISCONNECTED so clients
know something went wrong.

Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-09-23 13:55:58 +03:00
Mykyta Iziumtsev
dd31eb79a2 P2P: Remove channel 14 from supported P2P channels
Channel 14 is available only in Japan and is DSSS-only according to
IEEE 802.11-2012 19.4.3 and MIC Equipment Ordinance (EO)
for Regulating Radio Equipment article 49.20.

At the same time, P2P should avoid using DSSS modulation in normal
operation according to P2P specification v1.2 2.4.1.

Signed-hostap: Mykyta Iziumtsev <mykyta.iziumtsev@gmail.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-09-23 12:49:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
54c61e6e08 P2P: Fix p2p_ctrl_invite_persistent() to parse peer parameter
Commit 4d32c0c44d added another use for the
local pos variable and that broke the mechanism used to determine wheter
the peer address was provided. Fix this by using a separate pointer to the
peer address.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-15 22:21:46 -07:00
Masashi Honma
6df865face Remove unused function warning in WPS NFC case
When I use CONFIG_WPS_NFC=y a warning appears.

wps_supplicant.c:1872:12: warning: 'wpas_wps_add_nfc_password_token'
defined but not used [-Wunused-function]

This patch removes this warning.

Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma at gmail.com>
2012-09-15 22:02:09 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
0dd5431312 Do not inform other virtual interfaces of scan results in all cases
If a connection operation is started on an interface based on scan
results, other virtual interfaces should not be information about the
results to avoid potential concurrent operations during the association
steps. Since the sibling notification of scan results received was added
as an optimization, skipping it for this type of cases is the simplest
way of avoiding unnecessary concurrent operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-13 18:07:02 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
ab03f6da7a P2P: Schedule new scan if P2P operation delays scan
This makes sure that the interrupted station mode scan can be completed
after the P2P operations have had their chance of using the radio.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-13 18:05:55 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
58d3760e7e P2P: Check all interfaces for pending scan for p2p_scan failures
Driver could reject the new scan based on any virtual interface
running a concurrent scan. As such, mark the pending scan callback
for P2P based on any interfaces instead of just the one used for
the p2p_scan operation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-13 18:03:14 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
e665ca9a8d P2P: Move p2p_cb_on_scan_complete to global context
Since we have a global P2P module, the flag to trigger scan completion
events to it needs to be in similar context. The previous design
maintained this separately for each virtual interface and if P2P module
did not run its scan operation on the virtual interface that completed
the scan, P2P module would not be allowed to restart operations
properly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-13 17:58:22 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
762b99db7a Fix last_scan_res update existing BSS entry is update
The BSS pointer may change if the entry needs to be reallocated
and the new pointer has to be added to the last_scan_res array
to avoid using pointers to freed memory.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-10 12:36:55 +02:00
Yuhao Zheng
dc7785f845 wpa_supplicant: Add PKTCNT_POLL command to get TX/RX packet counters
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2012-09-05 17:02:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
53c9fc1df6 Interworking: Share ANQP data within homogenous ESS
If two BSS entries have the same HESSID and SSID, share the fetched ANQP
information between these BSS entries to save memory and GAS/ANQP
operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-09-04 17:22:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c739d7e968 Interworking: Store HESSID in BSS entry
This makes it more convenient to match BSS entries that belong to the
same homogenous ESS.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-09-04 17:08:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7e414b21c2 Interworking: Allow EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' override in cred block
The eap parameter in the cred block can now be used to override
automatic EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' selection.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-09-04 16:50:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
476aed355a Interworking: Move BSS ANQP information into separate struct
This is an initial step in allowing the ANQP responses to be shared
among multiple BSSes if the BSSes are determined to be operating under
identical configuration.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-09-04 16:22:35 +03:00
Deepthi Gowri
59ff6653aa Fix REMOVE_NETWORK to not run operations with invalid current_ssid
If the REMOVE_NETWORK command is used to delete the currently connected
network, some operations were run between removing the network and
clearing of wpa_s->current_ssid. This left wpa_s->current_ssid pointing
to freed memory and should any operation end up using it before the
pointer gets cleared, freed memory could be references. Avoid this by
removing the network only after having completed the operations that
clear wpa_s->current_ssid.

Signed-hostap: Deepthi Gowri <deepthi@codeaurora.org>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-09-03 11:55:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7ff833674b Interworking: Fetch only the needed ANQP information
Use configured credentials to figure out which ANQP information needs to
be fetched and only fetch those when using Interworking network
selection. The fetch_anqp command is still fetching all ANQP
information.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 21:05:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a594e2a9ab Interworking: Skip extra scan after network auto-select
If the scan results from before ANQP fetch are fresh (less than five
seconds old), do not run a new scan when selecting the BSS after having
used Interworking network selection.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 20:18:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
620c783753 Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection
This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the
scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in
cases where previous results can be considered fresh.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 19:56:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cf8baca6a5 BSS: Add wpa_bss_get_vendor_ie_multi_beacon()
This can be used to fetch vendor IEs from Beacon frames.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 19:54:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a297201df1 Maintain list of BSS entries in last scan result order
This allows last results to be used even after they have been freed
since the information is copied to the BSS entries anyway and this new
array provides the order in which scan results were processed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 19:53:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
20ed5e40ba Use BSS table instead of scan results in need-to-roam determination
The same information is available in the BSS table, so we can reduce the
need for using the raw scan results in wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam().

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 17:39:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e026159a8e EAP-SIM/AKA: Store pseudonym identity in configuration
Use the anonymous_identity field to store EAP-SIM/AKA pseudonym identity
so that this can be maintained between EAP sessions (e.g., after
wpa_supplicant restart) even if fast re-authentication data was cleared.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 13:04:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bcdf2096bd SME: Fix disconnec-while-authenticating
Commit 0d30cc240f forced
wpa_s->current_ssid to be cleared in wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc()
which gets called from wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This broke SME
disassoc-while-authenticating workaround for cfg80211. Fix this by
restoring wpa_s->current_ssid in case SME authentication is in progress.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-01 17:20:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0aadd5682f Fix disconnection event processing
Commit 0d30cc240f forced
wpa_s->current_ssid and wpa_s->key_mgmt to be cleared in
wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() which gets called from
wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This broke IEEE 802.1X authentication
failure processing and P2P deauthentication notification (group
termination).

Fix this by splitting wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc() into two parts and
make wpas_p2p_deauth_notif() indicate whether the interface was removed.
If so, the last part of disassocition event processing is skipped. Since
the wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() call is in the second part, the above
mentioned issues are resolved. In addition, this cleans up the P2P group
interface removal case by not trying to use fast reconnection mechanism
just before the interface gets removed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 22:04:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6f1ca696c7 P2P: Do not fail p2p_group_remove just based on current_ssid
The wpa_s->current_ssid pointer may get cleared, e.g., when
disconnected. Commit 30ee769235 made
wpas_p2p_group_delete() exit early before removing a P2P interface in
this type of case. That can cause number of issues from p2p_group_remove
command failing to busy loop when terminating wpa_supplicant if there is
a P2P group interface in client mode and that interface happens to be in
disconnected state. Fix these issues by allowing wpas_p2p_group_delete()
remove the P2P group interface regardless of whether wpa_s->currnt_ssid
is set.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 21:35:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4d32c0c44d P2P: Allow p2p_invite-persistent to specify channel for GO
The freq and ht40 parameters can now be used with the p2p_invite
command when reinvoking a persistent group as the GO.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 21:20:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
55d834e172 Android: Add Wi-Fi Display into the makefile
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 18:34:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
43323e43d3 Android: Include Hotspot 2.0 support in the default build
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 18:34:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
50cfe0e1cb Android: Add new keystore include path for JB
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 18:34:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7b1aa4fe30 Move variable declaration into the beginning of function
The variables used within the #ifndef block here needs to be defined in
the beginning of the function to avoid issues with some compilers.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-30 00:37:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f3a3ec4a4 Interworking: Fix build without CONFIG_PCSC=y
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-30 00:35:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6ffdc2f7bd WFD: Add preliminary WSD request processing and response
This commit does not yet address support for different device roles,
i.e., the same set of subelements are returned regardless of which
role was indicated in the request.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-29 19:51:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
347d6a5b76 WFD: Add support for sending Wi-Fi Display service discovery requests
wpa_cli p2p_serv_disc_req command can now be used to request WSD
request to be sent to specified or all peers who support WSD.

format: wifi-display <list of roles> <list of subelements>
examples:
p2p_serv_disc_req 00:00:00:00:00:00 wifi-display [source] 2,3,4,5
p2p_serv_disc_req 02:01:02:03:04:05 wifi-display [pri-sink] 3
p2p_serv_disc_req 00:00:00:00:00:00 wifi-display [sec-source] 2
p2p_serv_disc_req 00:00:00:00:00:00 wifi-display [source+sink] 2,3,4,5
p2p_serv_disc_req 00:00:00:00:00:00 wifi-display [source][pri-sink] 2,3,4,5

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-29 19:51:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
337c781f9c WFD: Add wfd_subelems hexdump in BSS ctrl_iface command output
This makes it easier to parse the WFD subelements from scan results.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-29 19:51:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9675ce354a WFD: Add Wi-Fi Display support
This commit adds control interface commands and internal storage of
Wi-Fi Display related configuration. In addition, WFD IE is now added
to various P2P frames, Probe Request/Response, and (Re)Association
Request/Response frames. WFD subelements from peers are stored in the
P2P peer table.

Following control interface commands are now available:
SET wifi_display <0/1>
GET wifi_display
WFD_SUBELEM_SET <subelem> [hexdump of length+body]
WFD_SUBELEM_GET <subelem>

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-29 19:51:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
eb7719ff22 Add support for using GCMP cipher from IEEE 802.11ad
This allows both hostapd and wpa_supplicant to be used to derive and
configure keys for GCMP. This is quite similar to CCMP key
configuration, but a different cipher suite and somewhat different rules
are used in cipher selection. It should be noted that GCMP is not
included in default parameters at least for now, so explicit
pairwise/group configuration is needed to enable it. This may change in
the future to allow GCMP to be selected automatically in cases where
CCMP could have been used.

This commit does not included changes to WPS or P2P to allow GCMP to be
used.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-29 11:52:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
01335e2c8d wpa_cli: Add tab completion for p2p_find
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-28 17:38:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e4f6873cce wpa_cli: Fix tab completion
Commit b49039bda9 redesigned tab
completion, but added the new call to completion functions into wrong
location. This needs to be done within the loop to find the correct
completion function.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-28 17:25:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4d5bda5fca Interworking: Add optional use of network selection on normal scans
auto_interworking=1 configuration parameter can be used to request
wpa_supplicant to use Interworking network selection automatically as a
part of the normal (non-Interworking) network selection if the scan
results do not match with enabled networks. This makes scanning work
similarly to the "interworking_select auto" command.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-28 16:14:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b1f122964e Add generic GAS request mechanism
The new gas_request and gas_response_get commands can be used to request
arbitary GAS queries to be performed. These can be used with ANQP or
with other (including vendor specific) advertisement protocols.

gas_request <BSSID> <AdvProtoID> [Query]
gas_response_get <addr> <dialog token> [offset,length]

For example, ANQP query for Capability list in interactive wpa_cli
session:

> gas_request 02:00:00:00:01:00 00 000102000101
<3>GAS-RESPONSE-INFO addr=02:00:00:00:01:00 dialog_token=0
status_code=0 resp_len=32
> gas_response_get 02:00:00:00:01:00 00
01011c00010102010501070108010c01dddd0c00506f9a110200020304050607
> gas_response_get 02:00:00:00:01:00 00 0,10
01011c00010102010501
> gas_response_get 02:00:00:00:01:00 00 10,10
070108010c01dddd0c00
> gas_response_get 02:00:00:00:01:00 00 20,10
506f9a11020002030405
> gas_response_get 02:00:00:00:01:00 00 30,2
0607

It should be noted that the maximum length of the response buffer is
currently 4096 bytes which allows about 2000 bytes of the response data
to be fetched with a single gas_response_get command. If the response is
longer, it can be fetched in pieces as shown in the example above.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-27 18:13:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a462036a47 WPS: Allow AP that becomes active be tried immediately
Clear the possible blacklisting of a WPS AP during WPS PIN iteration if
the AP moves to selected registrar TRUE state or if it adds our MAC
address to the list of authorized MACs.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-27 13:51:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f9f0526bcd WPS: Maintain more AP state during WPS PIN iteration
Maintain state of WPS APs during iteration to find the correct AP for
WPS PIN operation when no specific BSSID is specified. This information
can be used for optimizing the order in which the APs are tried. This
commit is only adding the collection of the information and more
detailed debug information to make debug logs more helpful in figuring
out how the AP selection order could be improved.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-27 13:48:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0d30cc240f Clear current_ssid and key_mgmt when disconnected
This makes wpa_supplicant state somewhat cleaner since the information
from previously used connection is not maintained after getting
disconnected.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-26 23:35:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
00e5e3d509 Disable network block temporarily on authentication failures
If 4-way handshake fails due to likely PSK failure or if EAP
authentication fails, disable the network block temporarily. Use longer
duration if multiple consecutive failures are seen.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-26 23:35:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2af4d404a8 wpa_cli: Add optional argument for the help command
"help <cmd>" can now be used to print the usage text for the
specified command (or set of commands matching the prefix).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-26 23:35:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b49039bda9 wpa_cli: Add tab completion function into the command table
Instead of using a separate list of commands, use the main command table
to assign tab completion functions. In addition, use the existing BSS
and P2P peer completions functions with the commands that use BSSID or
P2P Device address the first argument.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-26 23:35:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
632c9458c4 Interworking: Fix home SP check with real SIM card
The NAI building routine assumed that the credential included the IMSI,
but that is not the case when using a real SIM card. Build the NAI based
on the IMSI read for the card in such a case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-26 23:35:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8f23401281 Interworking: Fix PLMN matching with multiple entries
The pos variable was not advanced when comparing PLMN entries in
3GPP Cellular Network information and as such, only the first
entry was really used.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-08-26 20:37:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
27b80b5b4c wpa_cli: Add a 'raw' command for sending unprocessed data
This can be used to test new control interface commands and to use
commands that may not yet be supported by wpa_cli.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-25 13:33:29 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
39ee845f92 wpa_supplicant: Add bss_flush command to invalidate scan results
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2012-08-25 10:23:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bf428a739c P2P: Fix memory leak with driver-based P2P management
If the P2P management operations are handled within the driver, the
P2P service entries were not freed when terminating wpa_supplicant.
Fix this by calling wpas_p2p_service_flush() even if the P2P module
within wpa_supplicant has not been initialized.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-24 20:45:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b4a5dfa95d P2P: Limit maximum number of stored P2P clients to 100
This limits the maximum size of the p2p_client_list parameter that
is maintained at the GO for a persistent group. In other words, only
the 100 most recently seen P2P clients are kept in the list.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-08-24 00:25:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
223167956c Improve p2p_client_list updates in configuration file
This list can get truncated due to too many addresses getting added.
Reorder the entries in a way that allows the most recently added values
to be maintained in the list and use better debug/error messages when
parsing the value.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-08-24 00:25:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d42bc5e178 Handle long configuration file lines more gracefully
Skip the end of long configuration lines that get truncated in
wpa_config_get_line(). Without this, the rest of the file was being
parsed as another line and that resulted in an unexpected error
message (wrong line number and wrong starting point).

In addition, increase the read buffer for network blocks from 256
to 2000 since p2p_client_list parameter can have long values. These
were supposed to truncated cleanly, but the unexpected processing of
the end of the file (which is now fixed in this commit) could cause
configuration file to be rejected.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-08-23 23:52:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc8c7b8840 P2P: Remove unnecessary call in resuming p2p_find
Commit 99fcd40409 added a call to update
search delay after failed authentication attempt. This change was
supposed to be only in p2p_supplicant.c for the successful case. The
extra call does not really do anything, but it's good to remove it to
avoid any confusion in the future.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-23 20:28:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
99fcd40409 P2P: Allow scan operations during p2p_find
Previously, all station mode scan operations were either skipped or
delayed while any P2P operation was in progress. To make concurrent
operations easier to use, reduce this limitation by allowing a scan
operation to be completed in the middle of a p2p_find. In addition,
allow station mode association to be completed. When the station mode
operation is run to its completion (scan results not acted on,
connection to an AP completed, connection failed), resume the p2p_find
operation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-23 19:42:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
05a77b3b46 P2P: Use 500 ms search delay by default during concurrent operations
If the p2p_find command is used without the delay parameter, a 500 ms
default search delay will now be used when any interface using the same
radio is in an concurrent operation. "p2p_find delay=0" can be used to
enforce the old behavior in such a case if needed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-23 18:34:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
37448ede31 P2P: Add option for adding extra delay to p2p_find
A new optional delay=<search delay in milliseconds> parameter can now be
used with p2p_find command to request an extra delay between search
iterations. This can be used, e.g., to make p2p_find friendlier to
concurrent operations by avoiding it from taking 100% of the radio
resources.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-23 18:20:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
065d2895b4 Add UNAUTH-TLS vendor specific EAP type
This EAP type uses a vendor specific expanded EAP header to encapsulate
EAP-TLS with a configuration where the EAP server does not authenticate
the EAP peer. In other words, this method includes only server
authentication. The peer is configured with only the ca_cert parameter
(similarly to other TLS-based EAP methods). This method can be used for
cases where the network provides free access to anyone, but use of RSN
with a securely derived unique PMK for each station is desired.

The expanded EAP header uses the hostapd/wpa_supplicant vendor
code 39068 and vendor type 1 to identify the UNAUTH-TLS method.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-22 22:34:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a8a3868ddd HS 2.0: Add preliminary documentation for Hotspot 2.0
This describes wpa_supplicant functionality for Interworking
(probe request parameters, network selection) and Hotspot 2.0.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-21 21:32:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a120c3fad6 WPS: Remove unused credential handlers for 802.1X
The WPA_AUTH_WPA and WPA_AUTH_WPA2 cases have already been rejected in
this function when execution comes here. In theory, support for
WPA-Enterprise could be added, but since that has not happened over the
years, there is no good reason to keep this dead code here.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-19 19:10:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
392824ef10 Clean up the closed stdin/stdout/stderr workaround to close sockets
Close the workaround sockets when wpa_supplicant exists to avoid
hitting resource leak warnings.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-19 18:01:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
44ec48ebfd FIPS: Remove md5-non-fips.c
Commit c9e08af24f removed the only user of
the special case MD5 use that would be allowed in FIPS mode in
tls_prf_sha1_md5(). Commit 271dbf1594
removed the file from the build, but left the implementation into the
repository. To clean things up even further, remove this functionality
completely since it is not expected to be needed for FIPS mode anymore.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-19 16:53:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
63e5caaa6f Interworking: Do not match credentials without WPA2-Enterprise
Since we currently support only HS 2.0 networks with Interworking
network selection, do not indicate credential match unless the
network uses WPA2-Enterprise.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-19 12:55:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8601b50312 Interworking: Enforce WPA2-Enterprise/CCMP
Since we currently support only HS 2.0 networks with Interworking
network selection, enforce that WPA2-Enterprise/CCMP is used on the
AP instead of allowing any WPA-Enterprise combination.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-19 12:55:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4ed34f5acd HS 2.0: Do not indicate HS 2.0 status without WPA2-Enterprise
Hotspot 2.0 allows only WPA2-Enterprise to be used, so other types of
networks must not be indicated as Hotspot 2.0 networks even if they
(incorrectly) advertise HS 2.0 support.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-19 12:54:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2b95f57ba5 Interworking: Do not reconnect without "auto" parameter
When there was no credential match, but an enabled network block matched
with a scan result, wpa_supplicant reconnected at the end of
interworking_select command even if "auto" parameter was not used. Fix
this by running the reconnect only if requested to automatically select
a network.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-19 12:26:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9af7361b3f Document TLS options in phase1/phase2
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-17 22:27:29 +03:00
Yoni Divinsky
6409b7a715 Supply the connection scan results to bgscan after init
If bgscan is enabled, then bgscan is initiated after the connection,
with no bss scan result information. Since a scan was performed prior to
the connection, the information exists and can be used to initialize the
bgscan's cache.

Signed-hostap: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
2012-08-17 20:53:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
26a379224c OpenSSL: Implement SHA256 HMAC functions using HMAC API
Use the OpenSSL HMAC implementation instead of the internal sha256.c
implementation of HMAC with SHA256.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-16 22:34:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ab637dcb37 Move SHA256-based PRF function into a separate C file
This makes it easier to conditionally build in SHA256 functions based
on which TLS/crypto library is used.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-16 22:24:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0b5e98557e FIPS: Use OpenSSL CMAC implementation instead of aes-omac1.c
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-16 22:19:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
982bafedaf FIPS: Mix in OpenSSL RAND_bytes() into random_get_bytes()
Make sure that the OpenSSL DRBG gets used when generating
random numbers in FIPS mode.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-16 21:49:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
030d062fac OpenSSL: Implement SHA1 HMAC functions using HMAC API
Use the OpenSSL HMAC implementation instead of the internal sha1.c
implementation of HMAC with SHA1.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-16 20:38:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d6150094e0 Move SHA1-based PRF function into a separate C file
This makes it easier to conditionally build in SHA1 functions based
on which TLS/crypto library is used.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-16 20:26:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e40c86ad27 OpenSSL: Use library function for PBKDF2 passphrase-to-PSK
Use the OpenSSL PKCS5_PBKDF2_HMAC_SHA1() function instead of the
internal implementation in sha1-pbkdf2.c.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-16 20:26:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6e6909a97e FIPS: Remove MD5 from the CONFIG_FIPS=y build
When CONFIG_FIPS=y is used, do not include MD5 in the build and disable
EAPOL-Key frames that use MD5 (WPA/TKIP and dynamic WEP with IEEE
802.1X).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-16 20:03:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
271dbf1594 FIPS: Do not build md5-non-fips.o unless really needed
This is not needed anymore when using OpenSSL keying exporter
functionality for PRF.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-16 19:58:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c9e08af24f Do not export TLS keys in FIPS mode
Only allow the TLS library keying material exporter functionality to be
used for MSK derivation with TLS-based EAP methods to avoid exporting
internal TLS keys from the library.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-16 19:38:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
411f567050 Allow libdl to be linked in after OpenSSL
OpenSSL-based builds may need libdl in the linker line after the OpenSSL
library. CONFIG_TLS_ADD_DL=y can now be used to force that if needed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-16 19:34:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e001191837 Add "make fips" for wpa_supplicant builds with OpenSSL
This can be used for convenience to build wpa_supplicant with OpenSSL
FIPS object module. CONFIG_FIPS=y is expected to be used in
wpa_supplicant/.config when using this option.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-16 17:53:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4f219667d7 P2P: Use larger GO config timeout if HT40 is used
Increase GO config timeout if HT40 is used since it takes some time
to scan channels for coex purposes before the BSS can be started.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-15 23:19:11 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
e2308e4b45 P2P: Add optional "ht40" argument for p2p_connect
This can be used to start negotiated GO in 40 MHz channel width
in 5GHz band.

Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-15 23:07:44 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
7aeac98509 P2P: Enable 40 MHz support for autonomous P2P group addition
Add optional "ht40" argument for p2p_group_add command to enable 40 MHz
in 5GHz band. This configures the secondary channel, when HT support is
enabled and if the HW supports 40 MHz channel width.

Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-15 22:53:01 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
931228aa10 P2P: Move channel validation into a separate function
Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-15 22:44:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
87c7ba8423 wpa_cli: Use helper functions to implement commands
This simplifies wpa_cli implementation greatly and also reduces
the binary size by one third or so.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-15 22:40:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0076869c62 wpa_cli: Add helper functions for building and executing commands
These helper functions can be used to implement most of the common
wpa_cli commands to simplify the implementation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-15 22:08:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a3f7e5186b Allow non-WPA IEEE 802.1X to be select even if WPA is also enabled
If key_mgmt was set to allow both WPA and non-WPA IEEE 802.1X (i.e., to
IEEE8021X WPA-EAP), non-WPA IEEE 802.1X was rejected while preparing
association parameters. Allow this special case to be handled by
selecting non-WPA case if the scan results for the AP do not include
either WPA or RSN elements.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-15 19:34:04 +03:00
Eyal Shapira
a13e07ec4d Fix adding extra IEs in sched scan
Refactoring done in commit 46ee0427b1
(IEEE 802.11u: Allow Interworking and HESSID to be configured)
broke adding extra IEs in sched scan. The IEs stopped being added
to the scan params within wpa_supplicant_extra_ies() but no code
was added to add them in wpa_supplicant_req_sched_scan().
Fix this and remove unused params arg in wpa_supplicant_extra_ies().

Signed-hostap: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-08-13 21:48:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f52c2f7b5 GAS: Fix reporting of GAS query timeouts
GAS_QUERY_TIMEOUT value was used for two different things - enum for
status callback and #define for internal eloop timeout). The latter
overwrites the former and as such, the timeout reported ended up going
out with value 5 which matches with GAS_QUERY_CANCELLED instead of
GAS_QUERY_TIMEOUT. This value was not used in existing code, so this
should not modify the current behavior. Anyway, the correct reason for
the failure should be reported. Rename the internal #define for the
timeout period to avoid the name conflict. [Bug 463]

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-13 21:33:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
067ffa2696 Convert os_realloc() for an array to use os_realloc_array()
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-13 21:21:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f9884c096a Convert os_zalloc() for an array to use os_calloc()
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-13 20:44:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
78372bda68 Fix memcmp use in a test program
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-13 19:57:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
623ecdd5a2 Remove default ACM=1 from AC_VO and AC_VI
There is no need to mandate admission control (ACM=1) by default, so
clear that flag in the case the configuration file does not specify
wmm_ac_{vo,vi}_acm value. This gets closer to the values mentioned
in the sample hostapd.conf file and reduces the need to specify WMM
parameters in the configuration file for most common use cases.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-12 11:36:45 +03:00
Yoni Divinsky
c26effe15f wpa_supplicant AP/P2P: Enable WMM param configuration
In case of P2P GO and AP mode, wpa_supplicant uses the default hostapd
parameters for WMM. In the default parameters the ACM bit for video and
voice are set to 1, meaning, P2P devices and stations which are
connected to the GO cannot pass voice or video data packets. Allow this
to be changed through wpa_supplicant configuration file with wmm_ac_*
parameters.

Signed-hostap: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
2012-08-12 11:34:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e485286c67 Remove unnecessary bssid_changed check
The os_memcmp of bssid and wpa_s->bssid cannot return 0 in this
code path since identical os_memcmp was already done above.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-11 17:54:43 +03:00
Masashi Honma
0a0c38f63d Do not proceed with association if get_bssid() returns failure
This is the normal flow for association:

wpa_supplicant <--(EVENT_ASSOC event )--  device driver
wpa_supplicant  --( get_bssid()      )--> device driver
wpa_supplicant <--( return BSSID     )--  device driver

However, a device driver could return EINVAL for get_bssid() because it
recognizes it has already been disconnected. When the wpa_supplicant
received EINVAL, the bssid field could be used uninitialized in the
following flow:

wpa_supplicant <--(EVENT_ASSOC event )--  device driver
                                          device driver (receive deauth)
wpa_supplicant  --( get_bssid()      )--> device driver
wpa_supplicant <--( return EINVAL    )--  device driver

Prevent this by requiring the get_bssid() call to succeed when
processing association events.
2012-08-11 17:46:58 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
b6871ebb17 SME: Correctly check mode HT caps for enabling OBSS scan
Don't assume the 11g mode is always first in the list of mode (sometimes
it isn't). Traverse the array of modes and check the HT40 capability is
turned on for 11g.

Signed-hostap: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
2012-08-11 17:08:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8dba4aef11 P2P: Move group removal reason to a function parameter
wpa_s->removal_reason was set only when calling wpas_p2p_group_delete()
and while couple of call places did not set this, it should really be
set in each case. As such, it works better as a function parameter than
a variable in struct wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-11 12:41:31 +03:00
Michael Naumov
30ee769235 P2P: p2p_group_remove should fail on non-P2P interface
p2p_group_remove should only attempt to remove P2P group
interfaces and fail on non-P2P group interfaces.

Signed-hostap: Michael Naumov <michael.naumov@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
2012-08-11 12:06:23 +03:00
Eyal Shapira
462a7439e1 Add p2p_go_max_inactivity config option
This enables setting a different max inactivity timeout for P2P GO.
This timeout is used to detect inactive clients. In some scenarios
it may be useful to have control over this and set a shorter timeout
than the default 300s. For example when running STA and P2P GO interfaces
concurrently, the STA interface may perform scans which may cause the
GO to miss a disassoc / deauth frames from a client and keep assuming
that the client is connected until the inactivity detection kicks in.
300 secs is a bit too long for such scenarios and creates a bad user
experience.

Signed-hostap: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
2012-08-10 16:28:38 +03:00
Paul Stewart
6ed3117561 wpa_supplicant: Add DBus "Reassociate" command
Create a DBus command to reassociate, similar to the
ctrl-interface "reassociate" command.

Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2012-08-09 13:54:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e100828b76 Return wpabuf from radius_msg_get_eap()
This simplifies the implementation by using the buffer type to which the
returned data will be converted anyway. This avoids one memory
allocation for each processed RADIUS message.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-07 18:14:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e122bb70b8 hostapd: Add alternative format for configuring SSID
The new ssid2 parameter can be used as an alternative mechanism for
configuring SSID for hostapd. It uses the same formats that
wpa_supplicant uses in the configuration file for strings.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-07 16:27:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b87d70c88a Make wpa_config_parse_string() a shared function
This will be used in future hostapd configuration parser changes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-07 16:13:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
986de33d5c Convert remaining SSID routines from char* to u8*
This makes it more explicit that the SSID is not a null terminated
C string.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-07 16:07:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5c4b93d72e Add support for using printf-escaped strings in configuration
P"<escaped string>" can now be used as an alternative method for
specifying non-ASCII strings (including control characters). For
example, ssid=P"abc\x00test".

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-07 13:50:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
059d3a9075 wpa_cli: Handle wpa_supplicant termination more cleanly
Process CTRL-EVENT-TERMINATING in wpa_cli interactive mode and close
ctrl_iface connection without trying to detach the monitor interface
when this happens. This avoids a timeout on the DETACH command. In
addition, print out connection lost/re-established messages without
overriding the edit line.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-05 22:27:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8e897ae37b wpa_cli: Go through ifname determination on connection retries
This is needed to allow the default behavior (pick first interface) to
be used in cases where wpa_supplicant is not available when wpa_cli is
started in interactive mode.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-05 22:04:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
db3a03222e wpa_cli: Fix an issue in the cleanup of udp-remote commits
wpa_ctrl_get_remote_ifname() is defined only for UDP ctrl_iface socket,
so this call needs to be made conditional on build parameters.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-05 21:54:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4be9f27595 wpa_cli: Use eloop during connection attempts in interactive mode
This changes the call flow to allow full eloop operations to be used
while waiting for wpa_cli to establish a connection to wpa_supplicant in
the beginning of an interactive session. This allows the cleanup steps
to be more consistent and avoid debugging issues due to unfreed memory
or other resources if wpa_cli is killed with Ctrl-c.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-05 21:47:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d62aaa7de1 wpa_cli: Fix resource leak on attach failures in interactive mode
When starting interactive mode, wpa_cli is trying to attach the
monitor connection. If that fails, the operation is retried, but
this was done without freeing all the resources that could have
been allocated (mainly, the command connection).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-05 20:58:44 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
4307bb8c85 wpa_cli: Print nice prompt when using remote UDP
When CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp-remote is used, print user frendly PS in
wpa_cli. E.g.,
localhost/wlan0>
192.168.1.1/p2p-wlan-0-0>

Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2012-08-05 20:50:17 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
2d2398a11f edit: Add support for setting prompt string
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2012-08-05 20:46:34 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
0eed2a8d11 wpa_cli: Add IFNAME command
This command will return wpa_s->ifname that can be used for a nice
prompt in wpa_cli.

Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2012-08-05 20:12:16 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
afadf423db wpa_supplicant: Add optional remote access for ctrl_iface
Add new option for ctrl iface: CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp-remote. This
enables remote access to control interface via UDP port(s). This should
be used for testing purpose only since there is no authentication or
access control on the commands.

Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2012-08-05 20:01:07 +03:00
Fernando Herrera
c10fe8c1df D-Bus: Fix wpas_dbus_getter_bss_expire_count
bss_expire_count getter was getting a wrong value. Fix it to return
bss_expiration_scan_count.

intended-for: hostap-1
2012-08-05 00:43:19 +03:00
Michael Naumov
a5195e56e8 D-Bus: Remove network_object dictionary entry from signal GroupStarted
The network_object path should be returned by the NetworkAdded signal
and not by the GroupStarted Signal. Starting a Group does not
necessarily validate the network object.

Signed-hostap: Michael Naumov <michael.naumov@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-08-05 00:26:36 +03:00
Michael Naumov
2ce7033678 P2P: Add D-Bus python script to perform Disconnect
D-Bus script using python glib is added to perform Disconnect on an
interface.

Signed-hostap: Michael Naumov <michael.naumov@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
2012-08-05 00:24:40 +03:00
Michael Naumov
008d824f20 P2P: Add D-Bus python script to perform p2p_invite
D-Bus script using python glib is added to perform p2p_invite on a group
interface to invite a peer.

Signed-hostap: Michael Naumov <michael.naumov@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
2012-08-05 00:20:48 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
35aa088a32 Add 'get_capability channels' command for ctrl_iface
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2012-08-04 21:17:04 +03:00
Ben Greear
481cac211e Add some debug info for config file error cases
It didn't always spit out useful stuff when reading config failed.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2012-08-04 20:38:50 +03:00
Ben Greear
4fdc8def88 Make UNIX socket non-blocking for ctrl_iface
This keeps wpa_cli from hanging forever if the other end of the socket
dies.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2012-08-04 20:34:27 +03:00
jim1_lin
c8b245b6a4 WPS: Update dev.config_methods in wps_update_config
dev.config_methods was not updated when wps_update_config was called.
This could lead to mismatching config methods between Probe Request and
M1 packets. Add missing part for it.
2012-08-04 20:14:59 +03:00
Paul Stewart
21270bb4b3 Fix a couple memory leaks
Found using valgrind.

Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2012-08-04 20:10:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
02af9c90fb EXT PW: Allow Interwork cred block to use external storage for password
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-03 22:15:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0ebb23e340 EXT PW: Add support for password parameter from external storage
This allows the password parameter for EAP methods to be fetched
from an external storage.

Following example can be used for developer testing:

ext_password_backend=test:pw1=password|pw2=testing

network={
    key_mgmt=WPA-EAP
    eap=TTLS
    identity="user"
    password=ext:pw1
    ca_cert="ca.pem"
    phase2="auth=PAP"
}

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-03 22:15:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9173b16fd1 EXT PW: Add support for psk parameter from external storage
This allows wpa_supplicant configuration file to be created without
the PSK/passphrase value included in the file when a backend for
external password storage is available.

Following example can be used for developer testing:

ext_password_backend=test:psk1=12345678
network={
    ssid="test-psk"
    key_mgmt=WPA-PSK
    psk=ext:psk1
}

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-03 22:15:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
306ae22556 EXT PW: Add framework for supporting external password storage
This new mechanism can be used to make wpa_supplicant using external
storage (e.g., key store in the operating system) for passwords,
passphrases, and PSKs. This commit is only adding the framework part
needed to support this, i.e., no actual configuration parameter can
yet use this new mechanism. In addition, only a simple test backend
is added to allow developer testing of the functionality.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-03 22:15:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2518aad3e8 Move PSK/passphrase configuration check into use time from parsing
Instead of rejecting network blocks without PSK/passphrase at the time
the configuration file is read, allow such configuration to be loaded
and only behave as if the network block with missing PSK/passphrase is
disabled.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-03 22:15:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1ecd2ada33 Interworking: Set key_mgmt parameter for the temporary network block
Previously, this was left to the default (WPA-EAP WPA-PSK) value which
could potentially result in unexpected behavior if an AP were to enable
both WPA2-Enterprise and WPA2-Personal in the same BSS. While this is
not really that likely for APs supporting Interworking, it is good to
get the PSK option removed to avoid any issues with missing
passphrase/PSK configuration parameter.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-03 22:15:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
955567bc09 Interworking: Add support for using Roaming Consortium OI for matching
Each cred block can now be matched based on Roaming Consortium OI as an
alternative mechanism to using NAI Realm information. This may be
optimized for efficiency in the future since Roaming Consortium
information is available in scan results without having to go through
ANQP queries. In addition, this is easier to support in case there is a
large number of realms that can be used for authentication.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-02 18:48:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8ca93c59e0 Interworking: Allow pre-configuration of EAP parameters
The new cred block parameters eap, phase1, and phase2 can be used to
select which EAP method is used with network selection instead of using
the value specified in ANQP information (e.g., NAI Realm).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-02 18:40:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d5b5d801e8 Interworking: Move EAP parameter setting into a separate function
This makes it easier to share the common code with other credential
matching cases in the future.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-02 18:35:18 +03:00
Xi Chen
75cad1a0d4 WNM: Add WNM-Sleep Mode for station mode
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-01 13:21:27 +03:00
Xi Chen
a884be9da1 WNM: Add placeholders for WNM driver commands and events
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-01 13:21:20 +03:00
Jay Katabathuni
19a8ad9944 HS 2.0: Add Hotspot 2.0 Indication for AP
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-07-30 18:23:38 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
bf8d6d2430 nl80211: Support setting sched scan RSSI threshold
Allow the user to configure an RSSI threshold in dBm below which the
nl80211 driver won't report scan results. Currently only supported
during scheduled (PNO) scans.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-07-25 16:56:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cae2119c86 P2P: Leave forced BSSID parameter for P2P group
P2P group is only going to use a single GO, so we can leave the fixed
BSSID parameter set for the actual data connection in addition to the
initial WPS provisionign step. This can speed up operations with drivers
that select BSS internally by allowing them to skip an extra scan when
the BSSID and frequency of the GO is already known.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-07-25 16:18:12 +03:00
Michael Naumov
b682d6a73d P2P: Add D-Bus python scripts to perform additional commands
Four D-Bus scripts using python glib are added to perform the following
operations: p2p_flush, p2p_group_add, p2p_listen and p2p_stop_find.

Signed-hostap: Michael Naumov <michael.naumov@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
2012-07-04 21:07:53 +03:00
Cyril Brulebois
46d69fa5c6 wpa_gui: Fix compilation with gcc/g++ 4.7
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-07-04 21:01:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b9b12d02f0 autoscan: Fix potential freeing of uninitialized pointer
Commit 7c865c6853 introduced a code
path that can skip extra_ie initialization in wpa_supplicant_scan().
This could result in semi-random crashes when using the autoscan
mechanism. Fix this by initializing extra_ie to NULL.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-07-03 20:54:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
be1514a3e9 Update license notification in signalbar implementation
This updates the license notification to use only the BSD license. The
changes were acknowledged by email (Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>,
Mon, 2 Jul 2012 20:02:37 +1000).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-07-02 20:48:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
17096391c5 wpa_gui: Update licence notification text in wpa_gui
The Help|About message box was still referring to the old license
alternatives.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-07-02 12:11:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c5a3cebfc8 Update license notification in D-Bus interface files
This updates these files to use the license notification that uses only
the BSD license. The changes were acknowledged by email (Dan Williams
<dcbw@redhat.com>, Sun, 01 Jul 2012 15:53:36 -0500).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-07-02 12:04:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dcc3305701 Move p2p_connect PIN format validation into a separate function
This functionality could be shared for other commands, too, so move
it to a common function. In addition, implement the validation in a
bit more strict way to avoid accepting values like '-123' as a valid
PIN.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-30 21:27:32 +03:00
Masashi Honma
36ebf7a1b2 P2P: Add error message for invalid PIN
Reject invalid PIN value in p2p_connect command. Before this, typos
like "pbd" as the third parameter could have resulted in OK return
value since this parameter was interpreted as the PIN.

Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2012-06-30 21:19:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
10ac7ddf33 Do not share special scan results with virtual interfaces
When a special scan_res_handler is used the scan parameters may not have
been suitable for other purposes (e.g., during a p2p_find operation). As
such, do not indicate such scan results to other virtual interfaces
using the same radio.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-30 20:30:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3df2f4fe99 P2P: Remove unused P2P_SCAN_SPECIFIC
This is not used anymore after the commit
e6ecfc4fd3.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-30 20:20:29 +03:00
Gary Morain
0bb1e425b5 Export disconnect reason code to dbus
In the properties changed signal, added a new property
"DisconnectReason", which carries the IEEE 802.11 reason code of the
most recent disassociation or deauthentication event. The reason code is
negative if it is locally generated. The property is sent to the DBUS
immediately so as to prevent it from being coalesced with other
disconnect events.

Signed-off-by: Gary Morain <gmorain@chromium.org>
2012-06-30 16:43:50 +03:00
Michael Naumov
acc5f4ec60 P2P: Add dbus python scripts to perform p2p_find and p2p_connect
Two DBUS scripts using python glib are added to perform p2p_find and
p2p_connect operations respectively. p2p_connect script just performs
the traditional connect to create a new p2p group. Additional updates
will be required to perform join, auth etc. al.

Signed-hostap: Michael Naumov <michael.naumov@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
2012-06-30 13:11:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
51ca03f470 WPS: Document NFC use cases with password/config token
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-28 21:28:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bfc62fe133 WPS: Share a single function for generating NFS password tokens
There is no need for both hostapd and wpa_supplicant to have their
own functions for this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-28 21:01:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
40a5e3bfde WPS: Add a standalone tool for building NFC password tokens
nfc_pw_token can be used to build random NFC password token for WPS.
This tool prints out the wpa_supplicant.conf (or hostapd.conf)
parameters and the hexdump of the WPS password token (with and without
NDEF encapsulation) so that it can be written to a NFC tag with an
external program.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-28 21:01:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
72df0cd28c WPS: Use random_get_bytes() for NFC password id
os_random() may not be seeded properly, so use stronger mechanism for
generating the password id for NFC password tokens.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-28 20:40:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e484e927a6 WPS: Allow NFC password token from AP to be used with wps_reg
The AP PIN on wps_reg command can now be replaced with special value
"nfc-pw" to use device password from a NFC password token from the AP.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-28 19:41:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e6ea2a451c WPS ER: Add support for using NFC password token from an Enrollee
WPS_NFC_TAG_READ ctrl_iface command can now be used to add NFC password
tokens to ER.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-28 17:34:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1cea09a9e2 WPS ER: Add support for building NFC configuration token
WPS_ER_NFC_CONFIG_TOKEN command can now be used to build a NFC
configuration token based on AP Settings learnt with WPS_ER_LEARN
or set with WPS_ER_CONFIG.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-28 16:35:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
71892384da WPS: Fix ifdef use for the new NFC mechanism in wpa_supplicant
Use CONFIG_WPS_NFC instead of CONFIG_WPS_OOB for the NFC specific
new ctrl_iface commands.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-28 14:07:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d7645d239d WPS: Add support for NFC configuration token from external program
The new wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface command WPS_NFC_TAG_READ can now be
used to process NFC tags read by external programs to initiate
wpa_supplicant to use NFC Configuration Token to create a new network.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-28 13:59:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5bb7ae1f0c WPS: Fix error case in NFC password token generation
Need to verify that wps_build_nfc_pw_token() returned a valid buffer
before trying to encapsulate it for NDEF.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-28 13:23:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3f2c8ba6d3 WPS: Add new mechanism for NFC config method using password token
Instead of requiring low-level access to an NFC device and synchronous
operations, the new WPS_NFC_TOKEN and WPS_NFC ctrl_iface commands can be
used to build a NFC password token and initiate WPS protocol run using
that token (or pre-configured values) as separate commands. The
WPS_NFC_TOKEN output can be written to a NFC tag using an external
program, i.e., wpa_supplicant does not need to have low-level code for
NFC operations for this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-27 21:22:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
99f0032409 Allow autoscan parameters to be changed in SCANNING state
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-26 20:11:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c3d1223848 Reinitialize autoscan on explicit reassocciate/reconnect command
This clears the exponential scan interval back to the base value
when a reconnection is requested explicitly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-26 20:05:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d7ded75832 Cancel pending scan request on DISCONNECT command
Previously, a pending scan request could be left running when processing
DISCONNECT command from control interface. This can result in unexpected
scan, so cancel the request to avoid this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-26 19:57:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
992189991c Start autoscan for first connection attempt
Use wpa_supplicant_set_state() to initialize state to DISCONNECT so that
autoscan gets initialized properly. This needs a change in
autoscan_init() to avoid extra scan request that would postpone the
first scan request when an interface is added.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-26 19:52:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
460b36d0c0 Fix autoscan exponential to limit interval in all cases
The first time the limit is exceeded could result in using larger
value - avoid that by limiting the interval also in that case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-26 19:51:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ccea4eb3e8 Fix autoscan exponential to start with the base value
Initial implementation used base^2 as the starting value.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-26 19:47:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1aea2ca325 Write autoscan parameter to config file on updates
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-26 19:43:05 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
e3659c89d2 Add a simple periodic autoscan module
This module will sets a fixed scanning interval. Thus, the parameter to
this module is following this format: <fixed interval>

Signed-hostap: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2012-06-26 19:28:21 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
c0fba2b38d Add autoscan module named exponential
This module will compute the interval on a base exponential. Thus,
params to this module are following this format: <base>:<limit>

Signed-hostap: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2012-06-26 19:22:56 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
2bdd834257 Add autoscan command into wpa_cli
Signed-hostap: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2012-06-26 19:11:17 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
bc5d330ae0 Add ctrl iface command for autoscan
Signed-hostap: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2012-06-26 19:09:47 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
67892d5c0d D-Bus: Add AutoScan interface method to set/unset autoscan parameters
Signed-hostap: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2012-06-26 19:05:09 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
7c865c6853 Add automatic scanning support
Like bgscan, autoscan is an optional module based feature to automate
scanning but while disconnected or inactive.

Instead of requesting directly a scan, it only sets the scan_interval
and the sched_scan_interval. So, if the driver supports sched_scan,
autoscan will be able to tweak its interval. Otherwise, the tweaked
scan_interval will be used. If scan parameters needs to be tweaked, an
autoscan_params pointer in wpa_s will provide those. So req_scan /
req_sched_scan will not set the scan parameters as they usually do, but
instead will use this pointer.

Modules will not have to request a scan directly, like bgscan does.
Instead, it will need to return the interval it wants after each
notification.

Signed-hostap: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2012-06-26 18:55:41 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
b0786fba71 Add autoscan parameters support in config file
Signed-hostap: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2012-06-26 18:09:57 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
1b487b8b1e nl80211: Handle CH_SWITCH event
Some drivers may independently decide to switch channels. Handle this by
updating the hostapd and wpa_supplicant AP and GO configuration.

Signed-hostap: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-06-25 14:45:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c1c023429b Set state to DISCONNECTED on auth/assoc failures
Some of the authentication/association failure paths left wpa_state to
its previous value. This can result in unexpected behavior when
wpa_supplicant tries to find an AP to connect to since the uncleared
state can result the in the selected BSS being ignored if it is same as
the previously used BSS. This could happen, e.g., when wpa_supplicant
SME was used and the AP rejected authentication. Fix this by explicitly
setting state to DISCONNECTED on auth/assoc failures that did not yet do
this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-06-25 14:23:25 +03:00
Sunil Dutt Undekari
5bda43cdee P2P: Reject p2p_find when in provisioning
A p2p_find during provisioning shall not allow the enrollee to
pick the network, hence disable p2p_find during provisioning.

Signed-hostap: Sunil Dutt Undekari <duttus@codeaurora.org>
2012-06-25 14:05:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ef3e60bf22 Describe CONFIG_AP=y and CONFIG_P2P=y in defconfig
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-24 01:07:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
781d8e0f2b Fix a typo
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-24 00:59:06 +03:00
Aarthi Thiruvengadam
c66cf68d5c P2P: Fix fallback to GO Negotiation to avoid PD-before-join timeout
The wpas_p2p_pd_before_join_timeout could be left behind if the PD
Request in p2p_connect-auto case does not succeed. This timeout can
result in unexpected operations since it could trigger join operation
while going through GO Negotiation. Fix this by canceling the timeout
when falling back to GO Negotiation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-06-20 21:38:31 +03:00
Jithu Jance
ef35f5a0fd P2P: Add driver op for requesting GO/AP channel switch
Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2012-06-10 20:54:31 +03:00
Jithu Jance
b9cfc09a81 P2P: Add preference setting for concurrent use cases
Add an additional parameter to prioritize either sta or p2p connection
to resolve conflicts arising during single channel concurrency.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2012-06-10 20:53:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a0227929dc P2P: Do not use reassociation after getting disassociated
This avoids issues with some APs rejecting a reassociation if the
station is not currently associated as reported by Yossi Wortzel.
The change is based on a patch from Arik Nemtsov.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-10 19:51:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
73ccd08378 P2P: Fix group formation timeout on GO during WPS step
Commit 361cdf3400 changed the way the
group formation timeout is used on P2P client. However, it resulted in
clearing the timeout on the GO when the GO started beaconing. This is
not correct since the timeout is supposed to be maintained until at
least the completion of the WPS provisioning step. Fix this regression
by clearing the timeout here only in the case we are not GO in group
formation phase.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-06-08 18:22:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
476dea24ff WPS: Cancel WPS operation also in DISCONNECTED state
It is possible for wpa_state to be WPA_DISCONNECTED when a new scan is
scheduled to be started in the future. If wpas_wps_cancel() gets called
(e.g., through control interface wps_cancel or a P2P group removal)
while in that state, the WPS operation (scan request and special network
block) were not removed. Fix this by clearing the WPS operations both in
WPA_SCANNING and WPA_DISCONNECTED states.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-06-06 22:07:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5b37633364 P2P: Fix scan_res_handler setting for p2p_scan
The previous version set scan_res_handler unconditionally and then
cleared it if scan request failed. This can result in incorrect clearing
of the handler to NULL for a previously started scan that has not yet
completed. This can make p2p_find command fail to use the
start-after-scan-completion mechanism in some cases. Fix this by setting
scan_res_handler properly after having verified that the driver command
for starting the scan was successful.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-06-06 17:07:46 +03:00
Sunil Dutt Undekari
84286a227b P2P: Improve p2p_prov_disc-auto robustness
Perform addition additional scan runs on the operating channel of the GO
(if known from previous scan results) and fall back to initiate the PD
for GO Negotiation if these additional scans do not detect the peer as
GO.

Signed-hostap: Sunil Dutt Undekari <duttus@codeaurora.org>
2012-06-06 15:46:05 +03:00
Nirav Shah
ad85320234 P2P: Fix P2P Group Formation timeout registration (use parent iface)
Commit 361cdf3400 extended the use of
group formation timeout for the way handshake, but the registration was
done on the group_interface while the cancellation was done on the
parent interface. Fix the registration to set the eloop timeout on
parent to address potential issues when using a separate group
interface.

Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
2012-06-04 21:58:34 +03:00
Paul Stewart
a6b71f726a bss: Don't remove a BSS that is in use
When looking for a BSS to eject due to too many entries, never
pick one that is in use.  Otherwise, we run the risk of having
pointers to freed data.

Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2012-06-04 21:52:08 +03:00
Paul Stewart
dd7fec1f29 wpa_supplicant: Report EAP connection progress to DBus
Send an "EAP" signal via the new DBus interface under various
conditions during EAP authentication:

  - During method selection (ACK and NAK)
  - During certificate verification
  - While sending and receiving TLS alert messages
  - EAP success and failure messages

This provides DBus callers a number of new tools:

  - The ability to probe an AP for available EAP methods
    (given an identity).
  - The ability to identify why the remote certificate was
    not verified.
  - The ability to identify why the remote peer refused
    a TLS connection.

Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2012-06-04 21:10:01 +03:00
Etay Luz
fdfb1c8bcf wpa_supplicant: Support dtim_period configuration for AP mode
Signed-off-by: Etay Luz <eluz@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-06-04 17:52:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f5d4dd5ad4 WNM: Send empty IPv4 packet as keep-alive for now
Use an empty IPv4 packet as the keep-alive packet for WNM BSS max idle
period mechanism. This is not really the best possible frame to use for
this, but for now, it can do until a more suitable frame is figured out
for this (e.g., special LLC header to indicate link test purposes).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-05-28 14:36:23 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
597c7a8dd8 WNM: Fix build without CONFIG_SME=y
Commit b6668734ab missed #ifdef CONFIG_SME
protection around wpa_s->sme access.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-05-27 18:17:41 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b6668734ab WNM: Add advertisement of BSS max idle period
If WNM is enabled for the build (CONFIG_WNM=y), add BSS max idle period
information to the (Re)Association Response frame from the AP and parse
this information on the station. For SME-in-wpa_supplicant case, add a
timer to handle periodic transmission of the keep-alive frame. The
actual request for the driver to transmit a frame is not yet
implemented.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-05-27 17:35:00 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b80eb89d8e P2P: Improve handling of p2p_connect-auto fallback
Commit aa9bb7644b improved robustness
of p2p_connect-auto mechanism by using older scan results to help in
determination whether the peer was operating a GO. Improve this by
accepting new GO information from scan-for-WPS-provisioning results
even if the GO is not yet ready for WPS.

In addition, fix an issue where Provision Discovery exchange timeout
could have left offchannel TX operation in progress when the fallback
was used.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-14 22:55:43 -04:00
Dmitry Shmidt
dfb42efb34 wpa_supplicant: Make Android makefiles available under the BSD license
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2012-05-14 20:34:24 -04:00
Jouni Malinen
3bc462cb88 P2P: Add option for Provision Discovery before GO Negotiation
This is a workaround for interoperability issues with some deployed P2P
implementations that require a Provision Discovery exchange to be used
before GO Negotiation. The new provdisc parameter for the p2p_connect
command can be used to request this behavior without having to run a
separate p2p_prov_disc command.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-11 16:25:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1cbe86e2d6 Add debug prints of scan result IEs
Excessive debug level can now be used to dump the IEs received in scan
results from both Beacon and Probe Response frames. This makes it easier
to debug issues where the driver (or well, more likely cfg80211) does
not update the IEs based on Beacon frames if even a single Probe
Response frame has been received.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-11 15:30:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f15854d1e1 Fix BSSID enforcement with driver-based BSS selection
Previously, wpa_supplicant did not specify BSSID to any connection
request if the driver indicated that it will take care of BSS selection.
This is fine for most use cases, but can result to issues if the network
block has an explicit bssid parameter to select which BSS is to be used.
Fix this by setting BSSID and channel when the network block includes the
bssid parameter even if the driver indicates support for BSS selection.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-05-11 15:27:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2c1e557507 WPS: Fix BSSID filter handling
If WPS commands are used with a specific BSSID instead of wildcard,
the BSSID that was supposed to be used only for the provisioning step
may end up getting copied to the network block that gets provisioned
based on the WPS credentials. Fix this by clearing ssid->bssid_set
when creating the network block by replacing the block used for WPS
provisioning.

This issue could show up with the provisioned network not getting
selected properly with APs that have multiple radios. Depending on
the driver, this could result in only a single one of the available
BSSes being available or the connection failing completely.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-05-11 13:29:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ec4a5d32b1 Add ChangeLog entries from v1.0 release
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-05-10 22:12:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
349493bd0c Validate WEP key lengths based on driver capabilities
The nl80211 driver interface does not allow 128-bit WEP to be used
without a vendor specific cipher suite and no such suite is defined for
this purpose. Do not accept WEP key length 16 for nl80211 driver
interface forn ow. wext-interface can still try to use these for
backwards compatibility.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-10 14:34:46 +03:00
Ben Greear
157cdad59f wpa_supplicant: Fix overlapping memcpy on WPS interface addition
I think this should fix the following valgrind complaint:

==1972== Source and destination overlap in memcpy(0x5181708, 0x5181708, 16)
==1972==    at 0x4A073BA: memcpy (mc_replace_strmem.c:602)
==1972==    by 0x45872B: wpas_wps_set_uuid (wps_supplicant.c:1116)
==1972==    by 0x4599EC: wpas_wps_update_config (wps_supplicant.c:1747)
==1972==    by 0x4C8DB0: wpa_supplicant_update_config (wpa_supplicant.c:3090)
==1972==    by 0x4C3E5E: wpa_supplicant_reload_configuration (wpa_supplicant.c:746)
==1972==    by 0x4B8B37: wpa_supplicant_ctrl_iface_process (ctrl_iface.c:4082)
==1972==    by 0x4BA39C: wpa_supplicant_ctrl_iface_receive (ctrl_iface_unix.c:168)
==1972==    by 0x4114D4: eloop_sock_table_dispatch_table (eloop.c:335)
==1972==    by 0x411541: eloop_sock_table_dispatch (eloop.c:352)
==1972==    by 0x41200D: eloop_run (eloop.c:766)
==1972==    by 0x4C8B43: wpa_supplicant_run (wpa_supplicant.c:3010)
==1972==    by 0x4D44AD: main (main.c:286)

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-05-10 10:57:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ab28911dbf P2P: Deinitialize global P2P context on P2P mgmt interface removal
The P2P implementation assumes that the first wpa_s interface instance
is used to manage P2P operations and the P2P module maintains a pointer
to this interface in msg_ctx. This can result in issues (e.g., use of
freed memory) when the management interface is removed. Fix this by
deinitializing global P2P data if the interface that created it is
removed. This will disable P2P until the next interface is added.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-05-10 10:49:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2249d7149e HS 2.0: Add Hotspot 2.0 ANQP elements to Interworking queries
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 23:30:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
64855b9682 HS 2.0: Indicate Hotspot 2.0 in BSS table and status
If the AP indicates support for Hotspot 2.0, show this in the
ctrl_iface commands for BSS table and status.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 23:30:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cb4183249f HS 2.0: Add HS 2.0 Indication element into (Re)Association Request
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 23:30:04 +03:00
Jay Katabathuni
c923b8a537 HS 2.0: Add Hotspot 2.0 indication into Probe Request
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 23:29:58 +03:00
Jay Katabathuni
a8918e86b6 HS 2.0: Add Hotspot 2.0 station ctrl_iface
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 23:29:52 +03:00
Jay Katabathuni
66aadbd7bf HS 2.0: Add runtime configuration of Hotspot 2.0 station
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 23:29:45 +03:00
Jay Katabathuni
25471fe3b9 HS 2.0: Add Hotspot 2.0 ANQP routines
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 23:29:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8d2f05462c Remove scripts and notes related to the Windows binary package
There are no plans to continue making the Windows binary package for
wpa_supplicant for 1.x or newer releases, so remove the scripts and
notes that are related to this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-05-08 20:49:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6f251b6bb5 P2P: Store SSID of the group in p2p_group data
This can be used with P2P management operations that need to verify
whether the local device is operating a specific group based on
P2P Group ID attribute from a peer.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 17:38:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
aa9bb7644b P2P: Allow older scan results to improve p2p_connect-auto robustness
Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry
for it was not updated in the single scan run started by
p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer
if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve
robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting
the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the
single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 17:38:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fea7c3a055 Ignore network blocks that have invalid WEP key length
Do not try to associate with a network that has an invalid or incomplete
configuration because the association or at least data connection would
fail anyway. This commits adds a common function for checking whether a
network block is disabled to make it easier to check network blocks
without having to reject them during configuration file parsing (which
would prevent wpa_supplicant from starting). The only additional check
added in this commit is to verify the WEP key length. Similar checks for
other parameters can be added in future commits.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-07 13:39:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d90134e748 Update copyright and license notification in D-Bus interace P2P files
This adds the copyright notice for Intel and moves to the license
notification that uses only the BSD license. The changes were
acknowledged by email ("Berg, Johannes" <johannes.berg@intel.com>,
Mon, 7 May 2012 07:33:53 +0000).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-05-07 13:07:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4732ee3a87 Add more documentation for IEEE 802.11w/PMF configuration
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-05-05 16:48:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3d332fe75e Fix SIM/USIM determination to support EAP-AKA'
Both EAP-AKA and EAP-AKA' use USIM. Without this change, use of real
USIM card for EAP-AKA' was not allowed to proceed, i.e., only the
software simulated USIM operations were supported.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-05-05 14:19:13 +03:00
Wei-Jen Lin
1298c14594 Allow pbc_in_m1 workaround to be enabled in wpa_supplicant AP mode
This workaround for Windows 7 WPS probing mechanism was previously
allowed only with hostapd, but the same interoperability issue can
happen with wpa_supplicant AP/GO mode. Allow the workaround to be
enabled in wpa_supplicant configuration for these uses.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-03 16:51:04 +03:00
Wei-Jen Lin
f571b593ba P2P: Clone max_sta_num parameter for group interfaces
This is needed to allow the max_sta_num parameter set in the main
configuration file to apply to dynamically created P2P group
interfaces.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-05-03 16:41:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6434ad09d6 Scan only 2.4 GHz band for OBSS scans
Since we are reporting 20/40 BSS coex information only for 2.4 GHz band,
there is no need to run the full scan on dualband cards.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-03 15:55:42 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
c3701c66a5 Add handling of OBSS scan requests and 20/40 BSS coex reports
Add support for HT STA to report 40 MHz intolerance to the associated AP.
A HT station generates a report (20/40 BSS coexistence) of channel list
if it finds a non-HT capable AP or a HT AP which prohibits 40 MHz
transmission (i.e., 40 MHz intolerant bit is set in HT capabilities IE)
from the scan results.

Parse the OBSS scan parameter from Beacon or Probe Response frames and
schedule periodic scan to generate 20/40 coexistence channel report if
requested to do so. This patch decodes Scan Interval alone from the OBSS
Scan Parameters element and triggers scan on timeout.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-03 15:55:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f0cc27eb9 Remove unused variable if CONFIG_P2P=y is not used
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-28 18:31:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d211881474 Fix D-Bus build without ctrl_iface
Commit 7de5688d68 started using
wpa_supplicant_ctrl_iface_ctrl_rsp_handle() from the D-Bus code, but
left this function in ctrl_iface.c that is included conditionally. Fix
this by moving the common function into wpa_supplicant.c so that it can
be included for builds that include only either ctrl_iface or D-Bus.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-04-27 21:21:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
23c84252a4 P2P: Add option to force SSID/passphrase for GO Negotiation
An existing persistent group information can now be used to force GO
Negotiation to use the previously used SSID/passphrase from a persistent
group if we become a GO. This can be used as an alternative to inviting
a new P2P peer to join the group (i.e., use GO Negotiation with GO
intent 15 instead of starting an autonomous GO and using invitation),
e.g., in case a GO Negotiation Request is received from a peer while we
are not running as a GO. The persistent group to use for parameters is
indicated with persistent=<network id> parameter to p2p_connect.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-27 18:25:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0918c4bf3b P2P: Add p2p_prov_disc auto mechanism
wpa_supplicant can now be requested to automatically figure out whether
the indicated peer is operating as a GO and if so, use join-a-group
style PD instead of pre-GO Negotiation PD.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-26 17:13:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
25a94f525c P2P: Fix PD Failure event to show peer device address
The p2p_dev_addr parameter in the P2P-PROV-DISC-FAILURE event (added in
commit f65a239ba4) was supposed to the P2P
Device Address of the peer, not the local device.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-26 17:09:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fcbf0b0ca9 Sync wpa_supplicant man page with README changes
The man page source was not up-to-date with removed driver wrappers,
so bring in the wpa_supplicant/README changes to make this somewhat
closer to the current state.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-21 19:17:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
eab6f5e04a Remove unnecessary EVENT_RX_MGMT data validation
Make wpa_supplicant_event() more consistent by not checking
data in either location handling EVENT_RX_MGMT events. This event
is required to specify the data so this pointer cannot be NULL.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-21 18:57:13 +03:00
Adrien Bustany
c9b72c257a P2P: Don't rely on dictionary ordering in wpas_dbus_handler_p2p_add_service
In most languages, DBus dictionaries are mapped to either sorted maps
or hash tables, so you can't control the actual ordering of the
generated a{sv}. Relying on ordering in this method is unnecessary and
makes it use from DBus much harder.

Signed-hostap: Adrien Bustany <adrien.bustany@nokia.com>
2012-04-21 18:28:10 +03:00
Masashi Honma
78039295e6 P2P: Remove unused variable
The "type" variable is not used in wpas_p2p_deinit_global().
So this patch removes it.

Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2012-04-21 18:21:30 +03:00
Deepthi Gowri
f65a239ba4 P2P: Add provision discovery failure event
Add provisional discovery failure ctrl_iface event
(P2P-PROV-DISC-FAILURE) to indicate to the application layer in case of
PD failure.

Signed-off-by: Deepthi Gowri <deepthi@codeaurora.org>
2012-04-17 19:44:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b55aca4672 Fix sched_scan for max-num-of-scan_ssid=1 networks
When the network configuration includes exactly the number of
scan_ssid=1 networks as the driver supports for scan_sched and no
networks need wildcard SSID scan, there is no need to use sched_scan
timeout. Check this condition and optimize this case to avoid the extra
sched_scan start/stop operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-17 16:51:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7d21a223f1 Fix sched_scan debug print regarding timeout
The debug messages were showing the opposite of what the actual
implementation was doing for sched_scan timeout.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-17 16:32:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
54ddd74369 Add disable_scan_offload parameter to disable automatic scan offloading
This new configuration parameter can be used to disable automatic
offloading of scan requests to the driver which was previously used
by default if the driver supported sched_scan.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-17 16:30:15 +03:00
Adrien Bustany
e56fc9e81b P2P: Allow wildcard service discovery from DBus API
Using the socket command interface, it is possible to pass a NULL dst to
wpas_p2p_sd_request, however you could not do so using the D-Bus API,
since it required a valid Peer object path. This patch changes the
behavior, so that if the "peer_object" is missing from the parameters,
a NULL dst is passed to wpas_p2p_sd_request.

Signed-hostap: Adrien Bustany <adrien.bustany@nokia.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-04-14 21:06:16 +03:00
Nirav Shah
cca0060f1e P2P: Cleanup P2PDevice D-Bus interface for hostap-1 release
This patch cleans up the P2PDevice D-Bus interface for the hostap-1
release. A spelling error is corrected and P2PDeviceProperties is
renamed to clarify that this data is configuration data and not the
total collection of Properties for the P2PDevice interface.

Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-04-14 20:52:59 +03:00
Nirav Shah
445335fd86 P2P: Fix D-Bus property getters to default to "/" for Group, PeerGO
The D-Bus property getters should not return an error when the
properties are not valid/relevant. Returning an error breaks the
GetAll method in the dbus interface. Change Group and PeerGO
property getters to make GetAll work on P2PDevice.

Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-04-14 20:48:26 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
51a0c3d417 wpa_supplicant: Use bss_id list for 'bss FIRST' command
Command 'bss FISRT' should use bss_id list, because 'bss NEXT-N' is using
bss_id list as well.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2012-04-14 20:39:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5f482d55fd P2P: Allow immediate group idle timeout configuration
A special value p2p_group_idle=-1 can now be used to configure the P2P
group idle mechanism to terminate a P2P client group immediately on any
disconnection after the completion of the initial 4-way handshake.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 17:03:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
361cdf3400 P2P: Extend use of group formation timeout until end of 4-way handshake
Instead of relying on the P2P group idle timeout before the group
connection has been fully established, re-start the group formation
timeout in the end of the WPS provisioning step and clear it at the
successful completion of the initial 4-way handshake. This allows the
P2P group idle timeout to be set to a small value without triggering it
during the initial scan and connection attempt.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 17:01:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
205e6474a1 P2P: Fix p2p_connect join scan handler in error cases
wpa_drv_scan() may fail for the initial p2p_connect join scan request,
e.g., if the driver happened to be scanning at the time the new
operation was initialized. Previously, a special scan result handler was
registered regardless of whether the new scan was started. This could
result in partial scan results (e.g., from p2p_find social scan) from
being used as full results for join (or now more importantly for
p2p_connect auto) purposes. Fix this by registering the new scan result
handler only if wpa_drv_scan() returns success.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 16:13:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b31be3a0fd P2P: Add automatic GO Negotiation vs. join-a-group selection
p2p_connect command can now be used with an optional "auto" parameter
to request wpa_supplicant to determine automatically whether to use
join-a-group operation (if the peer is operating as a GO) or group
formation. This makes it easier for external programs to handle
connection type selection by offloading this to wpa_supplicant. The
previously used p2p_connect join commands can be replaced with
p2p_connect auto to use this new mechanism.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-13 16:04:36 +03:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
5cbf5fd9bd Allow disable_ht to override 11n configuration in AP mode
This is being done only for station mode, extend it to AP mode as well.

Signed-hostap: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-11 16:24:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86ae2e8a42 P2P: Fix shared freq check and support AP mode validation
The previous commit did not use the correct pointer in all operations
and was specific to station mode interfaces. Fix and extend it to work
with AP/GO interfaces, too.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-08 20:42:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4b15620609 P2P: Abort join-group operation if concurrent group cannot be supported
If the driver does not indicate support for multi-channel concurrency,
abort join-group operation if the end result would result in use of
multiple operating frequencies with the same radio.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-08 20:12:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d755e01b34 Remove forgotten GPL language from man pages and README files
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-07 13:17:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
705a013b60 Android: Sync build configuration with defconfig changes
This brings up the changes from defconfig into the Android configuration
file, but does not change any of the actual build parameters.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-07 13:09:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
763a66f471 Remove experimental Symbian build
This was never really completed and is of not much use at this point,
so clean up the repository by removing the Symbian-specific changes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-07 13:00:30 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
eff1a95b97 Add RANGE=ALL|N1-N2 selection for ctrl_iface BSS command
Add ability to get information about several BSS's in one call.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2012-04-07 12:50:25 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
5f97dd1c57 Add MASK=0xH option for the ctrl_iface BSS command
This optional parameter to the BSS command can be used to select which
fields are included in the output to avoid having to parse through
unneeded information and to reduce the buffer size.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2012-04-07 12:50:25 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
61ce90857e Move ctrl_iface BSS command response generation into a separate function
This is in preparation for allowing multiple BSS entries to be fetched
with a single command.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2012-04-07 12:06:35 +03:00
Nirav Shah
103b8f4dea P2P: Disconnect P2P group on supplicant deinit
When a supplicant is deinited and shutting, disconnect from P2P groups.
This fixes a memory leak on variable dbus_groupobj_path on exiting
supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
2012-04-06 18:41:06 +03:00
Angie Chinchilla
eb6f8c2bd4 P2P: Fix crash for failure case when WSC PIN is entered incorrectly
When forming a P2P group using WSC PIN method, if the PIN is entered
incorrectly the P2P client supplicant instance will crash as a result
of cleanup happening on data that is still in use in a case where a
separate P2P group interface is used.

For example, here is the path for the first crash:
eap_wsc_process():
- creates struct wpabuf tmpbuf; on the stack
- sets data->in_buf = &tmpbuf;
- calls wps_process_msg()
- which calls wps_process_wsc_msg()
- which, in case WPS_M4: calls wps_fail_event()
- which calls wps->event_cb()
- wps->event_cb = wpa_supplicant_wps_event()
- wpa_supplicant_wps_event()
- wpa_supplicant_wps_event_fail()
- which calls wpas_clear_wps()
- which calls wpas_notify_network_removed()
- which calls wpas_p2p_network_removed()
- which calls wpas_p2p_group_formation_timeout()
- which calls wpas_group_formation_completed()
- which calls wpas_p2p_group_delete()
- which calls wpa_supplicant_remove_iface()
- which calls wpa_supplicant_deinit_iface()
- which calls wpa_supplicant_cleanup()
- which calls eapol_sm_deinit()
- ... which eventually uses the ptr data->in_buf to free tmpbuf, our
stack variable and then the supplicant crashes

If you fix this crash, you'll hit another. Fix it and then a segfault.
The way we're cleaning up and deleting data from under ourselves here
just isn't safe, so make the teardown portion of this async.

Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-04-06 18:22:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4f920dc63e Do not write bg_scan_period value if default (-1) has not been changed
There is no need to force this configuration parameter to be written
into the configuration file for each network block that has not modified
the default value.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-06 18:11:47 +03:00
Angie Chinchilla
540609c55f Clarify comment in wpa_supplicant/defconfig
I think this comment, as originally stated, says the opposite of
what is meant. Reword to help the next guy.

Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
2012-04-06 18:07:44 +03:00
Ed Wildgoose
af548f5320 Save bgscan parameter into configuration file
Signed-off-by: Ed Wildgoose <lists@wildgooses.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-04-06 17:59:34 +03:00
Neeraj Kumar Garg
c772ef43f6 P2P: Update BSS entries in P2P group interface only if P2P IE is present
For concurrency scenarios we should not update the scan results without
P2P IE to P2P group interfaces. This patch is to take care if a scan has
been requested on STA interface and scan results are getting updated
from sibling to P2P group interface. A P2P GO Probe Response for a
legacy STA scan would be without P2P IE. So it will wrongly update the
BSS list of P2P group interface too when results are updated from
sibling.

Since P2P group interfaces are used only for connecting to a P2P group,
it is fine to filter out all non-P2P entries from their BSS table.

Signed-off-by: Neeraj Garg <neerajkg@broadcom.com>
2012-04-06 14:58:22 +03:00
Ben Greear
5a49459ee8 Better wpa_cli error messages when connect fails
Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2012-04-06 12:15:30 +03:00
Ben Greear
9d05374796 Make bind failure messages unique
This helps someone know which part of the code is complaining.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2012-04-06 12:10:36 +03:00
Ben Greear
bae489d292 wpa_supplicant: Print initialization information on startup
This lets someone know if they have a log file that properly
starts at the beginning.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2012-04-06 11:52:17 +03:00
Johannes Berg
f05b6b18bb Add script to convert wpa_supplicant debug output to pcap
For debugging I needed to look at the frames in a wpa_supplicant debug
log. Looking at the hexdump is a bit tedious, so I wrote a quick script
to convert the nl80211 debugging output to a PCAP file that can be
opened in wireshark.

I've polished the initial raw script a bit to add error messages and to
also record the timestamps to the pcap file.

Hopefully it's useful to somebody else as well.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-04-05 19:49:17 +03:00
Anirban Sirkhell
71dd3b78f9 WPS: Allow vendor specific attribute to be added into M1
wps_vendor_ext_m1 configuration parameter can now be used to add a
vendor specific attribute into the WPS M1 message, e.g., for
Windows Vertical Pairing.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-04 00:08:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3fc14102f8 P2P: Remove client group on Deauthentication reason code 3
The GO can indicate that the P2P Group session is ending by sending a
Deauthentication frame with reason code 3 (Deauthenticated because
sending STA is leaving) based on P2P specification section 3.2.9. Use
this reason code to remove the P2P client group without waiting for the
group idle timeout.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-03 16:45:28 +03:00
Eliad Peller
dbe7aa2225 P2P: Notify about disconnection only when needed
wpas_notify_state_changed() notified about disconnection when
new_state < WPA_ASSOCIATED, without checking the old state. This
results in extra processing which can be avoided by checking that
old_state was connected.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-04-01 21:49:03 +03:00
Eliad Peller
3c29244eb7 P2P: Add deinit_p2p_cli op to clear P2P client driver state
On P2P group removal, the GO is deinitialized correctly (and the vif
mode is set back to sta in case of nl80211), but the P2P client mode
wasn't deinitialized, and the nl80211 vif stays in P2P client mode.

Add a new deinit_p2p_cli op (similar to deinit_ap), which currently only
sets the interface back to station mode.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-04-01 21:41:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e19fded66e Fix Probe Request processing in wpa_supplicant AP mode
Commit 2d43d37ff2 broke EVENT_RX_MGMT
processing in wpa_supplicant AP mode. ap_mgmt_rx() needs to be called
for Probe Request frames even if they get notified through the new
D-Bus signal mechanism.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-01 21:27:12 +03:00
Johannes Berg
2d43d37ff2 DBus: Add ability to report probe requests
Some applications require knowing about probe requests to identify
devices. This can be the case in AP mode to see the devices before they
connect, or even in P2P mode when operating as a P2P device to identify
non-P2P peers (P2P peers are identified via PeerFound signals).

As there are typically a lot of probe requests, require that an
interested application subscribes to this signal so the bus isn't always
flooded with these notifications. The notifications in DBus are then
unicast only to that application.

A small test script is also included.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-04-01 21:14:48 +03:00
Johannes Berg
baf513d695 Pass signal strength through, fix units
The signal strength is currently never used as the only driver reporting
it is nl80211 which uses IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DB_ANTSIGNAL which is never
populated by the kernel. The kernel will (soon) populate
IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DBM_ANTSIGNAL instead though, so use that.

Also, since it was never really populated, we can redefine the signal
field to be in dBm units only.

My next patch will also require knowing the signal strength of probe
requests throughout the code (where available), so add it to the
necessary APIs.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-04-01 18:48:12 +03:00
Mukesh Agrawal
c6e86b63d2 Create DBus getter/setter for ScanInterval
Enable control of wpa_s->scan_interval via D-Bus. This parameter
controls the delay between successive scans for a suitable AP.

Also, update dbus.doxygen with ScanInterval, and some other
parameters that were undocumented.

Signed-hostap: Mukesh Agrawal <quiche@chromium.org>
2012-04-01 18:05:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ca8e039fec Fix memory leaks on radius_client_send error paths
In case this function returns an error, the RADIUS message needs to
freed in the caller.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-01 17:55:20 +03:00
Nirav Shah
024d018b55 Clean up: Replace standard lib methods with os.h ones
Some of the standard lib functions being used directly are redefined in
src/utils/os.h thus providing an abstraction. Change code to use os_*
functions instead of directly using the lib functions.

Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
2012-03-31 21:13:53 +03:00
Johannes Berg
4f68895e92 debug: Add option to log to Linux tracing
Add the option (-T) to wpa_supplicant to log all debug messages into the
kernel tracing, allowing to aggregate kernel debugging with
wpa_supplicant debugging and recording all with trace-cmd.

Since tracing has relatively low overhead and can be filtered
afterwards, record all messages regardless of log level. However, it
will honor the -K option and not record key material by default.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-03-31 13:55:33 +03:00
Bala Shanmugam
1f6c0ab872 Allow background scan period to be configured
A network block specific background scan period can now be configured
for drivers that implement internal background scan mechanism for
roaming and BSS selection.

Signed-hostap: Bala Shanmugam <bkamatch@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-30 15:20:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
17218a7bab Interworking: Add realm to the anonymous identity from realm
If the username part in the credential does not include a realm,
generate one automatically based on the configured realm information.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-30 11:13:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
08410f08b9 Interworking: Disconnect before trying interworking reconnection
Make the connection change on Interworking network selection cases
clearer by forcing the previous association to be dropped before trying
to start a new one.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-30 11:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
83df814946 Clear previous BSSID on explicit disconnection request
There is no need to use reassociation instead of association in a case
the previous connection was explicitly disconnected.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-30 11:13:00 +03:00
Anirban Sirkhell
4c374cde2f Add wps_cancel for hostapd_cli
Implement wps_cancel for hostapd similarly to how it was already
supported in wpa_supplicant AP mode.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-30 11:11:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
21d996f775 P2P: Add support for preferred channel list
p2p_pref_chan configuration parameter can now be used to set the
list of preferred channel for P2P GO Negotiation. This will be used
in the priority order if the peer does not support the channel we
are trying to use as the GO (configured operating channel or the
best 2.4 GHz/5 GHz channel) for the case where a forced channel is
not used.

p2p_pref_chan=<op class:channel>,...

For example:
p2p_pref_chan=81:1,81:2,81:3,81:4,81:5,81:6

This would configure 2.4 GHz channels 1-6 as the preferred ones with
channel 1 the most preferred option.

These configuration parameters can be set in wpa_supplicant.conf and
dynamically updated with "wpa_cli set <param> <value>".

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-29 21:28:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
564865e1d4 Stop sched_scan if requested to run full scan
This allows the ctrl_iface SCAN command to be used to run through a scan
to collect full scan results when sched_scan is in progress. sched_scan
will be re-started automatically after the full scan.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-29 21:05:56 +03:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
07f53b8cc7 wpa_supplicant: Add provision to configure inactivity period in AP mode
This patch adds a configuration in network block, ap_max_inactivity, for
station's inactivity period when in AP mode. The time period is
configured in seconds, by default 300 seconds.

Signed-hostap: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-27 20:49:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8c472816fd P2P: Do not use group idle timeout during provisioning
Use the normal group formation timeout during the provisioning phase to
avoid terminating this process too early due to group idle timeout.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-27 18:04:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f4329aa2d0 P2P: Validate p2p_oper_channel in p2p_group_add
If the p2p_group_add command does not specify the operating channel,
make sure the operating channel set in the configuration file meets
the P2P requirements in the same way as is done with the frequency
specified as the command parameter.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-26 22:06:48 +03:00
Todd Previte
7d39d9c9cc dbus: Make P2P group properties accessible individually
Group properties are now accessible individually. The function to retrieve
the dictionary containing the group properties is removed in favor of the
individual functions. The group member properties are removed as well as
they erroneously retrieved the group properties via the old function.

Signed-hostap: Todd Previte <toddx.a.previte@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-03-05 17:25:08 +02:00
Eliad Peller
eb37e085a4 BSS: Fix use-after-realloc
After reallocation of the bss struct, current_bss wasn't updated and
could hold an invalid pointer (which might get dereferenced later).

Update current_bss if the pointer was changed.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-03-05 17:09:55 +02:00
Grzegorz Bajorski
28ef705d2d P2P: Filter input parameters in p2p_serv_disc_external
p2p_ctrl_serv_disc_external() can take only one parameters "0" or "1".

Signed-hostap: Grzegorz Bajorski <grzegorz.bajorski@tieto.com>
2012-03-05 16:26:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
25f839c6d9 Filter station mode EAPOL RX on bridge interface based on destination
If multiple station mode radios are bridged together on the same device,
it is possible for wpa_supplicant to receive EAPOL frames from the
bridge interface and then process them separately for each interface.
This can results in problems since multiple instances of supplicant side
could end up trying to process a single 4-way handshake. Avoid this
problem by filtering bridge interface EAPOL RX based on the desctination
MAC address. It should be noted that this works only when unicast
addresses are used (e.g., with WLAN) and not with the IEEE 802.1X EAPOL
group address (e.g., most wired networks).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-05 15:22:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bb8b1bb0fc Fix memory leak on parsing multiple network block eap entries
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-03-04 16:13:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7f41c92bd6 Interworking: Use EAP-AKA if USIM is used
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-03-04 16:11:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d7b01abd5e Interworking: Support real SIM/USIM card for network selection
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-03-04 16:02:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c21246f529 Interworking: Make plmn_id_match() for generic
Use separate mnc_len parameter instead of expecting the imsi parameter
to be in special MCC|MNC|-|<MSIN> format to make this function more
generic.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-03-04 11:27:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
817bb3e1c1 Interworking: Fix credential block example
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-03-04 11:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
400020cbe8 Interworking: Update configuration file documentation for credentials
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-03-03 10:49:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
11e4f46a10 Interworking: Add support for certificate credentials (EAP-TLS)
This allows Interworking network selection to be used with EAP-TLS
(client certificate/private key based credential).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-03 10:38:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
10531d2166 P2P: Fix provisioning info clearing after successful WPS step
Previously, this provisioning info was cleared using the P2P Interface
Address of the GO as the key. That did not always work in the case the
where we joined an already running group. This could result in the next
connection to that same GO skipping provision discovery. Fix this by
finding the peer entry based on its P2P Device Address instead of the
P2P Interface Address which may not always be set.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-03-01 22:06:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6979582ca6 Fix processing of channel list update events
Commit 6bf731e8ce broke handling of
EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED by introducing a cached copy of the driver
channel list that does not get updated even if driver changes its list.
Fix this by synchronizing the cacched wpa_s->hw.modes information
whenever EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED is processed. This fixes P2P channel
list updates based on regulatory domain hints that may trigger driver to
change its supported channel list.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-03-01 17:59:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ef48ff940b Fix CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED event for locally generated disconnection
When wpa_supplicant disconnects, e.g., due to authentication timeout,
we need to go through the EVENT_DISASSOC/DEAUTH processing similarly
to the driver triggered cases to get correct events delivered to the
ctrl_iface. Fix this by calling wpa_supplicant_event() in these cases
and by filtering out the confusing CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED event with
all zeros BSSID.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-01 15:42:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
75c208b9db P2P: Fix p2p_cancel to return success if GO Negotiation is stopped
If a GO Negotiation peer is found, wpas_p2p_stop_find() stops the
negotiation and p2p_cancel can return success.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-01 01:16:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
85ea132a13 P2P: Use scan optimization for post-provisioning connection
Since P2P GO cannot change the SSID after WPS provisioning step, we
can use the specific SSID for the scan for data connection. In addition,
mark this as p2p_probe to avoid unnecessary use of 802.11b rates.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-29 00:34:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e64f258c6 P2P: Optimize provisioning step scan for join-a-group sequence
Copy the SSID and frequency of the selected group into go_params in
join-a-running-group case so that the scan optimization can be used for
the provisioning step similarly to the case of group formation. This
uses a specific SSID and a single channel scan to avoid unnecessary
frames during the step.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-29 00:22:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a21c05db23 P2P: Use specific SSID in scan for provisioning step
Since the P2P client learns the SSID of the group during GO Negotiation,
use the specific SSID in the Probe Request frames during the
provisioning step. This helps in avoiding unnecessary Probe Response
frames from other P2P GOs or APs.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-29 00:02:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
360182ed7c P2P: Advertise immediate availability of WPS credential
Use Device Password ID in WSC IE of Probe Request and Probe Response
frames to advertise immediate availability of WPS credentials per P2P
specification sections 3.1.2.1.1 (Listen State), 3.1.2.1.2 (Scan Phase),
and 3.1.2.1.3 (Find Phase).

For now, the Device Password ID is set only for the case where we are
active GO Negotiation with a specific peer. In practice, this means that
the Probe Response frames during pending GO Negotiation (whenever in
Listen state) indicate availability of the credential.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-27 23:14:35 +02:00
Vivek Natarajan
e62f4ed0df Add support for hidden SSID in wpa_supplicant AP mode
This also disables WPS support if hidden SSID is enabled in AP mode.

Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-27 16:28:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d4839ee85 Fix CONFIG_AP + CONFIG_INTERWORKING build
Need to include gas_serv.o in the build to get all the needed symbols.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-27 16:21:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f64adcd71e Allow PC/SC reader to be selected and initialized at start
New global configuration parameters pcsc_reader and pcsc_pin can now be
used to initialize PC/SC reader context at start of wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-26 13:09:30 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
6e2a570ec4 Android: Build wpa_supplicant.conf from a template
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2012-02-25 18:22:53 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
1e1411b04f Android: Add PLATFORM_VERSION to VERSION_STR_POSTFIX definition
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2012-02-25 18:22:38 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
5db498920f Android: Add build configuration files
These are from Android wpa_supplicant_8.git initial 0.8.X commit
8d520ff1dc2da35cdca849e982051b86468016d8 with some additional edits and
renaming of .config files to android.config.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2012-02-25 18:22:34 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
e9af53ad39 Add CONFIG_NO_ROAMING option
This can be used to disable wpa_supplicant controlled roaming. It should
be noted that the WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION capability is the
preferred way for this and CONFIG_NO_ROAMING should be obsoleted once
drivers support the new NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT capability
advertisement.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2012-02-25 18:22:31 +02:00
Jithu Jance
e60b295186 Add wpa_supplicant AP mode STA deauthenticate/disassociate commands
Move disassociate and deauthenticate commands to ctrl_iface_ap.c, so
that they ares accessible for wpa_supplicant AP mode and wpa_cli (with
CONFIG_AP option enabled).

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2012-02-25 17:22:48 +02:00
Reinette Chatre
93d1749fe0 dbus: return NULL data for peer IEs
The org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties interface is now supported for peer
properties. Ensure that GetAll will work by having the IEs property
function return NULL data instead of a failure until it is implemented.

Signed-hostap: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-02-25 10:54:11 +02:00
Reinette Chatre
ca29842700 dbus: revert changes to some peer properties
Commit 3f6e50ac28 made it possible to access
P2P peer properties using the org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties interface.

While maintaining the original intent of that patch we make two changes
to it here:

First, 3f6e50ac28 changed the type used to
represent the WPS vendor extension data from bytes to a string. In
addition to the type change the way in which the vendor extension data
was provided to the function creating the string was incorrect and would
not present the correct vendor extension data even in string format.

Revert the type change made in 3f6e50ac28
and present the WPS vendor extension data as an array of an array of
bytes as it was before.

Second, 3f6e50ac28 changes the secondary
device types representation from an array of an array of bytes to an
array of bytes. Revert that change to make secondary device types
accessible via an array of an array of bytes again.

Signed-hostap: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-02-25 10:50:13 +02:00
Jayant Sane
96c4f3a707 dbus: utility to create dbus message from wpabuf array
If a wpabuf array is used to store basic typed data that we would like
to send over D-Bus then this utility will be of help when it places the
data in a variant with format aa? (array of an array of type ?, with ?
indicating any basic type).

Signed-hostap: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-02-25 10:45:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dddc70455b P2P: Add more debug on group idle timeout
This makes it easier to debug issues with P2P group idle timeout.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-19 18:16:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a7a30b90e5 P2P: Fix group idle timer cancellation on group removal
The wpas_p2p_group_idle_timeout was getting cancelled in the beginning
of wpas_p2p_group_delete(). However, in the case of P2P client role,
this function called wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate() next and that ended
up changing state to WPA_DISCONNECTED which resulted in
wpas_p2p_notif_disconnected() rescheduling the timeout. This left the
unexpected timeout behind after the group was removed. If another group
operation was started within P2P_MAX_CLIENT_IDLE (10) seconds, that
timeout could end up terminating the group while it was still being set
up.

Fix this by reordering wpas_p2p_group_delete() to cancel the group idle
timeout only after having called wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate(). The
group idle timeout is still rescheduled, but it gets removed immediately
afterwards when the actual group information is being cleared.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-19 18:10:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2c60ca7391 Clean up array insertion to skip unnecessary memmove
The previous elements need to be moved only if we are inserting the new
network in the middle of the list. While the memmove of zero bytes at
the end of the array does not cause real problems, some static analyzers
complain about this, so in addition to slightly optimized
implementation, this removes some analyzer warnings, too.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-19 16:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f4b2d69b07 Fix memory leak on set_cred error path
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-19 14:29:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1485ec076b Fix memory leak on error path in bssid_filter setting
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-19 14:28:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d8e59feab2 Interworking: Fix SIM/USIM NAI construction
Commit 9914c96feb moved sizeof(nai) to a
helper function and broke the determination of maximum buffer length.
Fix this by moving the sizeof() to the functions that define the buffer.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-19 14:24:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cb6710a4a5 Use WPA_INTERFACE_DISABLED with interface removed events
This makes WPA_INTERFACE_DISABLED more consistent in indicating that
wpa_supplicant cannot currently control the interface regardless of
whether the interface is disabled or completely removed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-02-18 13:16:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6f3bc72be0 P2P: Allow channels to be removed from P2P use
A list of disallowed frequencies for P2P channel list can now be
configured with P2P_SET disallow_freq. The frequencies (or frequency
pairs) are comma separated. For example:
wpa_cli p2p_set disallow_freq 2462,5000-6000

The allowed P2P channel list is constructed by removing explicitly
disallowed channels from the channel list received from the driver.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-17 22:57:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b8a8d6774b P2P: Do not include P2P IE in association request to non-P2P AP
This was previously fixed for most cases in commit
ffad885837, but the check here for
drivers that implement SME/MLME was missed in that commit.

This removes the P2P IE from (Re)Association Request frame with
drivers that do not use wpa_supplicant SME implementation and are
P2P cabable when associating with a non-P2P AP (i.e., not a GO or
P2P WLAN manager AP).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-02-17 11:34:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5ed7880d05 Interworking: Allow network block -based connection without ANQP matches
Previously, network block -based connection could have been used to
override ANQP-based selection. However, if no ANQP-based matches were
present, no connection was started. Fix this by trying to connect if
any enabled network block has a match in the BSS table.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 16:38:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d86e53747 Interworking: Add verbose error message on cred block parsing errors
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 16:38:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1a712d2fc1 Interworking: Add support for credential priorities
This allows credentials to be set with a specific priority to allow
the automatic network selection behavior to be controlled with user
preferences. The priority values are configured to the network block
and BSS selection will select the network based on priorities from
both pre-configured network blocks and credentials.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 16:37:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d94c9ee6ad Interworking: Add ctrl_iface commands for managing credentials
New wpa_cli commands list_creds, add_cred, remove_cred, and set_cred
can now be used to manage credentials similarly to the commands used
with network blocks.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 16:36:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2c207515a Interworking: Write cred blocks into configuration file
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 16:35:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1bb7b8e84c Interworking: Add support for multiple credentials
This replaces the global home_* parameters with a list of credentials
that can be configured similarly to network blocks. For example:

cred={
	realm="example.com"
	username="user@example.com"
	password="password"
	ca_cert="/etc/wpa_supplicant/ca.pem"
	domain="example.com"
}

cred={
	imsi="310026-000000000"
	milenage="90dca4eda45b53cf0f12d7c9c3bc6a89:cb9cccc4b9258e6dca4760379fb82581:000000000123"
}

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 16:34:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9914c96feb Interworking: Use 3gppnetwork.org for matching home SP for SIM/USIM
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 16:33:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
61b2ed7012 Interworking: Use anonymous NAI in EAP-TTLS Phase 1
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 16:32:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
00bf219ddb Interworking: Add support for home vs. visited SP determination
Use Domain Name List (ANQP) and the new home_domain configuration
parameter to figure out whether a network is operated by the home
service provider and if so, prefer it over networks that would
require roaming.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 16:32:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95bc2ea63d Interworking: Do not disable other network profiles
This allows previously configured network profiles to be used so
that user can indicate preference of manually configured networks.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 16:31:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d445a5cd8e Add BSSID filter for testing purposes
wpa_supplicant can now be configured to filter out scan results based
on a BSSID filter. Space-separated set of allowed BSSIDs can be set
with wpa_cli set bssid_filter command. Filtering mechanism can be
disabled by setting this variable to an empty list. When set, only
the BSSes that have a matching entry in this list will be accepted
from scan results.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 16:30:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b2ff168128 Allow legacy PS param to be set with SET in addition to P2P_SET
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 16:29:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aa074a6485 Allow U-APSD parameters to be configured with SET command
This can be used in non-P2P case to set U-APSD parameters for a
station mode association.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 16:28:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
84c78f9570 Allow ENABLE_NETWORK to avoid automatic connection
Extra parameter "no-connect" can now be added to the ENABLE_NETWORK
ctrl_iface command to avoid automatic connection to the enabled
network.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 16:27:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8b9d0bfa00 Add mechanism for disabling radio for testing purposes
"wpa_cli set radio_disabled 1/0" can be used to disable/enable
radio to simulate out-of-radio-range condition in a testbed
device.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 16:26:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aa283ddd97 WPS: Do not use sched_scan for provisioning step
Normal scan is more reliable and faster for WPS operations and since
these are for short periods of time, the benefit of trying to use
sched_scan would be limited. This can fix WPS connectivity issues
with some drivers.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-02-15 20:41:42 +02:00
Antonio Quartulli
e640888c5e IBSS RSN: Support authorization
In IBSS RSN cfg80211/mac80211 now waits for userspace to authorize new
stations. This patch makes wpa_supplicant notify the driver when a
station can be considered authorized.

Signed-hostap: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
2012-02-12 21:12:22 +02:00
Ben Greear
2df4c4ef2f eloop: Support poll() in eloop
When using more than around 200 virtual stations, we start hitting the
max number of file descriptors supported by select(). This patch adds
support for poll(), which has no hard upper limit.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2012-02-12 21:12:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a565c23bf3 WPS: Fix regression in post-WPS scan optimization
Commit 3c85f144ce fixed issues with P2P
Action frame TX after disconnection by clearing wpa_s->assoc_freq.
This resulted in a regression to the post-WPS scan optimization that
used wpa_s->assoc_freq to enable fast single-channel scan. Fix this by
copying wpa_s->assoc_freq to a local variable before calling
wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate() that ends up calling
wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() which will clear assoc_freq.

Reported-by: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-12 13:54:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f3d578efc Remove the GPL notification from files contributed by Jouni Malinen
Remove the GPL notification text from the files that were
initially contributed by myself.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-11 19:39:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e22d4d957b Remove the GPL notification from files contributed by Atheros
Remove the GPL notification text from files that were initially
contributed by Atheros Communications or Qualcomm Atheros.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-11 19:39:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
331f89ff5b Select the BSD license terms as the only license alternative
Simplify licensing terms for hostap.git by selecting the BSD license
alternative for any future distribution. This drops the GPL v2
alternative from distribution terms and from contribution requirements.

The BSD license alternative that has been used in hostap.git (the one
with advertisement clause removed) is compatible with GPL and as such
the software in hostap.git can still be used with GPL projects. In
addition, any new contribution to hostap.git is expected to be licensed
under the BSD terms that allow the changes to be merged into older
hostap repositories that still include the GPL v2 alternative.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-11 19:39:31 +02:00
Dan Harkins
27c9d333d4 EAP-pwd: Describe build option for EAP-pwd
Signed-hostap: Dan Harkins <dharkins@lounge.org>
2012-02-11 12:17:58 +02:00
Flávio Ceolin
3f6e50ac28 dbus: Make the P2P peer's properties accessible separately
Since there is the method org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties.GetAll that
returns all properties from a specific interface, it makes more sense to
separate the properties to make it possible to get only a single
property using the method org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties.Get as well.

Signed-hostap: Flávio Ceolin <flavio.ceolin@profusion.mobi>
2012-02-11 11:36:50 +02:00
Piotr Nakraszewicz
d9a0f66696 P2P: Do not expire GO peer entry during group rekeying
If wpas_go_connected() is called during group rekeying the P2P GO peer
will expire. To prevent that check if group rekeying is not in progress.
2012-02-11 10:54:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ad9ee4d4ca Fix CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING=y build
This fixes a build regression from commit
cd2f4ddfb9 by moving
wpa_supplicant_assoc_update_ie() outside the no-scan-processing ifdef
block.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-11 10:51:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a91e268c5e Show BSS entry age (seconds since last update)
The BSS ctrl_iface command can sow the age of a BSS table entry to
make it easier for external programs to figure out whether an entry
is still current depending on the use case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-08 12:07:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0a70f34f22 P2P: Allow BSS entry to be fetched based on GO P2P Device Address
"BSS p2p_dev_addr=<P2P Device Address>" can now be used to fetch a
specific BSS entry based on the P2P Device Address of the GO to avoid
having to iterate through the full BSS table when an external program
needs to figure out whether a specific peer is currently operating as
a GO.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-07 16:23:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c427ac9211 P2P: Set Invitation Type to 1 for GO inviting to a persistent group
When a GO is operating a persistent group and invites a peer that has
been a P2P client in that persistent group, the Invitation Type in the
Invitation Request frame can be set to 1 to indicate that this is a
reinvocation of a persistent group. Do this based on the maintained
list of P2P clients that have been provided the credentials to this
group.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-06 21:54:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f63b854215 P2P: Wait for PD-before-join response
Even though the Provision Discovery Response frame from PD-before-join
does not really provide any additional information, it can be better to
wait for it before starting the join operation. This adds a minimal
extra latency in the most common case and cleans up the sequence of
driver operations and debug log by avoiding potential processing of the
Provision Discovery Response while already running a scan for the actual
connection.

If transmission of Provision Discovery Request fails, join operation is
started without the additional wait. In addition, a new timeout is used
to start the join if Provision Discovery Response is lost for any
reason.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-05 20:52:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c19316354e P2P: Skip event notification on PD Response in join-group case
Provision Discovery is used as a notification to the GO in the case we
are about join a running group. In such case, there is not much point in
indicating the provision discovery response events to external programs
especially when the PIN-to-be-displayed was different from the one
returned for the p2p_connect command. Skip this confusing event
completely for join-a-running-group case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-05 20:20:36 +02:00
Paul Stewart
87343c2017 bgscan_simple: Refinements to fast-scan backoff
These changes account for situations where the CQM threshold
might be approximately the same as the currently received signal,
and thus CQM events are triggered often due to measurement
error/small fluctuations.  This results in scanning occurring
too frequently.

Firstly, inhibit the immediate scan when the short-scan count
is at the maximum.  This keeps bursts of CQM toggling from
causing a torrent of back-to-back scans.  This does not inhibit
immediate scans if the CQM triggers a second time (if the signal
falls lower past the hysteresis).  This reduces the scan rate in
the worst case (fast-rate toggling high/low CQM events) to the
short scan interval.

Secondly, change the behavior of the short scan count so it acts like
a "leaky bucket".  As we perform short-scans, the bucket fills until
it reaches a maximal short-scan count, at which we back-off and
revert to a long scan interval.  The short scan count decreases by
one (emptying the bucket) every time we complete a long scan interval
without a low-RSSI CQM event.

This reduces the impact of medium-rate toggling of high/low CQM
events, reducing the number of short-interval scans that occur before
returning to a long-interval if the system was recently doing
short scans.
2012-02-05 18:43:06 +02:00
Dan Williams
0f4668ceac Try fallback drivers if global init for preferred drivers fails
Driver global init was considered a hard failure. Thus if, for example,
you used the Broadcom STA driver and didn't have nl80211 or cfg80211
loaded into the kernel, and specified a driver value of "nl80211,wext",
the nl80211 driver's global init would fail with the following message:

nl80211: 'nl80211' generic netlink not found
Failed to initialize driver 'nl80211'

but since global init was a hard failure, creating the supplicant
interface would fail and the WEXT driver would not be tried.
Give other drivers a chance instead.

Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-02-04 20:09:51 +02:00
Todd Previte
4bb70bd80d P2P: Fix the setter function for DBus group properties
The setter function uses the same hostapd_data structure as the getter
which causes it to crash if called on a P2P client. To overcome this
issue, the role is checked to ensure it is called on a group owner and
the pointer is examined for validity. The function will return an error
if called on a non-GO system.

Signed-hostap: Todd Previte <toddx.a.previte@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-02-04 13:13:59 +02:00
Todd Previte
aa89df5699 P2P: Fix DBus crash and return additional P2P group properties
When using DBus to get group properties, a segmentation fault is
generated on P2P clients due to a NULL pointer for the ap_iface struct.
The current implementation only returns vendor extensions when called on
a P2P group owner.

The code now checks the P2P role which allows for role-specific
information to be provided. This also fixes the crash issue by only
looking for the correct structures based on the current P2P role.

Signed-hostap: Todd Previte <toddx.a.previte@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-02-04 13:08:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
96efeeb66b Use PMKSA cache entries with only a single network context
When looking for PMKSA cache entries to use with a new association, only
accept entries created with the same network block that was used to
create the cache entry.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-04 12:32:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d93dfbd588 Delay scan request on select_network if disconnecting
The disconnection command results in disassociation and deauthentication
events which were previously processed during the scan in case of
select_network command being used while associated with another network.
While this works in most cases, it can result in confusing event
messages in ctrl_iface and debug log. Avoid this by using a short delay
between the disconnection and scan request to allow the disconnection
events to be processed prior to starting the new scan.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-02-04 12:28:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d3f57d0ff1 Interworking: Fix EAP-TTLS/MSCHAP configuration
Copy-paste error ended up using CHAP when MSCHAP was supposed to be
set.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-31 16:20:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
32cdcf15b2 WPS: Disable AP PIN after 10 consecutive failures
While the exponential increase in the lockout period provides an
efficient mitigation mechanism against brute force attacks, this
additional trigger to enter indefinite lockout period (cleared by
restarting hostapd) will limit attacks even further by giving maximum of
10 attempts (without authorized user action) even in a very long term
attack.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-30 17:36:14 +02:00
Ben Greear
80e8a5eef1 Support HT capability overrides
This allows HT capabilities overrides on kernels that
support these features.

MCS Rates can be disabled to force to slower speeds when using HT.
Rates cannot be forced higher.

HT can be disabled, forcing an 802.11a/b/g/n station to act like
an 802.11a/b/g station.

HT40 can be disabled.

MAX A-MSDU can be disabled.
A-MPDU Factor and A-MPDU Density can be modified.

Please note that these are suggestions to the kernel. Only mac80211
drivers will work at all. The A-MPDU Factor can only be decreased and
the A-MPDU Density can only be increased currently.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2012-01-29 21:01:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
499e7286b0 Remove duplicated TERMINATING event
Now that CTRL-EVENT-TERMINATING even is sent at the end of interface
removal in case wpa_supplicant process is going to terminate, there
is no need for this duplicated event in the signal handler.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-29 20:23:07 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
f08115165b Move ctrl_iface deinit into the end of interface deinit
This allows TERMINATING ctrl_iface event to be sent at the end of the
deinit sequence to avoid race conditions with new operations that this
event may trigger while wpa_supplicant would still be running through
the deinitialization path.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2012-01-29 20:21:07 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
2523ff6ea4 Deinit driver before notifying interface has been removed
This avoids issues with some external program starting to use the
interface based on the interface removal event before wpa_supplicant
has completed deinitialization of the driver interface.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2012-01-29 20:18:48 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
df509539d4 Let wpa_supplicant_deinit_iface() know that process is terminating
This will be needed to be able to move ctrl_iface TERMINATING event to
the end of interface removal.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2012-01-29 20:15:48 +02:00
Eyal Shapira
1193dc8fd7 SME: Fix processing of Authentication timeout and failure
current_bss and pending_bssid weren't cleaned up so BSS
kept appearing in the scan results even when it was actually gone.
Use wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() to cleanup the wpa_s context
instead of just dropping wpa_state back to DISCONNECTED.

Reported-by: Vishal Mahaveer <vishalm@ti.com>
Signed-hostap: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
2012-01-29 17:44:31 +02:00
Eyal Shapira
b3aa456b3e Interleave wildcard and specific SSID scans when max_ssids=1
For drivers limited to scan a single SSID at a time, this prevents
waiting too long for a wildcard scan in case there are several
scan_ssid networks in the configuration.

Signed-hostap: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
2012-01-29 17:39:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea5cb06ef9 Install only the binaries into BINDIR
There is no point in installing *.service files into BINDIR.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-29 14:20:41 +02:00
Grant Erickson
b111764384 build: Fix install target parent directory prerequisites
This changes the install target such that parent directories of
installed paths area created and each path is only installed
on a dependency basis.

Signed-off-by: Grant Erickson <marathon96@gmail.com>
2012-01-29 14:18:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9013edc300 dbus: Remove unused D-Bus version defines
These have not been used since commit
8ddef94bd4.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-29 12:53:12 +02:00
Antonio Quartulli
fa7187bfde IBSS RSN: Provide ibss_rsn_get_peer() helper function
This is a useful function that simplifies some code and can eventually
be used somewhere else in future.

Signed-hostap: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
2012-01-29 12:23:27 +02:00
Sylvestre Gallon
3d0a843823 dbus: Fix endianness bug in Frequency and Signal properties
These properties did not work on big endian PowerPC (always 100% for
Signal and 0 for Frequency) due to endianness problem (u32 to u16 data
loss).

Signed-off-by: Sylvestre Gallon <ccna.syl@gmail.com>
2012-01-28 17:57:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6897ce14a4 Rename systemd template files to avoid @ in the file name
Perforce does not like @ in the file name and since these template files
do not really need to have that in the name, make the files in
repository friendlier to Perforce. The generated *.service file will
maintain their old names.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-28 17:12:30 +02:00
Nicolas Cavallari
9e2af29f9b Support fixing the BSSID in IBSS mode
When the "bssid=" option is set for an IBSS network and ap_scan = 2,
ask the driver to fix this BSSID, if possible.

Previously, any "bssid=" option were ignored in IBSS mode when ap_scan=2.

Signed-hostap: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
2012-01-28 11:33:47 +02:00
Paul Stewart
a4bbb6066d dbus: Create DBus getter/setter for FastReauth
Provide a means over DBus to set the conf->fast_reauth
property, which controls whether TLS session resumption
should be attempted for EAP-TLS 802.1X networks.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2012-01-28 11:21:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b21ff9cb20 P2P: Fix WSC IE inclusion for P2P disabled case
wpas_wps_in_use() was forcing WPS to be enabled unconditionally if P2P
support was included in the build. This is not really the correct
behavior for the case when P2P has been disabled at runtime. Change the
code here to verify runtime configuration of P2P before forcing WPS to
be enabled. This allows WSC IE to be left out from Probe Request frames
when scanning for APs without P2P or WPS being in use.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-27 21:09:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b1aebbc427 P2P: Do not expire peer entry if we are connected to the peer
Even though we may not update P2P peer entry while connected to the
peer as a P2P client, we should not be expiring a P2P peer entry while
that peer is the GO in a group where we are connected as a P2P client.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-25 17:27:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
433cd2ce65 Stop sched_scan in number of cases where it should not be running
When a P2P group is removed, we better not leave possibly started
sched_scan running. This could happen when a separate group interface
was not used.

In addition, it looks safer to explicitly stop sched_scan before
starting P2P Listen or Find operations to make sure the offloaded
scanning is not running when doing similar P2P operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-23 18:26:09 +02:00
Sujith Manoharan
cd2f4ddfb9 Update WPA/RSN IE properly for driver based BSS selection
This patch fixes an issue with roaming for drivers that set
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION (currently ath6kl). On moving to an AP
with a different BSSID, an EVENT_ASSOC is received and the subsequent
4-way handshake may fail because of a mismatch between the RSN IE in
message 3/4 and in Beacon/Probe Response. This happens only when the APs
use different RSN IE contents and ap_scan is set to 1, since
wpa_supplicant fails to update its cached IEs.

Initial association may fail, too, in case of multiple APs with
the same SSID, since BSSID selection is done by the driver and again
a mismatch could be seen.

Fix these two issues by clearing and updating the cached IEs on
receiving an Association event from the driver. Also, retrieve the
scan results when the new BSS information is not present locally.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-23 17:34:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
beec9c3a1f eapol_test: Show MNC length in debug output
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-22 20:59:00 +02:00
Sam Leffler
f9121813d7 dbus: Validate SSID length in new D-Bus scan request
Validate the length of each SSID passed in a new D-Bus protocol
Scan request.
2012-01-22 12:02:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6d92fa6e92 P2P: Allow Device ID to be specified for p2p_find command
dev_id=<P2P Device Addr> can now be specified as an argument to
p2p_find to request P2P find for a specific P2P device.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-08 09:25:29 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
57d38ddf6b Update copyright notices to include year 2012
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-01 18:59:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3d9975d5b0 Do not trigger fast reconnection on locally generated deauth/disassoc
The deauthentication and disassociation events from nl80211 were being
processed identically regardless of whether the frame was generated by
the local STA or the AP. This resulted in fast reconnection mechanism
getting triggered even in the case where the disconnection was detected
locally (e.g., due to beacon loss) while this was supposed to happen
only in the case where the AP is sending an explicit Deauthentication
or Disassociation frame with a specific reason code.

Fix this by adding a new deauth/disassoc event variable to indicate
whether the event was generated locally.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-01 18:55:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0be3542338 Fix BSS property names in the example D-Bus script
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-01 18:55:55 +02:00
Syam Sidhardhan
60d5a5a5fd dbus: Fix extra semicolon
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <syamsidhardh@gmail.com>
2012-01-01 14:39:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6fc74e5181 dbus: Increase buffer size to fix Introspect XML
Commit e9c3c1afed added a new D-Bus
method and that was enough to push the Introspect XML buffer over
the previously allocated 8000 bytes. Increase the buffer size to
make enough room for P2P interface. In addition, add a debug
message to indicate if an XML segment does not fit into the buffer
to make this types of failures somewhat easier to catch.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-31 17:40:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5fd9fb2772 Remove possible authentication timeout on connection failure
The authentication timeout could be triggered after the connection has
already been known to have failed. The event at that point can be
confusing, so better cancel the timeout when processing connection
failure.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-31 13:25:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1e7fb4f1b7 WPS: Use single channel scan if AP channel already known
If the BSSID of the AP is specified in the WPS command, the target
AP is likely already in the BSS table and its operating channel is
known. Use this information to speed up connection by only scanning
the known channel.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-31 13:17:20 +02:00
Michał Górny
399ec170e8 Use correct (multi-user) target when installing systemd units
The 'network.target' is special (per systemd.special(7)), and is to be
brought up indirectly when network is actually configured (i.e. through
DHCP or static address settings).

Irrelevant of that, all services should be always installed in
multi-user.target.

[Bug 427]
2011-12-29 21:39:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e91829f9ac P2P: Stop remain-on-channel prior to starting join-a-group client
This fixes issues with drivers that do not handle concurrent
remain-on-channel and scan operations in a case where Provision
Discovery Response frame is not received to stop the Action frame
handshake.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-29 13:28:17 +02:00
Neeraj Kumar Garg
b8349523e4 P2P: Reject p2p_group_add if forced frequency is not acceptable
If the freq parameter is specified and we are already running legacy STA
on a different frequency with a driver that does not support
multi-channel concurrency, reject p2p_group_add. Same code already
exists in the path of P2P connection with go negotiation but is missing
for autonomous GO.

Signed-hostap: Neeraj Garg <neerajkg@broadcom.com>
2011-12-27 23:21:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d7e70476f2 P2P: Use global->p2p_dev_addr instead of parent->own_addr
Start using global->p2p_dev_addr more consistently as the P2P Device
Address.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-25 23:58:03 +02:00
Bartosz Markowski
8945cc451f Add BSSID into blacklist and do not clean blacklist during countermeasures
If scanning continues during TKIP countermeasures, try to avoid selecting
the BSS that triggered the counter measures.
2011-12-25 21:09:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fbdcfd577a P2P: Maintain a list of P2P Clients for persistent group on GO
Add a new persistent group network block field, p2p_client_list, to
maintain a list of P2P Clients that have connected to a persistent
group. This allows GO of a persistent group to figure out more easily
whether re-invocation of a persistent group can be used with a specific
peer device.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-22 22:47:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
87f841a140 P2P: Show persistent group info on P2P_PEER data
Add "persistent=<network id>" line to P2P_PEER ctrl_iface data
if a persistent group credentials are available for this peer.
This makes it easier for external programs to figure out when
a persistent group could be re-invoked with this peer.

For now, this information is only available on the P2P client,
but similar information can be added for GO once a list of P2P
clients is maintained with the persistent group data.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-22 21:45:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b3ffc80b8c P2P: Move public P2P_PEER info generation into ctrl_iface
The P2P module provides access to public peer data in struct
p2p_peer_info. Use this to build the P2P_PEER information in
ctrl_iface.c instead of providing such text format data from the P2P
module.

The internal data that was previously built in p2p_get_peer_info() as
part of the text format peer data is now available through a separate
p2p_get_peer_info_txt() function. This is still included in P2P_PEER
output to maintain backwards compatibility with external programs that
could have started to use this. However, it should be noted that this
data is not really supposed to be used for anything else apart from
debugging purposes and its format is subject to change.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-22 21:26:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b3bcc0f519 P2P: Replace p2p_get_peer_info with p2p_peer_known when applicable
p2p_get_peer_info() was used in multiple places just to check whether a
specific peer is known. This was not the designed use for the function,
so introduce a simpler function for that purpose to make it obvious that
the p2p_get_peer_info() function is actually used only in ctrl_iface.c.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-22 21:04:41 +02:00
윤민홍
3b655312d4 P2P: Send D-Bus ServiceDiscoveryRequest signal for external SD processing
wpas_notify_p2p_sd_request() needs to be called when
p2p_sd_over_ctrl_iface is set to provide SD events over D-Bus similarly
to the ctrl_iface events.
2011-12-22 00:34:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9b6f44cb63 Process EVENT_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED partially if interface is disabled
The internal sched_scanning state needs to be cleared on this event
even if the events happen to get ordered in a way that the interface
gets disabled just prior to EVENT_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED event.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-21 13:36:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4551dd9060 Ignore disassociation event in wpa_supplicant AP mode
If the driver was associated in station mode just before the AP mode was
started, the station mode disassociation event may end up getting
delivered to wpa_supplicant only after the AP mode has been started.
This can result in unexpected attempt to reassociate back to the network
that was previously used in station mode. Avoid this by ignoring the
disassociation event.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-21 13:36:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
72d48a80ec P2P: Fix GO start on interface that has active station connection
The active station connection triggered wpa_supplicant AP mode startup
to try to update Beacon IEs before the AP mode was properly initialized
and that resulted in NULL pointer dereference in driver_nl80211.c. Fix
this by skipping the IE update before the AP mode is initialized.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-21 13:34:25 +02:00
Neeraj Kumar Garg
653c4893be Add AP-STA-CONNECTED and DISCONNECTED events to wpa_cli -a
Signed-hostap: Neeraj Kumar Garg <neerajkg@broadcom.com>
2011-12-20 01:07:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c81066153c P2P: Use hardcoded idle timeout of 10 seconds in P2P client role
The p2p_group_idle configuration parameter is much more useful for
GO role, so use a separate hardcoded value of 10 seconds in P2P
client role. In practice, this means that the P2P client role will
automatically tear down the group when the GO tears down the group.

The 10 second timeout is enough to recover from temporary disconnections
without unnecessary tearing down the group if the GO is still present
and allows the client to connect.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-18 22:21:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4c2c675173 P2P: Fix disconnect event not to increase idle timeout
When P2P client is processing a disconnection event, make sure the P2P
idle timeout does not get increased, i.e., set a new timeout only if no
timeout is in use. wpa_state changes between DISCONNECTED and SCANNING
can generate multiple calls to wpas_p2p_notif_disconnect() and
previously this was enough to force the idle timeout never hit in
practice when in P2P client role.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-18 22:18:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
74781dfc7b Lower RX_MGMT driver event debug level for Beacon frames
This event can be very frequent in AP mode when Beacon frames from
neighboring BSSes are delivered to user space. Drop the debug
message priority from DEBUG to EXCESSIVE for Beacon frames.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-18 21:48:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1ef2f7ffcf P2P: Fix Provision Discovery channel for some join-GO cases
The Provision Discovery Request needs to be sent on the operating
channel of the GO and as such, the frequency from the BSS table
(scan results) need to override the frequency in the P2P peer
table that could be based on the Listen channel of the GO.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-18 17:21:25 +02:00
Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri
19030351b9 wpa_supplicant/dbus AP: Add support for WPS Internal Registrar
When in AP mode, wpa_supplicant is now enabling WPS (only Internal
Registrar). WPS.Start() call can be used to initiate WPS negotiation
similarly to how this is done in station mode.

This was done to ctrl_iface by Jouni Malinen on April 21, 2009 (commit
3ec97afe57)

Signed-hostap: Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri <barbieri@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-18 17:06:31 +02:00
Reinette Chatre
e5a359cf7e P2P: Make GO negotiation peer and group information available over D-Bus
The GO negotiation response is very cryptic at the moment. For a success
message we only know on which interface the negotiation succeeded, not
which peer. For a failure we know the interface also and a status code
(number).

It will be very useful for clients to know upon receipt of such a message
which peer the negotiation occurred with.

Now that the peer information is available and the API is changed
already, the function composing the D-Bus message might as well include
all GO negotiation information. This is done with a dict to make things
easier on clients if this result information changes down the line.

Signed-hostap: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-18 16:52:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
90b8fc8f4e Fix CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING=y build with ctrl_iface
Need to remove ROAM command processing since the needed functionality
for it gets removed with CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING=y.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-17 18:07:58 +02:00
Antonio Quartulli
b58bcbb2ef ctrl_iface: Check for IEEE8021X_EAPOL definition
The whole wpa_supplicant_ctrl_iface_ctrl_rsp_handle() function operates
on the ssid->eap field which exists only if IEEE8021X_EAPOL has been
defined. Therefore the whole function body needs to be enclosed within
an #ifdef/endif block.

Signed-hostap: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
2011-12-17 18:04:50 +02:00